SHARP 940SH User Guide

Introduction

Thank you for purchasing SoftBank 940SH.

.

For proper handset use, read "First Step Guide" in 940SH Starter Guide and this guide beforehand.

.

Accessible SoftBank Mobile services may vary by service area, subscription, etc.

SoftBank 940SH is compatible with both 3G and GSM network technologies.

Notes

.

Copying this guide in whole or part without authorization is prohibited.

.

Guide content is subject to change without prior notice.

.

Efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy and clarity of this guide. Please contact

SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (

P.17-42

) about unclear or missing information.

Chapter Contents

At A Glance

Getting Started

Basic Operations

Universal Operations, Etc.

Calling

Messaging

Internet

Digital TV

Camera & Imaging

Video & Music

S! Applications & Widgets

Handy Extras

Entertainment

Handset Security

Data Folder & Memory Card

Connectivity & File Backup

Handset Customization

Appendix

14

15

16

17

9

10

11

12

13

1

2

3

4

7

8

5

6 i

ii

Guide Usage Notes

Notes

.

Most operation descriptions are based on default settings with clamshell open (

P.1-2

) in Standby (

P.1-6

).

.

Operations and results may differ by handset status.

.

Sample screenshots, etc. are provided for reference only.

.

Actual handset windows, menus, etc. may differ in appearance.

.

"(Japanese)" appears next to functions or applications which require

Japanese ability to use as intended.

.

In this guide and on handset, "abroad" means "outside Japan" with regard to handset/service usage.

Guide Usage Notes .......................... ii

Table of Contents ............................ iii

Accessory ......................................... v

Safety Precautions .......................... vi

1

Getting Started

Handset Parts ................................ 1-2

Charging Battery ........................... 1-4

Power On/Off ................................. 1-6

Display & Indicators...................... 1-7

External Display .......................... 1-11

Additional Functions .................. 1-12

2


Handset Interface .......................... 2-2

Touch Panel ................................... 2-4

Menu Operations ........................... 2-6

Spinguru Menu ............................ 2-10

Accessing Functions .................. 2-13

Motion Control............................. 2-16

Viewer Position............................ 2-18

Keypad Lock ................................ 2-19

Mobile Manners ........................... 2-20

Security Codes ............................ 2-21

Basic Tools .................................. 2-22

Double Number ........................... 2-23


3


Font Size ........................................ 3-2

Wallpaper ....................................... 3-3

Customized Screen....................... 3-4

Sounds & Alerts ............................ 3-5

Text Entry ....................................... 3-6

User Dictionary............................ 3-12

Dictionary..................................... 3-13

Search .......................................... 3-16

Scratch Pad.................................. 3-17

Phone Book ................................. 3-18

Additional Functions................... 3-21

Troubleshooting .......................... 3-26

4

Calling

Emergency Calls ........................... 4-2

Voice Calling .................................. 4-3

Video Calling.................................. 4-5

Decoration Call .............................. 4-6

Speed Dial ...................................... 4-7

Call Log .......................................... 4-8

Call Time ........................................ 4-9

Call Barring .................................. 4-10

Optional Services ........................ 4-12



5

Messaging

Messaging...................................... 5-2

Sending Messages ........................ 5-4

Incoming Messages ...................... 5-9

Handling Messages..................... 5-12

Chat Folders ................................ 5-15

Mail Groups.................................. 5-16

PC Mail ......................................... 5-17



6

Internet

Internet Services ........................... 6-2

Table of Contents

Yahoo! Keitai ..................................6-3

PC Sites ..........................................6-5

Browsing ........................................6-6

Bookmarks & Saved Pages ..........6-9

RSS Feeds....................................6-10

Additional Functions...................6-11

Troubleshooting ..........................6-19

7

Digital TV

Digital TV ........................................7-2

Recording/Playing .........................7-8

TV Timer .......................................7-10

Time Shift .....................................7-11



8


Camera ...........................................8-2

Photo Camera ................................8-5

Video Camera ..............................8-16

Opening Files...............................8-18

Editing Images .............................8-22

Printing .........................................8-27



9

Video & Music

Videos/Music .................................9-2

Media Player...................................9-3

Music ..............................................9-5

Video...............................................9-6

Playlists ..........................................9-7

Additional Functions.....................9-8


iii

iv

Table of Contents

10


S! Appli ........................................ 10-2

Mobile Widget.............................. 10-3


Troubleshooting ........................ 10-10

11

Handy Extras

Calendar & Tasks ........................ 11-2

Alarms.......................................... 11-8

Wakeup TV................................. 11-10

Relaxation Time ........................ 11-12

Calculator .................................. 11-13

Expenses Memo........................ 11-14

Osaifu-Keitai

®

............................ 11-15

Simulated Call ........................... 11-19

Stopwatch.................................. 11-20

Countdown Timer ..................... 11-21

World Clock ............................... 11-22

Hour Minder............................... 11-23

Pedometer ................................. 11-24

Compass.................................... 11-26

S! GPS Navi ............................... 11-27

Document Viewer...................... 11-30

Notepad...................................... 11-31

ASCII Art .................................... 11-32

Voice Recorder .......................... 11-33

Scan Barcode ............................ 11-34

Create QR Code ........................ 11-35

Scan Card .................................. 11-36

Scan Text ................................... 11-37

Kanji Grabber ............................ 11-38

Additional Functions ................ 11-39


12

Entertainment

S! Quick News ............................. 12-2

S! Information Channel............... 12-3

Content Downloads .................... 12-4

e-Books ........................................ 12-5

S! Friend's Status........................ 12-6

S! Circle Talk................................ 12-9

Near Chat ................................... 12-11

Blog Tool.................................... 12-12



13


Handset Security......................... 13-2

Function Control ......................... 13-4


14

Data Folder & Memory Card

Data Folder .................................. 14-2

Memory Card ............................... 14-5



15


Wi-Fi ............................................. 15-2

Infrared......................................... 15-7

IC Transmission ........................ 15-10

Bluetooth

®

.................................. 15-12

External Device Connection..... 15-16

Backup ....................................... 15-17

S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB) ... 15-19



16

Handset Customization

Date & Time ................................. 16-2

Display & Illumination................. 16-3

Incoming Transmissions ............ 16-5

Sounds ......................................... 16-6

Connectivity................................. 16-7

Reset ............................................ 16-8

17

Appendix

USIM Card .................................... 17-2

Battery.......................................... 17-4

Software Update.......................... 17-5


Key Assignments ........................ 17-8

Pager Codes .............................. 17-10

Character Codes ....................... 17-11

Weather Indicators .................... 17-17

Specifications............................ 17-18

Menu List ................................... 17-25

Index ........................................... 17-33

Warranty & Service ................... 17-41

Customer Service...................... 17-42

Accessory

[ Battery (SHBCR1)

.

For accessory-related information, please contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information ( P.17-42 ).

.

Use specified Charger or Headphones (each sold separately) only.

Accessory

v

vi

Safety Precautions


Read safety precautions before using handset.

.

Observe precautions to avoid injury to self or others, or damage to property.

.

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from use of this product.

These labels indicate the degree of risk from improper use. Make sure you thoroughly understand their meanings before reading on.

DANGER

WARNING

Great risk of death or serious injury from improper use

Risk of death or serious injury from improper use

CAUTION

Risk of serious injury or damage to property from improper use

These symbols indicate prohibited or compulsory actions. Make sure you thoroughly understand their meanings before reading on.

$

Prohibited actions

%

Disassembly prohibited

&

Exposure to liquids prohibited

'

Use with wet hands prohibited

(

Compulsory actions

)

Unplug Charger from outlet

Handset, Battery, USIM Card,

Charger (Sold Separately) &

Memory Card (Sold Separately)

DANGER

Use specified battery, Charger (sold separately) and Desktop Holder

(sold separately) only.

Non-specified equipment use may

( cause battery to leak, overheat, burst or ignite, and may cause Charger to overheat, ignite, malfunction, etc.

Do not disassemble, modify or solder handset or related hardware.

May cause fire, injury, electric shock or malfunction. Battery may leak, overheat, burst or ignite.

Modifying handsets is prohibited by the

%

Radio Law and subject to a penalty.

Do not expose handset or related hardware to liquids.

Do not let liquid-exposed handset/ related hardware remain wet after exposure to water, pet urine, etc.; do not charge wet battery. May cause overheating, electric shock, fire, injury or malfunction. Use handset and related hardware in an appropriate place properly.

&

Do not charge battery in or expose handset or related hardware to extreme heat (e.g., near fire or sources of heat, in direct sunlight, inside vehicles, etc.).

May cause warping/malfunction; battery may leak, overheat, ignite or burst. Handset or related hardware may become hot to the touch, leading to burn injuries, etc.

$

Do not force battery/Charger into handset. Check the direction and retry.

Battery may leak, overheat, burst, ignite, etc.

WARNING

$

Do not place handset, battery or

Charger in/on ovens, microwave ovens, pressure cookers, induction stoves or other cooking appliances.

Battery may leak, overheat, burst or ignite. Handset/Charger may overheat, emit smoke, ignite, malfunction, etc.

Keep handset off and Charger disconnected near gas stations or places with fire/explosion risk.

Handset use near petrochemicals or other flammables may cause fire/ explosion; power handset off before using Osaifu-Keitai

®

at gas stations

(cancel IC Card Lock beforehand).

$

(


Do not apply strong shocks or impacts.

Do not drop/throw handset or related hardware. Battery may leak, overheat,

$ burst or ignite, resulting in fire, electric shock, malfunction, etc.

If there is unusual sound/odor, smoke or any other abnormality:

Continued use may cause fire, electric shock, etc.; grasp plug to disconnect

(

Charger, power handset off, then remove battery, being careful not to burn or injure yourself.

Keep liquids (water, pet urine, etc.) or conductive material (pencil lead, metallic strip, metal jewelry, etc.) away from charging terminals,

External Device Port or Memory

Card Slot.

May cause short circuit, resulting in fire, malfunction, etc.

$ vii

viii


CAUTION

Do not place handset or related hardware on unstable surfaces.

Handset or related hardware may fall, resulting in injury, malfunction, etc.; be especially careful when Vibration is set

$ or while charging.

Keep handset and related hardware out of infants' reach.

Infants may choke from swallowing handset or related hardware or be injured, etc.

If your child is using handset/ related hardware, explain all instructions and supervise usage.

Misuse may cause injury, etc.

(

(

Battery

DANGER

Read battery label to confirm battery type; use/dispose of battery accordingly.

Symbol on Label Battery Type

Li-ion00 Lithium-ion

Do not dispose of battery in fire.

Battery may leak, burst, ignite, etc.

Do not damage battery (with a nail, hammer, foot, etc.) or subject it to strong impacts or shocks.


Keep wire or other metal objects away from battery terminals. Do not carry/store battery with conductive material (pencil lead, metallic strip, metal jewelry, etc.).


If battery fluid gets in eyes, do not rub; rinse with water and consult a doctor immediately.

Eyes may be severely damaged.

$

$

(

WARNING

If battery fluid contacts skin or clothes, discontinue handset use and rinse with clean water immediately.

May cause skin damage.

If battery does not charge properly, stop trying.


If there is abnormal odor, excessive heat, discoloration or distortion, remove battery, being careful not to burn or injure yourself. Avoid fire sources.

Continued use may cause battery to

(

(

( leak, overheat, burst, ignite, etc.

Keep battery away from pets.

Pet bites may cause battery to leak, burst, overheat, ignite, etc.

CAUTION

(

Do not dispose of an exhausted battery with ordinary refuse.

Tape over battery terminals before disposal. Take battery to a SoftBank

Shop, or follow the local disposal regulations.

$

Handset

WARNING

Do not use Mobile Light near people's faces.

Eyesight may be temporarily affected leading to accidents.

$

E N 60 8 25-1:1994 A1:2002 & A2:2001 CAUTION:

Use of controls,

CLASS 1 adjustments or

LED Prod u ct performance of procedure other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. As the emission level from Mobile Light

LED used in this product is harmful to the eyes, do not attempt to disassemble the cabinet. Servicing is limited to qualified servicing station only.

Mo b ile Light

[ Mobile Light LED Properties a) Emission Duration: Continuous b) Wavelength

White: 400 - 700 nm c) Maximum Emission Output

White: 1.4 mW (4.8 mW inside handset)

Do not use handset while driving or cycling.

Accidents may result.

Phone use while driving or cycling is prohibited by law and subject to a penalty; park in a legal parking space beforehand.

$

Power handset off near electronic devices that employ high precision control systems or weak signals.

May cause electronic malfunctions, etc. Be especially careful near the following devices:

Hearing aids, implanted pacemakers/ defibrillators and other electronic medical equipment; fire alarms, automatic doors and other automatic control devices.

(

Power handset off before boarding aircraft to avoid radio waves from interfering with aircraft operation.

If mobile phone use is allowed on board, follow airline or cabin crew instructions regarding handset use.

(

Users with a heart condition should adjust ringtone Vibration and

Volume as needed.

May cause heart damage.

If thunder is heard while outdoors, power handset off; find cover.

There is a risk of lightning strike or electric shock.

(

(


Do not look into Infrared Port during infrared transmissions.

Eyesight may be affected.

Confirm there is ample space for

Motion Control use; hold handset firmly and shake it gently.

Handset may slip, resulting in injury or breakage.

CAUTION

Do not use handset when it may affect a vehicle's electronic equipment.

Handset use inside vehicles may cause electronic equipment to malfunction, resulting in accidents.

If you experience any skin irritation associated with handset use, discontinue handset use and consult a doctor.

Metal and other materials ( P.17-18 )

may cause skin irritation, rashes, or

$

( itchiness depending on your physical condition.

Keep handset away from magnetic cards, etc.

Data on bank cards, credit cards, telephone cards, floppy disks, etc. may be lost.

Do not swing handset by strap.

May harm self or others; strap may break, resulting in injury or handset malfunction/breakage.

$

$ ix

x


Handset may become hot while in use, especially at high temperature.

Prolonged contact with skin may cause burn injuries.

Always maintain some distance from

Speaker while ringtones, music or other handset sounds play.

Excessive volume may damage ears

(

$ or hearing.

Keep fingers, straps, etc. outside when opening/closing handset.

May cause injury, breakage, etc.

Watch TV from a distance in good light.

Watching in poor light or too close may affect eyesight.

Moderate handset volume when using Headphones.

Excessive volume may damage ears or hearing.

(

(

Charger (Sold Separately)

WARNING

Do not cover/wrap Charger while charging.

Charger may overheat, resulting in fire, malfunction, etc.

Use only the specified voltage.

Non-specified voltages may cause fire, malfunction, etc.

.

AC Charger (sold separately):

AC 100V-240V Input

.

In-Car Charger (sold separately; use in negative earth vehicles only):

DC 12V/24V Input

Do not use power adapters. Using

Charger with step-up/step-down transformer may cause fire, electric shock or malfunction.

$

$

Leave Charger unplugged during periods of disuse; grasp plug to disconnect it.

May cause electric shock, fire or malfunction.

Use only the specified fuse for

In-Car Charger (sold separately).

Non-specified fuse may cause fire or malfunction. See In-Car Charger manual for details.

If liquids (water, pet urine, etc.) seep inside Charger, grasp plug and disconnect it immediately.

May cause electric shock, smoke or fire.

)

(

)

If plug is dusty, grasp it and disconnect Charger, then clean with dry cloth.

Fire may result.

Do not use In-Car Charger (sold separately) in positive earth vehicles.

May cause fire, etc. Use in negative earth vehicles only.

Plug Charger firmly into the outlet, keeping the plug and Charger/

Desktop Holder charging terminals away from conductive material

(pencil lead, metallic strip, metal jewelry, etc.).

May cause electric shock, short circuit,

(

$

( fire, etc.

Do not touch Charger plug with wet hands.

May cause electric shock, malfunction, etc.

Do not touch Charger if thunder is heard.

May cause electric shock, etc.

'

$

CAUTION

Grasp plug and disconnect Charger before cleaning.

May cause electric shock, etc.

Always grasp plug (not cord) to disconnect Charger.

Pulling the plug by cord may damage cord, causing electric shock, fire, etc.

Do not subject AC Charger (sold separately) to strong shocks or impacts while it is plugged into the outlet.

May cause malfunction or injury.

Do not touch charging terminals of

Desktop Holder (sold separately) while it is connected to the outlet.

May cause burn injuries.

(

$

$

Handset Use & Electronic Medical

Equipment

This section is based on "Guidelines on the Use of Radio Communications Equipment such as

Cellular Telephones and Safeguards for

Electronic Medical Equipment"

(Electromagnetic Compatibility Conference, April

1997) and "Report of Investigation of the

Effects of Radio Waves on Medical Equipment, etc." (Association of Radio Industries and

Businesses, March 2001).

WARNING

Persons with implanted pacemaker/ defibrillator should keep handset more than 22 cm away.

Radio waves may interfere with implanted pacemakers or defibrillators.

If you intend to use electronic medical equipment other than implanted pacemaker/defibrillator outside medical facilities, consult the vendor on radio wave effects.

Radio waves may interfere with electronic medical equipment.

(

(


Observe these rules inside medical facilities to avoid effects of radio waves on electronic medical equipment:

.

Do not enter an operating room or an Intensive or Coronary Care Unit while carrying a handset.

.

Keep handset off in hospitals.

.

Even in lobbies or other places where handset use is permitted, keep handset off near electronic medical equipment.

.

Obey medical facility rules on mobile

( phone use.

Power handset off in crowds or trains where persons with implanted pacemaker/defibrillator may be near.

Radio waves may interfere with implanted pacemakers or defibrillators

( causing such devices to malfunction.

xi

xii


General Notes

General Use

.

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from accidental loss/alteration of files saved on handset/Memory Card. Keep separate copies of Phone Book entries, etc.

.

Handset transmissions/TV signal reception may be disrupted inside buildings, tunnels or underground, or when moving into/out of such places.

.

Use handset without disturbing others.

.

Handsets are radios as stipulated by the Radio

Law. Under the Radio Law, handsets must be submitted for inspection upon request.

.

Handset use near landlines, TVs or radios may cause interference.

.

For proper use of Memory Card (sold separately), read the manual beforehand.

.

Beware of eavesdropping.

Because this service is completely digital, the possibility of signal interception is greatly

.

reduced. However, some transmissions may be overheard.

Eavesdropping

Deliberate/accidental interception of communications constitutes eavesdropping.

An export license may be required to carry the handset into other countries if it is to be used by or transferred to another person. However, no such license is required when you take the handset abroad for personal use on a vacation or business trip and then bring it back.

Export control regulations in the United States provide that an export license granted by the US government is required to carry the handset into

Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan or Syria.

Handset & Hardware Care

.

Handset is not waterproofed. Avoid exposure to liquids and high humidity.

, Keep handset away from precipitation.

,

Cold air from air conditioning, etc. may condense causing corrosion.

,

Avoid dropping handset in damp places

(restroom, bath/shower room, etc.).

,

On the beach, keep handset away from water and direct sunlight.

,

Perspiration may seep inside handset causing malfunction.

.

If handset is left with no battery or an exhausted one, data may be altered/lost. SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any resulting damages.

.

Use handset within 5 o C - 35 o C (35% - 85% humidity).

.

Avoid extreme temperatures or direct sunlight.

.

Malfunction resulting from misuse is not covered

.

.

by the warranty.

.

Exposing lens to direct sunlight may damage color filter and affect image color.

.

Battery may not charge properly if ports/

.

terminals are obstructed by dust, etc. Clean with dry cloth, cotton swab, etc.

Clean handset with soft dry cloth. Using alcohol, thinner, etc. may damage it.

Avoid scratching Display.

Avoid heavy objects or excessive pressure. May cause malfunction or injury.

,

Do not sit on handset in back pants pocket.

, Do not place heavy objects on handset inside handbags, packs, etc.

.

.

Connect only specified products to External

Device Port. Other devices may malfunction or cause damage.

Always power handset off before removing battery.

If battery is removed while saving data or sending mail, data may be lost, changed or destroyed.

.

Do not remove Memory Card or power handset off while using the card; may result in data loss or malfunction.

.

When walking outside, moderate handset volume to avoid accidents.

.

Do not use Desktop Holder (sold separately) inside vehicles. Vibration may damage handset, etc.

Bluetooth

®

Function

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from data/information leakage due to use of handset Bluetooth ® function.

[ Precautions

The frequency band utilized by handset

Bluetooth ® function is shared with industrial, scientific or medical equipment, including household microwave ovens, etc., and used by radio stations, amateur radio stations, etc.

(hereafter "other radio stations").

1 Before using Bluetooth

®

, visually confirm that no other radio stations sharing the same frequency band are in use nearby.

2 Should interference occur between handset and other radio stations, move or cancel Bluetooth

® function immediately.

3 For additional information and support, contact us at the following number.

SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General

Information

From a SoftBank handset, call toll free at 157 for

General Information.

From landlines, see

P.17-42

"Customer Service."

.

Frequency Band

This radio station utilizes 2.4 GHz band with

FHSS modulation. Maximum transmission radius is 10 meters (32 feet). It is not possible for the radio station to avoid using the frequency band of the mobile unit identification apparatus.

Wi-Fi (Wireless LAN)

Wireless LAN (hereafter "Wi-Fi") uses radio waves to enable communication between compatible devices, thus allowing connection to a local area network from anywhere within the range.

However, there is a risk of data interception unless security is established. It is advisable for the user to configure security settings on their own responsibility before using Wi-Fi.

.

Do not use Wi-Fi near electrical appliances, audiovisual equipment or office automation equipment; may affect Wi-Fi transmission speed, availability, clarity, etc. (There is a possibility of interference especially when a microwave oven is in use.)

.

The target access point may not be detected correctly if there are multiple access points nearby.

[ Precautions

The frequency band utilized by handset Wi-Fi is shared with industrial, scientific or medical equipment, including household microwave ovens, etc., and used by radio stations, amateur radio stations, etc. (hereafter "other radio stations").

1 Before using Wi-Fi, visually confirm that no other radio stations sharing the same frequency band are in use nearby.

2 Should interference occur between handset and other radio stations, move or disable Wi-Fi immediately.

3 For additional information and support, contact us at the following number.

SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General

Information

From a SoftBank handset, call toll free at 157 for

General Information.

From landlines, see P.17-42 "Customer Service."

.

Frequency Band

This radio station utilizes 2.4 GHz band with

DSSS-OFDM modulation. Maximum transmission radius is 40 meters (131 feet).


[ Simultaneous Use with Bluetooth

®

Both Wi-Fi (IEEE 802.11b/g) and Bluetooth ® use the 2.4 GHz band. Therefore, Wi-Fi transmission speed, availability and clarity may be affected when Bluetooth ® device is used near handset or when handset Bluetooth ® is active. Should interference occur, discontinue use of the

Bluetooth ® device or cancel handset Bluetooth ® .

.

This handset supports Wi-Fi channels 1 - 13.

Handset will not connect to access points set to other channels.

.

Available channels vary by country.

.

For use of Wi-Fi aboard aircraft, check with airline beforehand.

.

In some countries/regions, such as France, there are restrictions on the use of Wi-Fi. If you intend to use Wi-Fi on the handset abroad, check the local laws and regulations beforehand.

Function Usage Limits

These functions are disabled after handset upgrade/replacement or service cancellation:

Camera; Media Player; S! Applications; TV.

After a period of disuse, these functions may be unusable; retrieve Network Information (

P.16-7

) to restore usability.

Mobile Camera

.

Mind your manners when using handset camera.

.

Test the camera before capturing/recording

.

special moments.

Do not use handset camera in places where photography or videography is prohibited.

xiii

xiv


Electromagnetic Waves

For body-worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets RF exposure guidelines when used with accessories containing no metal, that position handset a minimum of 15 mm from the body. Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with RF exposure guidelines.

CE Declaration of Conformity

In some countries/regions, such as France, there are restrictions on the use of Wi-Fi. If you intend to use Wi-Fi on the handset abroad, check the local laws and regulations beforehand.

Here b y, Sharp Telecomm u nications of E u rope Ltd, declares that 940SH is in compliance w ith the essential re qu irements and other rele v ant pro v isions of Directi v e 1999/5/EC.

A copy of the original declaration of conformity for each model can b e fo u nd at the follo w ing Internet address: http:// www .sharp.co.jp/k-tai/

Battery - CAUTION

Use specified battery or Charger only.

Non-specified equipment use may cause malfunctions, electric shock or fire due to battery leakage, overheating or bursting.

Do not dispose of an exhausted battery with ordinary refuse; always tape over battery terminals before disposal. Take battery to a

SoftBank Shop, or follow the local disposal regulations.

Charge battery in ambient temperatures between

5 o

C and 35 o

C; outside this range, battery may leak/overheat and performance may deteriorate.

European RF Exposure Information

Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves recommended by international guidelines. These guidelines were developed by the independent scientific organization ICNIRP and include safety margins designed to assure the protection of all persons, regardless of age and health.

The guidelines use a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The

SAR limit for mobile devices is 2 W/k g .

As mobile devices offer a range of functions, they can be used in other positions, such as on the body as described in this user guide * .

Highest SAR value:

Model At the Ear ** On the Body

940SH 0.481 W/k g 0.446 W/k g

As SAR is measured utilizing the device's highest transmitting power the actual SAR of this device while operating is typically below that indicated above. This is due to automatic changes to the power level of the device to ensure it only uses the minimum level required to reach the Network.

The World Health Organization has stated that present scientific information does not indicate the need for any special precautions for the use of mobile devices. They note that if you want to reduce your exposure then you can do so by limiting the length of calls or using a handsfree device to keep the mobile phone away from the head and body.

*

Please see Electromagnetic Waves on the left for important notes regarding body-worn operation.

**

Measured in accordance with international guidelines for testing.

FCC Notice

.

.

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC

Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

FCC Information to User

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits of a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.

However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation; if this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

1. Reorient/relocate the receiving antenna.

2. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

3. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

4. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

FCC RF Exposure Information

Your handset is a radio transmitter and receiver.

It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency

(RF) energy set by the Federal Communications

Commission of the U.S. Government.

The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health.

The exposure standard for wireless handsets employs a unit of measurement known as the

Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/k g .

Highest SAR value:

Model FCC ID At the Ear On the Body

940SH APYHRO00108 0.305 W/k g 0.382 W/k g

This device was tested for typical body-worn operations with the back of the handset kept

1.5 cm from the body. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure requirements, use accessories that maintain a 1.5 cm separation distance between the user's body and the back of the handset. The use of beltclips, holsters and similar accessories should not contain metallic components in its assembly.


The use of accessories that do not satisfy these requirements may not comply with FCC RF exposure requirements, and should be avoided.

The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model handset with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF emission guidelines. SAR information on this model handset is on file with the FCC and can be found at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/fccid under the

Display Grant section after searching on the corresponding FCC ID (see table on the left).

Additional information on Specific Absorption

Rates (SAR) can be found on the Cellular

Telecommunications & Internet Association

(CTIA) Website at http://www.phonefacts.net.

xv

xvi


Rights, Trademarks & Patents

Portrait Rights

Portrait rights protect individuals' right to refuse to be photographed or to refuse unauthorized publication/use of their photographs. Portrait rights consist of the right to privacy, which is applicable to all persons, and the right to publicity, which protects the interests of celebrities.

Therefore, photographing others including celebrities and publicizing/distributing their photographs without permission is illegal; use handset camera responsively.

Copyrights

Copyright laws protect sounds, images, computer programs, databases, other materials and copyright holders. Duplicated material is limited to private use only. Use of materials beyond this limit or without permission of copyright holders may constitute copyright infringement, and be subject to criminal punishment. Comply with copyright laws when using images captured with handset camera.

The software contained in handset is copyrighted material; copyright, moral right and other related rights are protected by copyright laws. Do not copy, modify, alter, disassemble, decompile or reverse-engineer the software; do not separate it from hardware in whole or part.

Video recording and playback are based on MPEG-4 .

This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 Visual

Patent Portfolio License for the personal and non-commercial use of a consumer to (i) encode video in compliance with the MPEG-4 Video

Standard ("MPEG-4 Video") and/or (ii) decode

MPEG-4 Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and noncommercial activity and/or was obtained from a licensed video provider. No license is granted or implied for any other use. Additional information may be obtained from MPEG LA.

See http://www.mpegla.com.

This product is licensed under the MPEG-4

Systems Patent Portfolio License for encoding in compliance with the MPEG-4 Systems Standard, except that an additional license and payment of royalties are necessary for encoding in connection with (i) data stored or replicated in physical media which is paid for on a title by title basis and/or (ii) data which is paid for on a title by title basis and is transmitted to an end user for permanent storage and/or use. Such additional license may be obtained from MPEG LA, LLC.

See http://www.mpegla.com for additional details.

Handset employs RSA

®

BSAFE

= software developed by RSA Security

Inc.

RSA is a registered trademark of

RSA Security Inc.

BSAFE is a registered trademark of

RSA Security Inc. in the United

States and/or other countries.

This product is equipped with JBlend = designed to accelerate the performance of Java =

Application.

Powered by JBlend = .

Copyright 1997-2009

Aplix Corporation.

All rights reserved.

JBlend and JBlend-related brands are trademarks or registered trademarks of Aplix Corporation in

Japan and other countries.

Java and Java-related brands are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and other countries.

microSDHC

=

, microSD

=

and miniSD

=

are trademarks of the SD Card Association.

This product employs NetFront Browser (Internet browser) and NetFront SMIL Player developed by

ACCESS Co., Ltd.

Copyright c 2009 ACCESS Co., Ltd.

ACCESS and NetFront are trademarks or registered trademarks of ACCESS Co., Ltd. in

Japan or other countries.

This product includes a module developed by

Independent JPEG Group.

IrSimple = , IrSS = and IrSimpleShot = are trademarks of the Infrared Data Association ® .

Bluetooth is a registered trademark of the

Bluetooth SIG, Inc.

The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by SHARP is under license.

940SH wireless LAN is based on the IEEE 802.11 standard and is "Wi-Fi CERTIFIED = " by the Wi-Fi

Alliance ® ; interoperability with other devices with the Wi-Fi logo is guaranteed.

940SH is compatible with IEEE 802.11b and IEEE

802.11g standards.

Microsoft, PowerPoint and Excel are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United

States and/or other countries.

Powered by MascotCapsule ® .

Powered by MascotCapsule ® /3DView package = .

MascotCapsule is a registered trademark of HI

Corporation. c

2002-2009 HI Corporation. All rights reserved.

FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology developed by Sony Corporation.

FeliCa is a registered trademark of Sony Corporation.

m is a registered trademark of FeliCa Networks, Inc.

Osaifu-Keitai is a registered trademark of NTT

DOCOMO, INC.

QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO

WAVE INCORPORATED.

940SH employs Wi-Fi Protected Setup = (WPS) which simplifies the wireless LAN security setup

(SSID, authentication method, security key, etc.) by using the PBC method or PIN method.

Wi-Fi ® , Wi-Fi Alliance ® , WPA ® , WPA2 ® and the

Wi-Fi CERTIFIED logo are registered trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance.

Wi-Fi CERTIFIED = and Wi-Fi Protected Setup = are trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance.

This product contains Adobe

®

Flash

®

Lite

=

player software under license from Adobe Systems

Incorporated.

Adobe Flash Lite Copyright c

2003-2007 Adobe

Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved.

Adobe, Flash and Flash Lite are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems

Incorporated in the United States and other countries.


Wakeup TV, VeilView, Smartlink, Simulated Call,

AQUOS, AQUOS SHOT, Chase focus, Spinguru

Menu, Pretty Arrange Camera and Animation

View are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SHARP Corporation.

Document Viewer is enabled by Picsel Technologies.

Picsel, Picsel Powered, Picsel Viewer, Picsel File

Viewer, Picsel Document Viewer, Picsel PDF

Viewer and the Picsel cube logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Picsel Technologies Ltd.

Chaku-Uta and Chaku-Uta Full are registered trademarks of Sony Music Entertainment (Japan)

Inc.

BookSurfing ® is a registered trademark of

CELSYS Inc., Voyager Japan, Inc. and INFOCITY

Inc.

Genius English-Japanese Dictionary c 2005-2008

Taishukan

Genius Japanese-English Dictionary c

2005-2008

Taishukan

Meikyo Japanese Dictionary c

2005-2008

Taishukan xvii

xviii


.

Genius English-Japanese Dictionary MX.net c KONISHI Tomoshichi, MINAMIDE Kosei &

Taishukan, 2009

.

Genius Japanese-English Dictionary MX.net c KONISHI Tomoshichi, MINAMIDE Kosei &

Taishukan, 2009

.

Meikyo Japanese Dictionary MX.net

.

c KITAHARA Yasuo & Taishukan, 2009

Imidas Encyclopedia c SHUEISHA Inc.

.

Complete Japanese Encyclopedia

(Encyclopedia Nipponica 2001) including

"Nipponica Plus," Digital Dai-ji-sen Japanese

Dictionary, Shogakukan Progressive

English-Japanese Dictionary, Shogakukan

Progressive Japanese-English Dictionary c

Shogakukan Inc.

.

Amazon.co.jp is a trademark of Amazon.com,

Inc. or its affiliates.

.

Hot Pepper FooMoo is a registered trademark of

Recruit Co., Ltd.

.

Family Medical Encyclopedia c Houken 2004

.

Guide to Prescription Drugs c Shigeru Kimura/

Iyakuseidokenkyukai 2008

.

Yahoo! Answers c Yahoo Japan

EUPHONY = (a comprehensive sound enhancement system utilizing a virtual sound source processing technology) is a trademark of DiMAGIC Co., Ltd.

Dynamic Range Adjustment is based on iridix technology by Apical Limited.

Handset employs Face

Sensing Engine (FSE) developed by Oki Electric

Industry Co., Ltd.

FSE and the FSE logo are trademarks of Oki

Electric Industry Co., Ltd.

AOSS

=

is a trademark of BUFFALO Inc.

Chara Time and MOBILE KAKARICHO are registered trademarks of Primeworks.

SOFTBANK, SoftBank and the SoftBank logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SOFTBANK CORP. in Japan and other countries.

Yahoo! and the Yahoo! and Y! logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Yahoo!

Inc.

CP8 PATENT

S! Application, S! GPS Navi, Mobile Widget,

S! Quick News, S! Information Channel,

S! Friend's Status, S! Circle Talk, Near Chat,

S! Addressbook Back-up, Weather Indicator,

Double Number, Customized Screen, Video Call,

Lifestyle-Appli, Input Memory, Decoration Call, PC

Mail, PC Site Browser, Multi Job, Graphic Mail,

S! Mail, Feeling Mail, Ichi Navi, Sky Mail,

Sha-mail, Movie Sha-mail and Secure Remote

Lock are trademarks or registered trademarks of

SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.

Other company and product names mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Kanji Grabber = is a trademark of Information

System Products Co., Ltd.

PhotoSolid

®

, FaceSolid

®

, MovieSolid

®

, FrameSolid

®

,

PhotoScouter ® , TrackSolid ® , StroboPhoto ® and

Morpho Effect Library = are registered trademarks or trademarks of Morpho, Inc.

Specific Absorption Rate (SAR)

940SH meets the government's requirements for exposure to radio waves.

These requirements are based on scientific basis to assure that radio waves emitted from mobile phones and other handheld wireless devices do not affect human health. They require that the

Specific Absorption Rate (SAR), which is the unit of measurement for the amount of radiofrequency absorbed by the body, shall not exceed 2 W/k g * .

This limit includes a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age or health, and meets the international standard set by International

Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection

(ICNIRP) in cooperation with World Health

Organization (WHO).

All mobile phones, prior to product launch, must be certified as compliant with government requirements as stipulated by the Radio Law.

940SH has been granted Technical Regulations

Conformity Certification by TELECOM

ENGINEERING CENTER. Its highest SAR value is 0.501 W/k g . This value was obtained by

TELECOM ENGINEERING CENTER as part of the certification process. SAR tests were conducted with handset transmitting at its highest certified power level in accordance with testing methods set by the government. While there may be differences between the SAR levels for various handsets, they all meet the governmental requirements for safe exposure. The actual SAR level of the handset while operating can be well below the highest value. This is because the handset is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the Network.

Additional information on SAR can be obtained on the following Websites.

Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/sys/ele/index.htm

Association of Radio Industries and Businesses

(ARIB) http://www.arib-emf.org/ (Japanese)

* Requirements are stipulated in Radio Law

(Ordinance Regulating Radio Equipment, Article

14-2).

Safety Precautions xix

Handset Parts ................................. 1-2

Parts & Functions ............................ 1-2

Charging Battery............................ 1-4

Power On/Off .................................. 1-6

Handset Power On/Off..................... 1-6

Display & Indicators ...................... 1-7

Display..............................................1-7

Indicators..........................................1-9

External Display........................... 1-11

Additional Functions ................... 1-12

1

Getting Started

1-

1

Handset Parts

1

Parts & Functions

1

2

7

3

8

9

4

5

6 d e f g h i a b c

1 Light Sensor

2 Earpiece

3 Display/Touch Panel

4

7

Microphone

5 External Display

6 Illumination Light

Antenna (for TV reception)

8 b

Strap Eyelet

9 Infrared Port a External Device Port (with Port Cover)

Memory Card Slot (with Slot Cover) c Charging Terminals d Internal Antenna Location e Camera (lens cover) f Speaker g Mobile Light h m

Logo i Battery Cover

.

Do not cover or place stickers, etc. over

Light Sensor or Internal Antenna area.

.

Replace Port/Slot Cover after Port/Slot use.

.

Avoid metallic straps; Antenna sensitivity may be affected.

Display Positions

Clamshell Closed

Keep handset closed when not in use.

Clamshell Open

Open handset to place or answer calls, enter text, etc.

Viewer Position

Handset is closed with Display facing outward.

Do not carry handset with Display in

Viewer position. Display may be damaged.

1-

2

Handset Keys

1

2

3

4

.

Keys are indicated in this guide as shown.

.

Change functions with * via Set Key

Shortcut as needed.

5

6

7

8

9 a b c d e f g h i j k l

1 Multi Selector (right) d

2

Open Received Calls. Long Press to activate/cancel Infrared * .

Multi Selector (up) a

3

Open Mobile Widget window. Long Press to open PC Site Browser menu * .

Center Key %

4

Open Main Menu.

Multi Selector (left) c

Open Dialed Numbers. Long Press to activate/cancel Bluetooth

5 Mail Key B

®*

.

Open Messaging menu. Long Press to open S! Mail Composition window * .

6

8

Shortcuts & A/a Key

'

Open Shortcuts menu. Long Press to show active indicators (Status Icon List).

7 Clear/Back Key $

Play Answer Phone messages. Long

Press to activate/cancel Answer Phone.

Start Key !

9

Open All Calls. Long Press to open

Double Number Mode menu.

Keypad

0

-

9

Enter numbers to place calls or access functions (Quick Operations). Long Press to open Phone Book.

a n

Key

(

Enter n , + , P , ?

and . Long Press to activate/cancel Wi-Fi.

b Dictionary Key ~

Open Dictionary. Long Press to activate/ c cancel VeilView.

Multi Job & Manner Key ) d

Select handset mode. Long Press to activate/cancel Manner mode.

Yahoo! Keitai Key

A e g

Open Yahoo! Keitai portal. Long Press to activate Familink Remote

*

.

TV & Text Key

&

Activate TV. Long Press to open Change

Menu window.

f Multi Selector (down) b

Open Phone Book. Long Press to create new Phone Book entries * .

Power On/Off Key " h

Toggle Standby display. Long Press to power handset off.

# Key

#

Enter # . Long Press to activate/cancel

Manner mode.

Handset Parts i Camera Key

|

Activate mobile camera. Long Press to open Album.

Side Keys j Volume Up Key

E

Closed: Long Press to activate/cancel

Manner mode.

k Volume Down Key F

Open: Show/hide Softkeys.

Viewer: Show/hide Softkeys.

l Keypad Lock & Camera Key I

Closed: Toggle Clock view. Long Press to illuminate Mobile Light.

Open: Long Press to activate mobile camera.

Viewer: Activate/cancel Keypad Lock.

Long Press to activate mobile camera.

Multi Selector & Side Keys

.

In this guide, Multi Selector and Side Key operations are indicated as follows:

Press a

or b

Press c or d

Press a

, b

, c

or d

Press E or F e f g

L

Vector Pad

.

Multi Selector touch sensor area. Adjust finger pressure to control scroll speed, or make circular motion for Spinguru Menu.

1

1-

3

Charging Battery

1


Battery must be inserted in handset to charge it.

Charging Battery Outside Japan

.

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for problems resulting from charging battery abroad.

AC Charger

Use specified AC Charger ZTDAA1 (sold separately) only.

.

In this guide, ZTDAA1 is referred to as "AC

Charger."

.

Handset and AC Charger may warm during charging.

External De v ice

Port

AC 100 V O u tlet

Charger

Connector

Arro w s

Ill u mination Light

Blades

AC Charger

Port

Co v er

Release Ta b s

1

Open Port Cover as shown

2

Connect AC Charger

.

With arrows up, insert connector until it clicks.

3

Extend blades and plug AC

Charger into AC outlet

.

Illumination Light (center LED) glows red while charging.

.

Illumination Light goes out when battery is full.

4

Unplug AC Charger

.

Pull AC Charger straight out.

5

Disconnect handset

.

Squeeze Charger Connector release tabs and pull straight out to remove.

6

Fold back blades and replace Port Cover

When Illumination Light Flashes

.

Battery is unchargeable; may be defective or simply at the end of its life; replace it.

Important AC Charger Usage Note

.

Fold back blades after charging. Do not pull, bend or twist the cord.

1-

4

USB Charge

Connect handset (with power on) to PC via USB Cable to charge battery.

.

Download and install USB Cable driver beforehand.

.

Handset must be on to charge battery.

.

Battery may not charge if handset is connected through a USB hub.

In-Car Charger

In-Car Charger may be purchased separately.

Important In-Car Charger Usage Notes

.

Disconnect Charger before leaving vehicle to prevent charging with engine off.

.

Do not use In-Car Charger with Desktop

Holder.

.

Avoid charging battery inside extremely hot vehicles.

Cigarette Lighter Socket

In-Car Charger

Pl u g

External

De v ice Port

Ill u mination Light

Charger

Connector

Arro w s

Port Co v er

1

Open Port Cover

2

Insert Charger Connector

.

With arrows up, insert connector until it clicks.

Release Ta b s


3

Plug Charger into cigarette lighter socket

4

Start car engine

.

Illumination Light (center LED) glows red while charging.

.

Illumination Light goes out when battery is full.

5

Unplug Charger

6

Disconnect handset

.

Squeeze Charger Connector release tabs and pull straight out to remove.

7

Replace Port Cover

1

Advanced

0

( Disabling USB Charge ( P.1-12

)

1-

5

Power On/Off

1

Handset Power On/Off

Power On

Follow these steps when powering on

940SH for the first time:

1

"

(Long)

.

After Power On Graphic, follow the steps below.

" S " S % S b S % S 設定

S % S

Language

S % S

English

S % S " (Long) S " (Long) S

Change Menu window opens

2

Select option

S %

Guide descriptions are based on

Standard Menu.

4

Yes

or

No

S %

Standby

.

Choose No to enter Standby immediately after powering on.

When USIM Card is Not Installed

.

Insert USIM Card appears; insert the card to use handset.

.

After Change Menu guidance, My

Details setup starts.

3

Enter last name

S % S

Enter first name

S %

.

Change Menu display option confirmation appears.

Retrieving Network Information

Handset initiates Network Information retrieval when

%

, a

,

B

or

A

is pressed for the first time.

Follow these steps to retrieve Network

Information to use Network-related services and TV; retrieval automatically sets Clock:

1

Yes

S % S

Retrieval starts

2

%

Power Off

1

"

(Long)

.

After Power Off Graphic, handset shuts down.

1-

6

Display

Standby

Indicator Area

Mo b ile W idgets

Indicator Descriptions

Check active indicators and their descriptions. (Status Icon List)

1

'

(Long)

Hereafter, most screenshots omit Mobile

Widgets and other icons.

Display & Indicators

1

Information

Information window opens at the bottom for Missed Calls, new mail, etc.

.

Active indicators are enlarged; description for selected indicator

.

appears.

Use g

to select indicators to view

.

their descriptions.

Press

%

to open menu/window

(e.g., Battery Meter window from battery strength indicator). May be unavailable for some indicators.

Information Window

Information label (e.g., Message , etc.) and count appear in Information window.

Select an item and press % to open it.

Opening Information List Manually

% S Phone S % S Information S %

Clearing Information List

% S Phone S % S Information S

B S

Yes

S %

1-

7

1-

8

1


Softkeys

Functions/operations assigned to

B

,

% and

A

appear at the bottom of Display in portrait orientation with clamshell open.

[ Portrait Orientation

$ B A "

[ Landscape Orientation

B %

Using Touch Panel

A

In clamshell open (landscape) or Viewer position, Softkeys (shown right) appear.

Tap a Softkey to execute assigned function/ operation. Some key assignments may vary with Display position/window content.

$ ' B

Display Saving

% A ) "

Display goes dark after Display Saving time elapses. Press any key (except " during a call) to activate it.

Backlight

.

Backlight turns off after Time Out time elapses. Press 0 - 9 to illuminate it

(key press may affect active function).

.

Display goes dark during a call.

(Backlight does not turn off first).

Display Rotation

Sensor detects handset movement. In

Viewer position, Display orientation changes with handset orientation.

Display orientation for clamshell open is fixed by default; set to rotate as needed.

Landscape

Orientation

Portrait

Orientation

Indicators

Display Indicators

In Dual Mode, line type appears at bottom right of some indicators.

[ Basic Status

1

2

3

1

2

3

Within 3G range

Within GSM range

International roaming in progress

Signal strength

1

Battery strength 2

1

The more bars the better.

2

Battery strength % (appears when Display activates, etc.) is an approximation.

[ Function Status

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

Active S! Application *

Paused S! Application

*

Music playback in progress

TV recording in progress

(handset)

TV recording in progress

(Memory Card)

Memory Card inserted

Accessing Memory Card

Reading Memory Card

Formatting Memory Card

TV Timer/TV Recording Timer set

Compass Indicator

Music playback in progress (via

Bluetooth

®

)

Multiple functions (Multi Job) active

* Appears gold for some S! Applications (Real

3D Games, etc.)


1

[ Notifications

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

5

6

7

8

3

4

5

6

1

2

7

8

Unread mail

Unread Delivery Report

Answer Phone active & message recorded

Answer Phone canceled & message recorded

New Voicemail

Missed Call or new mail on idle line

S! Appli/Mobile Widget Notification

Contents Key received

Unread S! Information Channel info

Software Update result

Unread S! Quick News info

Unread S! Friend's Status notification or unanswered registration request

[ Warnings

1

2

3

Mail memory low

Message delivery failure

Memory Card unusable/misinserted

1-

9

1


[ Transmissions

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

SSL browsing in progress 1

Packet transmission available

Receiving mail

Sending mail

S! Friend's Status online

Positioning in progress 2

Software Update in progress

Wi-Fi transmission in progress

Keitai Wi-Fi available

RSS-compatible site

Weather Indicator

Connected to Wi-Fi network

3

5

6

7

8

9 a

9 a

USB Cable connected

USB transmission in progress

Infrared transmission in progress

Infrared file transfer in progress

Bluetooth ® transmission ready

Bluetooth

®

transmission in progress

( appears for multiple connections)

Bluetooth ® talk in progress

IC Transmission in progress

S! Addressbook Back-up transmission in progress

PC Site Browser in use

Direct Browser in use

Infrared transmission ready

1

Hidden while Mobile Widget is in use.

2

Flashes while positioning.

3

The more blue bars the stronger the connection.

[ Settings

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 a b c

1

2

3

Offline Mode active

Answer Phone active

Call Forwarding or Voicemail active

(forwarding condition: Always )

*

4

5

6

7

8

9 a b c

Schedule/Task (Alarm set)

Schedule/Task (Alarm unset)

Alarm set

Hour Minder active

Manner mode active

Drive mode active

Original mode active

VeilView active

Keypad Lock active

IC Card Lock active

Ringtone (Silent)

Ringtone (Increasing Volume)

Vibration active

Auto Answer or Remote Monitor active

Show Secret Data active

Function Lock active

Wakeup TV set

* Indicator does not appear when Call

Forwarding is set to Video Calls only, with

Voicemail unset.

1-

10

External Display

View date/time and the following indicators with clamshell closed.

Activating Backlight

1

I

.

Press

I

to toggle view (panels).

Indicators

[ Basic Status

1 2

1 Signal strength *

2 Battery strength

*


[ Notifications

Missed Calls

Answer Phone message recorded

Missed Call Notification

New Voicemail

Unread mail

Unread Delivery Report

Contents Key received

Unread S! Information Channel info

Weather Indicator update

Location Info request

Pedometer target achieved

Videos/Music menu update

S! Appli/Mobile Widget Notification

Unread S! Friend's Status notification


1

[ Warnings

Message delivery failure

S! Information Channel info reception failure

Decoration Call transmission failure

IP Service connection failure

Weather Indicator update failure

Public wireless LAN auto authentication failure

[ Handset Status

Alarm

Schedule Alarm

Task Alarm

TV Alarm (watch)

TV Alarm (record)

Advanced

0

(

Changing Backlight illumination time

(

Changing Clock pattern

(

Hiding new received messages

(

Viewing new messages

(

Checking e-money balance

(And more on

P.1-12 )

1-

11

Additional Functions

1

USB Charge

Disabling USB

Charge

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S USB

Charge S % S Disable S %


[ View Settings

Changing

Backlight illumination time

Changing Clock pattern

Changing Clock font

Showing specified information below

Clock

% S

Settings

S % S

In Sound/Display menu, Display S % S External Display S %

S Duration S % S Select time S %

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Display

S % S

External Display

S %

S Clock Pattern S % S Select panel S % S

Select pattern S %


S % S


S %

S Clock Type S % S Select panel S % S

Select pattern S %


S % S


S %

S Topic View S % S Select panel S % S

Select item S %

[ Handset Responses

Hiding new received messages

% S

Settings

S % S

In Sound/Display menu, Display S % S External Display S %

S Messages S % S Not Display S %

Hiding caller info

Selecting images for incoming calls, etc.


S % S


S

S Caller Display S % S Off S %

%

7

% S

Settings

S % S

In Sound/

Display menu, Display S % S External

Display S % S System Graphics S % S

Select item S % S See below

.

Customized Screens may be unsetable depending on item.

Preset Graphics

Select pattern S %

Customized Screen

Customized Screen S %

[ Operations

Viewing new messages

Checking e-money balance

With Backlight off,

I S I

.

Use

L

to scroll message text; press

I

to view next messages.

.

Available with clamshell closed.

With clamshell closed, F (Long) S Balance appears S I S Balance disappears

.

Use

L

to view balances of listed entries.

.

Save Lifestyle-Appli to Balance Info list beforehand.

.

Balances do not appear if IC Card Lock is active.

1-

12

Handset Interface........................... 2-2

Accessing Functions........................ 2-3

Touch Panel .................................... 2-4

Using Touch Panel........................... 2-4

Menu Operations............................ 2-6

Main Menu....................................... 2-6

Using Simplified Menus (Simple Menu)

......................................................... 2-9

Spinguru Menu ............................. 2-10

Using Spinguru Menu .................... 2-11

Accessing Functions................... 2-13

Shortcuts Menu & Key Shortcut .... 2-13

Toggling Active Functions (Multi Job)

....................................................... 2-14

Standby Shortcuts ......................... 2-15

Motion Control ............................. 2-16

Viewer Position ............................ 2-18

Viewer Position Setup ....................2-18

Keypad Lock ................................ 2-19

Activating/Canceling Keypad Lock ....2-19

Mobile Manners............................ 2-20

Security Codes ............................ 2-21

Basic Tools................................... 2-22

My Details & Basic Tools ................2-22

Double Number ............................ 2-23

Using Double Number ....................2-23

Modes.............................................2-24


2


2-

1

Handset Interface


2

Handset Operations

Use handset keys, Touch Panel or Motion

Control.

Handset Keys

Use Keypad, etc. with clamshell open; supports all handset operations.

Touch Panel

Touch menu items, Softkeys or icons in clamshell open or Viewer position.

Viewer Position

Use handset in the following styles in

Viewer position.

[ Digital Camera & Portable TV

Hold handset in landscape; press Keypad

Lock & Camera Key to release shutter, or watch TV in widescreen.

[ Vector Pad

Multi Selector touch sensor area. Adjust finger pressure to control scroll speed, or make circular motion for Spinguru Menu.

Motion Control

Move handset (e.g., shake it left or right, turn it over, etc.) to access functions, enlarge/reduce fonts or images, navigate functions, and more. (Complete setup beforehand.)

[ Compact Touch Panel Device

Intuitive Touch Panel interface supports most handset operations.

Use center area for operations; using edges may inhibit cursor movement/scroll speed.

2-

2

Accessing Functions

Use the following methods as needed.

Main Menu


2

Spin

g

uru Menu

Repeat menu item selection.

■

Shortcuts

Select menu items

Use shortcuts

■

Standby Shortcuts

Circle fin

g

er around

Vector Pad

Access recommended/fre q uently used functions or operation history, etc.

■

Quick Operations

Access assi g ned functions

(chan g eable).

Save functions to Standby.

Enter numbers to access functions.

To activate functions, press the correspondin

Access a function in Shortcuts menu while another is active, then toggle function windows as needed.

g key.

2-

3

Touch Panel

2

Using Touch Panel

Touch Display to select menu items, open functions, scroll pages, etc.

Available in clamshell open or Viewer position (regardless of orientation).

Basic Operations Long Touch

Tap

Swipe

Tap item to open corresponding function; execute Softkey functions/operations.

[ Double Tap

Tap Display twice in rapid succession

(within approximately 0.6 seconds).

Touch item for 1+ seconds to execute corresponding function/operation.

Drag

Swipe a finger across Display to scroll.

Spread & Pinch

Spread

Pinch

Touch Display and drag finger to move item or scribble/sketch; release finger when complete.

Spread or pinch your fingers across

Display to enlarge or reduce images, etc.

2-

4

Advanced

0

( Adjusting Touch vibration ( P.2-26

)

Operational Examples

Selection & Execution

Tap item to open or execute corresponding function/operation.

Tap Music twice s

Screen Scroll

To see items outside Display area, swipe a finger across Display in opposite direction.

Touch Panel

Open Menus

Tap Options or Long Touch Display to open menu.

Swipe right s

Tap Data Folder

The result is the same as selecting an item with g

and pressing

%

.

[ Two Taps

When corresponding Options menu is available, etc., tapping item may only select (highlight) it; tap the item again to execute function/operation.

Left portion appears

Alternatively, drag finger across Display.

Enlarge & Reduce

Spread or pinch your fingers across

Display to enlarge or reduce images, etc.

s

Long Touch Display s

Menu opens

Important Touch Panel Usage Notes

.

Touch Panel may not respond in these situations:

, Use with gloved fingers/fingernails

, Use of pens, pencils or other sharp objects

, Use with objects placed on/against Display

.

To prevent malfunctions, do not:

, Touch Display with wet fingers

, Subject Display to force/pressure

, Place labels or stickers over Display

.

Calibrate Touch Panel ( P.2-8 ) to improve

response.

2

Music folder opens

.

.

Enlarged

Double-tapping images, etc. may also enlarge/reduce them.

On Internet page or before saving captured image, Long Touch area/portion to enlarge it.

2-

5

Menu Operations

Main Menu

2

Openin

g

Main Menu

■ Touch Panel

■ Handset Key

%

Window Description

Main Menu Items

Messa g in g

Yahoo!

S! Appli

Entertainment

Camera

Videos/Music

Tools

Data Folder

Wid g et

TV

Phone

Settin g s

Open/create messages, etc.

Bro w se the Internet

Use S! Applications incl u ding games

Recei v e ne w s, play/do w nload media files, etc.

Capt u re images or record v ideo

Access v ario u s media ser v ices

Manage sched u les, set Alarm, scan QR Codes, etc.

Open files sa v ed on handset/Memory Card

Use Mo b ile W idgets

W atch/record T V programs

Search contacts, add entries, etc.

C u stomize handset interface, so u nds, etc.

2-

6

Follow these steps to open World Clock via handset keys or Touch Panel:

(Touch Panel navigation screenshots are based on Viewer position.)

Menu Navi

g

ation (Handset Keys)

Press

%

in Standby

Use g

to hi g hli g ht

Tools

Use f

to select

Clock/Gau g e tab

Use e to select

World Clock

% %

Open

Main Menu

Select Item Open Tab Select Item

Menu Operations

2

Tap MENU in Standby Tap Tools

Menu Navi

g

ation (Touch Panel)

Tap Clock/Gau g e tab Tap World Clock

2-

7

2

Menu Operations

Escape/Return (Handset Keys)

Press $

Press

"

(Standby returns)

Navi g ate

Back

Return to

Standby

2-

8

Tap CLEAR/BACK Tap END

Escape/Return (Touch Panel)

Standby returns

Calibrating Touch Panel

Calibrate Touch Panel to improve response.

Hold handset normally during calibration.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G

2

Touch Panel

S %

3

Correct Touch Panel

S %

4

Yes

S %

.

Follow onscreen instructions.

Undo Calibration

.

If calibration does not improve response, follow these steps to restore default setting:

After 4 ,

$

Menu Operations

Using Simplified Menus (Simple Menu)

Simple Menu Features

Activate Simple Menu to reduce available handset functions and simplify menus.

.

Fonts are enlarged and appear in bold.

.

Clock is enlarged (Calendar is hidden).

[ Menu Items

Messaging

Phone

Camera

Convenient

Tool

Data Folder -

TV -

Received Msg., Create

Msg., Drafts, Templates,

Sent Messages, Unsent

Msg., Create SMS

Phone Book, Add New

Entry, Call Log, Play

Messages, Answer Phone,

Call Voicemail, My Details,

Speed Dial/Mail

Photo Camera, Video

Camera, Album, Scan

Barcode, Scan Card, Kanji

Grabber, Review

Calendar, Alarms,

Calculator, Assignment,

Dictionary, Notepad, S! GPS

Navi, Pedometer, Compass,

S! Friend's Status, S! Circle

Talk, Double Number,

Change Menu

Key assignments are largely the same as those in Standard Menu.

Activating Simple Menu

1

&

(Long)

2

Simple Menu

S %

While Using an Incompatible Function

.

End the function before activating Simple

Menu.

Canceling Simple Menu

&

(Long)

S

Standard Menu

S %

2

2-

9

Spinguru Menu

Spinguru Menu

2

Basics

Circle finger around Vector Pad; keep moving finger to select functions suitable for time of day/situation, or frequently used/recently opened files/records, etc.

.

Available in Standby and while using functions.

.

Alternatively, make a circle on Standby

Display to open Spinguru Menu; repeat motion for further operations.

.

Alternatively, in Viewer position, Long Touch

Softkey with to open Spinguru Menu.

Menu Description

Example: Spinguru Menu opened in Standby

Men u Settings

Indexes

Fa v orites

Main Men u

History

[ Menu Navigation

Press b

when appears to access lower level/Sub Menu; press a (when

appears) to return.

b a a

Open

Close a

Lo w er le v el items added

Sping u r u Men u

.

Spinguru Menu is available in landscape orientation as well.

Lo

S w ub er Le

Men

Indicator v u el/ Selected Item

RECOMME N D

Items

.

If Spinguru Menu is opened while using functions, corresponding menu items also appear.

.

Favorites (gateway to frequently used

.

functions) appears from the second day after the first use of handset.

Press

B

in Spinguru Menu to open operational instructions.

Lo w er le v el opens b a

S ub Men u opens

2-

10

Spinguru Menu

Using Spinguru Menu

Opening Functions

General Items

1

Circle finger around Vector

Pad

3

%

.

Menu/window opens.

Deleting Functions from Spinguru Menu

After 2 , b S Delete Convenience

S % S Yes S %

Favorites & History

1

In Spinguru Menu, select

Favorites

or

History

icon

4

%

.


Deleting Functions from Favorites or History

After 3 , b S Delete from Favorites or Delete from History S % S Yes

S %

Main Menu

1


Main Menu

icon

2

.

Spinguru Menu opens.

2

Circle finger further to select icon

2 b

2 b

3

Select icon

S %

.


.

Lower level opens.

3

Select icon

Advanced

0

( Sorting Favorites items ( Deleting all Favorites items ( Deleting all History items ( Restoring deleted general items ( P.2-26 )

2-

11

2

Spinguru Menu

Indexes (Japanese)

Search for functions by initial character of terms or keywords.

1


Indexes

icon

Spinguru Menu Settings

Follow these steps to reset Spinguru Menu:

1


Menu Settings

icon

Toggling View

Press

A

to toggle Spinguru Menu between linear and spiral views. In linear view, press d

to access lower level items/Sub Menu; press c to return.

d

2 b 2 b

.

Character icons appear.

3

Select icon

S b

Sping u r u Men u

(linear v ie w ) c

Lo w er le v el/

S ub Men u opens

3

Initialized Spinguru Menu

S %

4

Yes

S %

4

Use e

to select function

S %

.


2-

12

Advanced

0

( Changing scroll speed ( Setting Spinguru Menu opening method ( Changing Spinguru Menu spin speed ( Calibrating Vector Pad ( P.2-26

)


Shortcuts Menu & Key Shortcut

Shortcuts Menu

Access assigned functions via Shortcuts menu.

1

'

Key Shortcut

In Standby, Long Press

B

, g

or

A

to access assigned functions.

B a b c d

A

Open S! Mail Composition window

Open PC Site Browser menu

Create new Phone Book entries

Activate/cancel Bluetooth ®

Activate/cancel Infrared

Activate Familink Remote

Shortcuts Menu 2

Select function

S %

.

Menu/window opens.

Changing Default Shortcuts

In 2 , select numbered function

B S Assign Function S % S

S

Select menu item

S % S

Select new item S %

, To assign menu items, select one and press B .

Assigning Files & Folders

In 2 , select numbered function S

B S

Assign Data

S % S

Select file/folder S %

, For folders, select press % .

Set this folder and

Changing Assigned Functions

Follow these steps to assign Calculator to a (Long Press):

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G

2

Set Key Shortcut

S %

Advanced

0

( Changing item order ( Restoring default shortcuts ( P.2-26 )

Key Shortcut Menu

3

Long press

S %

4

From Appli

S %

5

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Life menu,

Calculator

S %

Bookmark

In 4 , From Bookmark

S % S

Select title S % S Yes S %

Infrared, Show Secret Data, Etc. On/Off

In 4 , From Other S % S Select item

S %

Canceling Assigned Function

In 4 , Off

S %

2

2-

13

2


Toggling Active Functions (Multi Job)

Multi Job Feature

Access a function in Shortcuts menu while another is active.

W hile b ro w sing the Internet

②

Toggle w indo w s

Using Multi Job

1

In a function window,

'

In text entry/dial windows, Long Press ' .

3

To toggle active windows,

)

S

) s

2

Select function

S %

2-

14

①

Open Scratch Pad

Jot do w n information

.

Multi Job may not activate from some menus/windows (e.g., ringtone/ringvideo selection, etc.).

.

Multi Job is disabled while (gold) appears.

.

Menu/window opens.

4

" S

Multi Job ends

.

If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen prompts.


Standby Shortcuts

Paste shortcuts to functions, files, folders, etc. to Standby for easy access.

Saving Shortcuts to Standby

1 a

2

Use g

to select (OPEN)

S %

W idget Ta b

Stand b y Shortc u t Ta b

3 f

5

Use g

to specify target location

S %

Saving from Menu/Window

.

In Options menu, select Set as

StbyShortcut (may not appear for some items); select sheet as needed.

Using Pointer

.

After 1 , Long Press

A

to activate pointer navigation; select widgets, etc. (To cancel pointer navigation, Long Press

A

.)

Using Shortcuts

1 a S

Use g

to select icon

S %

.

Menu/window opens or command is executed.

4

Select item

S %

.

Corresponding icon appears in

Standby.

.

>> appears when more items are available.

Toggling Sheets

Toggle sheets to use Standby Shortcuts and widgets pasted on each sheet.

1 a S A

.

To toggle further, press A or ) .

.

Sheet name appears at the top, then disappears.

.

Save Standby Shortcuts as needed; corresponding icons appear on the current sheet.

Using Locked Sheets a S Select S % S Enter

Handset Code

S %

Removing Shortcuts from Standby

1 a S

Use g

to select icon

S B

2

Operation

S %

3

Remove

S %

4

Yes

S %

2

Advanced

0

( Sorting icons ( Moving icons

( Moving icons to front/back ( Removing icons at once ( Editing sheet names ( Locking sheets (

P.2-26 -

2-27 )

2-

15

Motion Control

2

Motion Control

Sensor detects handset orientation or movement. Move handset to navigate pages, access functions, etc.

.

Cancel Keypad Lock and activate Display first. (Not necessary for activating Quick Silent.)

.

Adjust Motion Control sensor ( P.2-28 ) before using Motion Control for the first time.

.

Activate Motion Control by function beforehand.

Turn Over Shake Left/Ri

g

ht

Open Quick Shortcut

Shake handset left and ri g ht approximately three times in Standby to access assi g ned functions.

.

Change assigned f u nctions as needed.

Re-search Si

g

nal

Portrait Orientation

Landscape Orientation

2-

16

Activate Quick Silent

Turn handset over to instantly mute rin g er and stop vibration.

Rin

g

er

Incoming Calls,

Alarms, etc.

Vibration

Incoming Calls,

Alarms, etc.

.

Some tones may not b e silenced.

Navi g ate Functions

Shake to the left to navi g ate back, or ri g ht to navi g ate forward.

Music

M u sic Player

Channels

T V

Ima

g

es

Data Folder

(Pict u res)

Pa

g

es

Doc u ment

V ie w er

Multi Job

Shake to the left or ri g ht to to gg le active windows.

To

gg

le Windows

M u lti Jo b

Shake Forward or Backward

Toggling Motion Control On/Off

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G

2

Motion Control

S %

Motion Control

2

Switch On/Off

S %

3

On

S %

Activating Show Secret Data Temporarily

Enter Handset Code

S

Shake handset left or right

, Close handset (clamshell closed) in

Standby to cancel Show Secret Data.

Important Motion Control Usage Notes

.

Hold/shake handset correctly to avoid

.

unintended results.

Motion Control may be unavailable while

.

handset is ringing/vibrating.

Confirm there is ample space for Motion

Control use; hold handset firmly and shake it gently to avoid injury/breakage.

Do not shake handset roughly; handset may slip, resulting in injury or damage.

2

Zoom In/Zoom Out

Shake forward to enlar g e, or backward to reduce.

Fonts

Yahoo! Keitai

Message W indo w

Zoom Ima

g

e

Data Folder

(Pict u res)

Zoom Pa

g

e

PC Site Bro w ser

Direct Bro w ser

Doc u ment V ie w er

Motion Control Menu

3

Action Settings

S %

4

Select function

S %

5

On

or

Off

S %

Enabling Quick Shortcut

1

In Motion Control menu,

Quick Shortcut

S %

Advanced

0

( Changing Display rotation method ( Changing Quick Shortcut items ( Deleting Quick Shortcut items

( Restoring default Quick Shortcut items

( Practicing Motion Control actions ( Adjusting Motion Control sensor (

P.2-27

- 2-28

)

2-

17

Viewer Position

2

Viewer Position Setup

Menu below appears the first time Display is rotated to Viewer position; set handset to automatically execute one of the following actions upon rotating Display to

Viewer position:

1

In Viewer Position Menu, tap item

.

Setting is applied and Viewer position setup option confirmation appears.

2

Tap

Yes

or

No

.

Selection appears.

Take Picture

.

In Photo Viewfinder, Mobile Light may illuminate automatically depending on ambient light level. Follow these steps to turn setting off:

[Photo Viewfinder] Tap MENU

S

Tap

Mobile Light twice S Tap Off twice

Launch Appli or Connect Bookmark

.

Handset accesses the assigned function or URL; change function/URL as needed.

From Standby

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/ G

S Viewer Position S % S Move

Settings

S % S

Select item

S %

[ Actions

Viewer Position Menu

Take Picture Activate mobile camera

Activate Digital TV Activate TV

Show Main Menu Open Main Menu

Launch Appli Access assigned function

Connect Bookmark Access saved URL

Off(Standby) Keep Standby

2-

18

Advanced

0

(

Changing function assigned to Launch Appli in Move Settings

(

Changing URL assigned to Connect Bookmark in Move Settings ( P.2-27 )

Activating/Canceling Keypad Lock

Activating

Prevent accidental operation/function activation in Viewer position.

1

In Viewer position,

I

.

Display goes dark and Keypad Lock activates.

When Keypad Lock is Active

.

Handset keys and Touch Panel are locked.

Canceling

Open handset (clamshell open). To cancel

Keypad Lock in Viewer position, follow these steps:

1

I

.

Display activates.

2

I

.

Keypad Lock deactivates.

.

Alternatively, swipe down on ▼ Unlock .

Automatic Keypad Lock (Viewer Position)

.

In Viewer position, Display goes dark and

Keypad Lock activates after a period of inactivity; follow the steps above to cancel it.

Keypad Lock

2

Advanced

0

(

Canceling Keypad Lock upon Display activation

(

Changing Keypad Lock cancellation method ( P.2-28

)

2-

19

Mobile Manners

2

Mobile Manners

Please use your handset responsibly. Use these basic tips as a guide. Inappropriate handset use can be both dangerous and bothersome. Please take care not to disturb others when using your handset.

Adjust handset use according to your surroundings.

.

Power it off in theaters, museums and other places where silence is the norm.

.

Refrain from using it in restaurants, hotel lobbies, elevators, etc.

.

Observe signs and instructions regarding handset use aboard trains, buses, etc.

.

Refrain from use that interrupts the flow of pedestrian or vehicle traffic.

Manner Mode

Mutes most handset function sounds.

1

)

(Long)

.

Manner mode is set.

When Manner Mode is Active

.

Ringtones and other sounds are muted.

.

940SH vibrates for transmissions/alerts.

.

Shutter click still sounds at fixed volume.

.

To unmute Speaker temporarily while playing music, etc., follow these steps:

During playback, a S % S

Yes or

No S %

Canceling Manner Mode

) (Long)

Offline Mode

Temporarily suspends all transmissions.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Network

2

Offline Mode

S %

3

On

S %

.

Offline Mode is set.

Canceling Offline Mode

In 3 , Off

S %

2-

20

Advanced

0

( Changing handset modes ( Creating a custom mode ( Resetting Mode Settings ( P.2-28 )

Security Codes

These codes are required for handset use.

.

Write down Security Codes.

.

Do not reveal Security Codes. SoftBank

Mobile is not liable for misuse or damages.

Handset

Code

Administrator

Code

Center

Access Code

Network

Password *

9999 by default; use or change some functions

9999 by default; required for Reset Settings, Reset

All, Direct Browser Lock,

Proxy Setting, etc.

4-digit code selected at contract; access Optional

Services via landlines or change contract details

4-digit code selected at contract; restrict incoming/outgoing calls

(Call Barring)

*

Change as needed.

Incorrect Code Entry

.

Message appears for incorrect code entries; retry.

.

If Network Password is incorrectly entered three times consecutively, Call

Barring settings are locked. To resolve,

Network Password and Center Access

Code must be changed.

Changing Security Codes

Enter four to eight digits.

Changing Handset Code

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G

2

Locks

S %

Locks Menu

3

Chg. Handset Code

S %

Security Codes

4

Enter current Handset Code

S %

5

Enter new Handset Code

S %

6

Re-enter new Handset Code

S %

.

To change Administrator Code subsequently, choose Yes and press % .

Changing Administrator Code

1

In Locks menu,

Administrator Setting

S %

2

Change Administrator Code

S %

3

Enter current Administrator

Code

S %

4

Enter new Administrator

Code

S %

5

Re-enter new Administrator

Code

S %

2

2-

21

Basic Tools

My Details & Basic Tools

2

My Number

1

% S 0

Pen Light

1

With clamshell closed,

I

(Long)

.

Mobile Light illuminates.

2

Side Key

S

Mobile Light goes out

Important Pen Light Usage Note

.

Do not point Pen Light at people or look at it directly.

.

Handset phone number and the name entered at initial setup appear.

Editing My Details

After 1 , f (select tab) S Select item

S A

Edit S A

S

Select item

S % S

VeilView

Activate VeilView to prevent peeking.

1

~

(Long)

Canceling VeilView

~

(Long)

Battery Meter

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

2

Battery Meter

S %

.

Approximate battery strength appears.

Battery Strength %

.

100% may not appear even when battery is full. This is by design; not a malfunction.

Phone Help

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

2

Phone Help

S %

3

Select item

S %

.

For Indicators , select category and press % .

2-

22

Advanced

0

( Clearing My Details ( Selecting My Details items to send ( Toggling My Details in Dual Mode

( Changing battery strength indicator pattern

( Changing VeilView pattern/density (

P.2-28 -

2-29

)

Double Number

Using Double Number

Manage two accounts (Line A and Line B, with separate phone numbers and mail addresses) on one handset.

.

Double Number requires a separate contract and basic monthly fee.

.

Outside Japan, any Line B messaging charges are applied to Line A.

.

For more information, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information (

P.17-42

).

Two Phone Numbers & Two Mail Addresses

Activating Double Number

Phone Number

090392XXXX7

A

A Mode

(Line A* only)

Line A

Mail Address

A

○○○ @softbank.ne.jp

Modes

Select from three u sage modes:

B Mode

(Line B* only)

Dual Mode

( b oth acco u nts)

* Callers to the other line hear a bu sy tone; messages are recei v ed w itho u t alerts.

Line B

Phone Number

090392XXXX 8

Mail Address

B

△△△ @softbank.ne.jp

Account Memory Mana

g

ement

W hile one line is acti v e, call/messaging records for the other do not appear.

Phone Book

Entries

Call Lo g

Records

B

Messa g in g

Folders

.

C u stomize W allpaper, incoming call graphic, ringtone, v i b ration, etc. b y acco u nt.

Make sure signal is stable.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G

2

Double Number

S %

3

Switch On/Off

S %

4

On

S %

5


S %

S

Yes

S %

Canceling Double Number

In 4 , Off S % S 5

.

When Double Number is canceled:

, Line B calls and SMS messages are redirected to Line A Phone Number.

, Initial portion of Line B S! Mail is redirected to Line A. (Full messages

, are irretrievable.)

Double Number account is not affected.

2

2-

23

2

Double Number

Modes

Activate A Mode to use Line A only, B Mode to use Line B only, or Dual Mode to use both accounts.

A Mode

Receive Calls to Line A Only

.

Place calls or send messages v ia Line A.

B Mode

Receive Calls to Line B Only

.

Place calls or send messages v ia Line B.

A Mode & B Mode Precautions

.

Line indicators do not appear in Phone Book entries, message lists, Call Log records, etc.

.

W hen an operation affects information on the other line, a confirmation appears. Follo w onscreen prompt(s).

B Mode Restrictions

.

Handset connects to the Internet v ia Line A. (D u ring Internet connections, place/recei v e calls v ia Line B.)

.

S! Friend ' s Stat u s, S! Circle Talk and Decoration Call are u na v aila b le.

2-

24

Advanced

0

( Omitting Handset Code entry when switching modes ( Renaming Double Number modes ( Showing indicator for calls missed or new mail on idle line

( Hiding Internet connection confirmation ( P.2-29 )

Dual

Mode

Receive Calls to Both Accounts

.

Place calls or send messages v ia Line A (or the acco u nt of record for Phone

Book entries or Call Log records) b y defa u lt; toggle acco u nts as re qu ired.

Phone Book Entries

Specify A, B or D u al.

Messa g in g

Select Line A or Line B.

Sender Address changes accordingly.

Callin g

Select Line A or Line B.

Caller ID changes accordingly.

.

Line type indicators appear in Phone Book entries, message lists, Call Log records, etc.

Double Number

Switching Modes

1

!

(Long)

2


S %

3

Select mode

S %

.

For B Mode , a confirmation appears.

4

Yes

S %

In Dual Mode

During an operation, if prompt window below appears, select a line and press % .

2

If customizable by line, line indicator appears bottom right; press

A

to switch.

If line selection is otherwise required, follow onscreen prompts.

Advanced

0

(

Rejecting calls to either line in Dual Mode

(

Setting main line for Dual Mode ( P.2-29

)

2-

25


2

Touch Panel

Adjusting Touch vibration

7

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G

S Touch Panel S % S Touch Reaction S %

S See below

Touch Vibration Off in Manner Mode

On(Except Manner Mode)

S %

Touch Vibration Always Off

Off S %

Spinguru Menu

Sorting Favorites items

Deleting all

Favorites items

Deleting all History items

Restoring deleted general items

Changing scroll speed

Open Spinguru Menu S Select Menu Settings icon S b S Sort Favorites S % S Yes S %

Open Spinguru Menu S Select Menu Settings icon

S b S

Delete All Favorites

S % S

Yes

S %

Open Spinguru Menu S Select Menu Settings icon S b S Delete All Histories S % S Yes

S %

7

Open Spinguru Menu S Select Menu

Settings icon

S b S

See below

All Items

Undo All Deleted Convenience S % S Yes S %

One Item

Select Undo XX

S % S

Yes

S %

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S Vector

Pad Settings S % S Scroll Speed S % S

Select speed S %

Setting Spinguru

Menu opening method

Changing

Spinguru Menu spin speed

Calibrating Vector

Pad


Pad Settings S % S Launch Spinguru Menu by

S % S

Select method

S %


Pad Settings S % S Jog Speed S % S

Select speed S %

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Vector

Pad Settings S % S Correct Vector Pad S %

S 0 (Long)

Shortcuts

Changing item order

Restoring default shortcuts

' S Select numbered function S B S Move

S % S Select target location S %

' S Select numbered function S B S Set to

Default

S % S

Yes

S %

Standby Shortcut

[ Operations in Standby

Sorting icons

Moving icons a S B S Sort Icon S % S Select option S %

.

Widgets may also be sorted depending on the size.

a S Use g to select icon S B S Operation

S % S Change Layout S % S Specify target location

S %

2-

26

Moving icons to front/back

Removing icons at once a S Use g to select icon S B S Operation

S % S To Front or To Back S %

7 a S B S Operate from List S % S

Remove S % S See below

All Icons

Remove All S % S f Shortcut S Select sheet S A S Yes S %

Selected Icons

Select & Remove

S % S f

Shortcut

S

Select icon S % ( ) S Complete selection

S A S Yes S %

[ Sheets

Editing sheet names

Locking sheets

7 a S B S Settings S % S Sheet

Settings S % S Change Sheet Name S % S

See below

Renaming

Select sheet S % S Enter name S %

Resetting All Sheet Names

B S Yes S %


Settings S % S Set Sheet Lock S % S Enter

Handset Code

S % S

See below

Activating Lock

Select sheet S % S On S %

Changing Method for Temporary Access

Unlock Method

S % S

No Password

S %

.

Press a

, then select and press

%

to unlock sheet temporarily.


Viewer Position Setup

Changing function assigned to

Launch Appli in

Move Settings

Changing URL assigned to

Connect Bookmark in Move Settings

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Viewer

Position S % S Set Appli S % S Select menu item S % S Select new item S %

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Viewer

Position S % S Set Bookmark S % S Select title S % S Yes S %

Motion Control

Changing Display rotation method

Changing Quick

Shortcut items

Deleting Quick

Shortcut items

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Motion

Control S % S Display Change S % S

Select method S %

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S Motion

Control

S % S

Quick Shortcut

S % S

Shortcut Entry S % S Portrait or Landscape

S % S Select menu item S % S Select new item S %

.

To assign menu items, select one and press

B

.

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Motion

Control S % S Quick Shortcut S % S

Shortcut Entry S % S Portrait or Landscape

S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

2

2-

27

2


Restoring default

Quick Shortcut items

Practicing Motion

Control actions

Adjusting Motion

Control sensor


Control S % S Quick Shortcut S % S

Shortcut Entry

S % S B S

Reset Settings

S

% S Enter Handset Code S % S Yes S %


Control S % S Action Test S % S Select item

S %

.



Control S % S Adjust Sensor S %

.


.

Avoid adjusting sensor near metal/magnetic objects or aboard trains or in vehicles.

Keypad Lock

Canceling Keypad

Lock upon Display activation

Changing Keypad

Lock cancellation method

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S Touch

Panel S % S Keypad Lock S % S Set

Keypad Lock S % S Simple Lock S %

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Touch

Panel S % S Keypad Lock S % S Keypad

Unlock S % S Select method S %

Mode

Changing handset modes

Creating a custom mode

Resetting Mode

Settings

7

% S

Settings

S % S

In Sound/Display menu, Mode Settings S % S See below

Selecting a Handset Mode

Select mode S %

Customizing Handset Modes

Select mode S B S Select item S % S

Adjust settings

.

Not available for Normal mode.

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Mode Settings

S % S

Original

S B S

Select item S % S Adjust settings

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Mode Settings S % S Select mode S

A S


S % S

Yes

S %

My Details

Clearing My Details

Selecting My Details items to send

Toggling My Details in Dual Mode

% S 0 S B S Reset My Details S % S

Yes

S %

% S 0 S B S Set Send Items S % S

Select item S % ( / ) S Complete selection S A

% S 0

S %

S B S

Switch to B or Switch to A

2-

28

Battery Meter

Changing battery strength indicator pattern

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Display S % S Mini Battery S % S

Select pattern

S %

.

Battery strength (shown as a percentage) is for reference only.

VeilView

Changing VeilView pattern/density

7

% S Settings S % S In Sound/

Display menu, Display S % S VeilView S %

S See below

Pattern

Pattern Setting S % S Select pattern S % S

Select scale or Animation S %

Density

Density Setting

S % S

Select density

S %

.

Not available when pattern is set to Animation .


Double Number

[ All Modes

Omitting Handset

Code entry when switching modes

Renaming Double

Number modes

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Double Number S % S Password Entry S %

S Off S % S Enter Handset Code S %

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S

Double Number

S % S

Mode Name

S %

Select mode S % S Enter name S % S

S

Select icon S %

[ A Mode & B Mode

Showing indicator for calls missed or new mail on idle line

Hiding Internet connection confirmation


Double Number

S % S

Show Missed

S

On S %

% S


Double Number S % S Packet Warning S %

S

Off

S %

.

Available for B Mode.

[ Dual Mode

Rejecting calls to either line in Dual

Mode

Setting main line for Dual Mode


Double Number S % S Reject By Line S %

S Select line S % S On S %

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Double Number S % S Send Priority S % S

Select option S %

2

2-

29

Font Size ......................................... 3-2

Changing Font Size ......................... 3-2

Wallpaper ........................................ 3-3

Customized Screen........................ 3-4

Customized Screen (Japanese) ...... 3-4

Sounds & Alerts ............................. 3-5

Customizing Handset Responses ... 3-5

Text Entry........................................ 3-6

Entering Characters......................... 3-8

Editing Characters ......................... 3-11

User Dictionary ............................ 3-12

Saving Frequently Used Words ..... 3-12

Dictionary ..................................... 3-13

Using Dictionaries (Japanese) .......3-13

Search........................................... 3-16

Searching Text................................3-16

Scratch Pad .................................. 3-17

Phone Book.................................. 3-18

Creating Phone Book Entries .........3-18

Using Phone Book Entries .............3-20


Troubleshooting........................... 3-26

3


3-

1

Font Size

Changing Font Size

3

Enlarging All Fonts

Activate Large Font Menu to enlarge fonts for menus, text entry, etc. as follows:

Customizing Font Sizes

1

% S

Settings

S %

Changing Font Weight

1

In Font Settings menu,

Font

Weight

S %

2

In Sound/Display menu,

Display

S %

3

Font Settings

S %

2

Select weight

S %

1

&

(Long)

2

Large Font Menu

S %

Canceling Large Font Menu

In 2 , Standard Menu

S %

Font Settings Menu

4

Font Size

S % S

Select item

S %

5

Select size

S %

3-

2

Wallpaper

Wallpaper

1

% S

Settings

S % S

In

Sound/Display menu,

Display

S %

2

Wallpaper

S %

3

Vertical

or

Horizontal

S %

.

Wallpaper Menu

4

Select folder

S %

5

Select file

S %

Some files may not be usable.

.

Omit the next step when Preset

6

%

Pictures is selected in 4 .

Selecting Images Smaller or Larger than

Display

After 5 , select option S % S %

, For Centered , use e

to zoom in/out or press B to rotate.

Downloading Images via Yahoo! Keitai

In 4 , Search by Y! Keitai S %

, Read terms of service and then follow onscreen instructions.

Selecting Images with Limited Usage Period

.

A confirmation appears. Follow these steps:

Yes

S % S %

If Double Number Mode Menu Opens

Select mode

S %

Selecting Chara Time Files

In 4 , Chara Time

S

S % S % S %

% S

Select file

, If a confirmation appears, choose and press % .

Yes

Slide Show Wallpaper

Set Slide Show to appear in Standby.

Some images may not appear.

1

In Wallpaper menu,

Slide W paper

S %

2

Folder Setting

S %

3

Pictures

or

DCIM

S %

4

Select sub folder

S % S

Set this folder

S %

.

Omit steps for sub folder if none.

If There is No Image in Set Folder

.

Preset images appear.

Using Preset Images

In 3 , Preset Pictures

S %

Changing Pattern

In 2 , Pattern Setting pattern S %

S % S

Select

, To check patterns, select one and press B .

3

3-

3


Customized Screen (Japanese)

3

Preset Customized Screens

1

% S B

2

Preset Screens

S %

3

Select pattern

S %

4

% S %

When Selected Customized Screen is Active

.

Cancellation confirmation appears after 3 .

To cancel, choose Yes and press % .

Downloading Customized Screens

Read information (price, etc.) on

Customized Screen download page.

1

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Customized Screen

S %

Customized Screen Menu

2

Download Customized

Screen

S %

.


Customized Screen Setup

1

In Customized Screen menu, select Customized

Screen

S %

2

% S %

Applying Fee-based Customized Screen

.

If Contents Key is required, follow these steps:

After 1 , % S Yes S %

, Read terms of service and then follow onscreen instructions.

3-

4

Advanced

0

( Canceling Customized Screen ( Canceling Customized Screen unconditionally ( Deleting Customized Screens ( Accessing Customized Screen source sites ( P.3-21 )

Sounds & Alerts

Customizing Handset Responses

Ringtones

1

% S

Settings

S % S

In


4

Select folder

S %

5

Select tone/file

S %

Setting Ring Time for Incoming Mail, etc.

Sounds & Alerts

S %

After 3 , Duration

S % S

Enter time S %

Sounds & Alerts Menu

2

Ringtone/videos

S %

3

Select item

S %

For For New Message , etc., select

Assign Tone and press

%

.

Playing Video for Incoming Transmissions

In 4 , Videos S % S Select file S %

If Portion of File Content is Specifiable

.

After 5 , start point selection window opens. Follow these steps:

Select start point S %

Selecting Files with Limited Usage Period

.

A confirmation appears. Choose Yes and press

%

to proceed.

Machi-Uta Service Registration (Japanese)

Use Machi-Uta to play music instead of the standard ringback tone.

Machi-Uta requires a separate contract.

1

In Sounds & Alerts menu,

Machi-Uta

S %

2

Register/Cancel

S %

.


Vibration

1

In Sounds & Alerts menu,

Vibration

S %

2

Select item

S % S

Switch

On/Off

S %

3

On

S %

4

Vibration Pattern

S %

.

To check vibration patterns, select one and press

B

.

5

Select pattern

S %

Setting Ringtones to Control Vibration

In 3 , Link to Sound

S %

Important Vibration Usage Note

.

Cancel Vibration when charging battery to help avoid accidents.

3

Advanced

0

( Using Machi-Uta (Japanese) ( P.3-21

)

3-

5

Text Entry

3

Text Entry

Use handset keys or Touch Panel to enter text.

Handset Keys

Toggle Case

Q u ick Con v ersion

S w itch Entry Modes

Kanji Con v ersion

Delete Character

Keypad

Touch Panel

Use Onscreen Keyboard to enter text.

.

Onscreen Keyboard keys correspond to

Keypad keys.

.

Onscreen Keyboard appears when a text entry window is opened in Viewer position.

Onscreen Key b oard

Unless noted otherwise, text entry descriptions are for text entry windows using handset keys.

s

Tap Switch

F u nction Keys

.

Tap Switch at the bottom to toggle

Function Key assignments.

Function Key Assignments

Input Mode Switch entry modes

A/a

Conv

Toggle case

Convert hiragana to kanji

Conf.

Enter current characters

Rev. Order Reverse character options

Undo Undo conversion/deletion

Emoticons Open emoticon list

Search

Word

Enter text from dictionaries

Prev.

Next

Open previous page

Open next page

Common

Pict

All Pict

Show cross-carrier

Pictograms

Show all Pictograms

Quick Conv Initiate Quick Conversion

Pred. Mode Toggle suggestion mode

← / → Move cursor left/right

Range Text Highlight text range

Quit Cancel Range Text

Copy

Cut

Del. All

Dict.

Done

Keyboard

Copy highlighted text

Cut highlighted text.

Delete all characters

Use dictionaries

End text entry

Show/hide Keyboard

3-

6

Switching Entry Modes

1

&

.

Available entry modes appear.

2

Select mode

S %

.

Entry Mode Indicators:

*

/

/

/

Kanji (hiragana)

Double/single-byte katakana

Double-byte alphanumerics

(upper/lower case)

Single-byte alphanumerics

(upper/lower case)

Single-byte number

Character Code

* 予 appears when Predictive is active.

Character Entry Basics

Use Keypad to enter characters. Multiple characters are assigned to each key.

Press a key to toggle character options for that key.

Example: In double-byte katakana entry, press 1 three times.

■

1

Y

1

Y

1

Y

.

Press !

to toggle options in reverse.

To type characters assigned to the same key, press d

first.

Example: In single-byte alphanumerics mode, enter no .

■

66

Y d

Y n

666

Y no

.

Long Press a key to enter the current character and advance cursor.

■

66

Y

6 (Long)

Y n

666

Y no

Advanced

0

(

Opening Help

(

Using Character Codes

(

Using Pager Code ( P.3-21

)

Text Entry

3

3-

7

3

Text Entry

Entering Characters

Hiragana

Follow these steps to enter すずき in kanji

(hiragana) mode:

1

333

(

す

)

S d S

333

(

S 22

(

す

き

)

)

S (

(

ず

)

Kanji

Convert すずき to 鈴木 .

1

Type

すずき

2

%

(Confirm)

.

In kanji (hiragana) mode, word suggestions change as hiragana are typed. (Predictive)

.

Long Press & to toggle suggestion mode between Standard, Business,

Male, Female and Automatic.

2 b

(Personal Mode)

4

%

3

鈴木

.

To exit suggestion list, press

$

.

.

Words likely to follow the entry appear based on previous entries.

(Previous Usage)

When Target Word is Not Listed

.

Press

B

or

A

to segment hiragana to convert separately.

, Press

A

to toggle Predictive and

Non-Predictive suggestions.

Single Kanji Conversion

Type reading in hiragana S A (Long)

3-

8

Advanced

0

( Inserting line breaks ( Inserting spaces ( Clearing entry log ( Changing Font Size

( Disabling suggestions based on entered characters ( Disabling suggestions based on entered words ( Disabling emoticon/Pictogram suggestions based on entered words ( Lowering type priorities in suggestion list

(

Selecting a suggestion mode (

P.3-21

- 3-22

)

Entering from Dictionaries

(Search Word)

Enter text by referring to word definitions, translations, etc.

1

Type hiragana

S

Before pressing

%

to complete entry,

&

Katakana

Follow these steps to switch to double-byte katakana mode and enter ジュン :

1

& S

アイウ

S %

2

33

(

シ

)

S (

(

ジ

)

S

88

(

ユ

)

000

(

S '

(

ュ

ン

)

S %

)

S

Text Entry

Pictograms & Symbols

May be unavailable depending on the entry mode.

1

(

.

Pictogram/Symbol Log appears.

2

(

or

#

(switch tabs)

S

B

or

A

(toggle Lists)

3

.

2

Select word, etc.

S %

.

Definition/translation appears.

3

%

Press

&

to toggle dictionaries.

One-Hiragana Conversion

Type the first hiragana to access previously selected words.

Example: すずき was previously converted to 鈴木 .

1

333

(

す

)

S b

2

Select word/phrase

S %

.

In Pictogram List, press

'

to toggle cross-carrier Pictograms and all

Pictograms.

3

Select Pictogram or Symbol

S %

.

Pictograms are double-byte even in single-byte modes.

4

$ S

List closes

3-

9

3

Text Entry

Emoticons

1

B S

Emoticons

S %

2

Select emoticon

S %

Alternative Emoticon Entry Method

.

In kanji (hiragana) mode, type かお or a descriptive word such as わーい or うーん , then convert the entry.

EmoticonWordLink

.

Immediately after inserting a descriptive word such as 嬉しい or 悲しい , corresponding emoticons may appear in the suggestion list.

Mail & Web Extensions

Enter .co.jp

, http:// , etc., easily.

1

B S

Quick Addr. List

S %

Hiragana to Katakana/

Alphanumeric Conversion

Enter katakana and alphanumerics in kanji (hiragana) mode.

Example: To enter PM

Use key inscriptions.

1

76 S A

2

Select word/phrase (

PM

)

S %

2

Select extension

S %

.

Extensions are single-byte even in double-byte entry modes.

Quick Conversion (for Hiragana)

A list of word suggestions appears based on the key pressed.

Example: To enter 終電

1

3

(

さ

)

S 8

(

や

)

S 1

(

S 0

(

あ

)

S 4(

(

だ

)

わ

)

S a

2

Select word/phrase (

終電

)

S %

One Hiragana Word Call

.

Type the first hiragana of entries you used Quick Conversion for and press a .

3-

10

Text Entry

Editing Characters

Deleting & Editing

Follow these steps to correct また、お願

いします to また明日お願いします :

1

Select character

2

$

Recovering Deleted Characters

.

Press

!

once for each character after deletion.

Deleting All Text

.

Long Press $ at the end of text. To delete characters on and after cursor, select the first character of text and Long

Press

$

.

Jumping to the End or Top of Text

B S

Cursor Position

S % S

Jump to End or Jump to Top S %

Copy/Cut & Paste

1

B S

Cut

or

Copy

S % S

Select first character

S %

Cut

.

To cancel and start over, press A .

2

Highlight text range

S %

3

Select target location

S

(

(Long)

3

.

The highlighted character is deleted.

3


S

Enter characters

.

Text is entered.

Pasting Previously Cut/Copied Text

Select target location S B S Paste

S % S

Select text

S %

, Available when Paste List appears.

Advanced

0

(

Undo conversion or recover deleted characters

(

Inserting Phone Book entry items ( P.3-21 )

3-

11

User Dictionary

Saving Frequently Used Words

3

Saving Words (Japanese)

Saved words appear among suggestions.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

User Dictionary

S %

940SH Download Dictionary (Japanese)

Get specialized 940SH Download Dictionaries via SH-web Mobile Internet site ( ｼｬｰﾌﾟﾒｰｶｰ

ｻｲﾄ SH-web

in Bookmarks; see P.6-9

).

Activate dictionaries to improve handset character conversion. Dictionary words appear among suggestions.

Some dictionary files may not be usable.

1

In User Dictionary menu,

Acquire Dictionary

S %

User Dictionary Menu

2

New Entry

S % S

Enter word

S %

3

Enter reading

S %

Editing Entries

In 2 , Saved Word List

S % S

Select word S % S Edit S % S

Edit reading

S % S

Yes

S %

2

Select number

Select dictionary

S %

.

S % S

Existing dictionary is replaced.

Canceling Dictionary

In 2 , select dictionary

S B S

Cancel S %

Viewing Dictionary Information

In 2 , select dictionary S B S Info

S %

Reply Assist Dictionary ( メール返信アシ

スト辞書 )

.

When replying, this dictionary prioritizes original message words in suggestion list.

.

Effective in kanji (hiragana) mode.

3-

12

Advanced

0

( Deleting entries ( P.3-22

)

Dictionary

Using Dictionaries (Japanese)

Available Dictionaries:

Preloaded

Dictionaries

Online

Dictionaries

*

Meikyo Japanese Dictionary,

Genius English-Japanese

Dictionary, Genius

Japanese-English Dictionary

Yahoo! Answers, Meikyo Japanese

Dictionary MX.net, Genius

English-Japanese Dictionary MX.net,

Genius Japanese-English Dictionary

MX.net, Imidas Encyclopedia,

Complete Japanese Encyclopedia

(Encyclopedia Nipponica 2001) including "Nipponica Plus," Digital

Dai-ji-sen Japanese Dictionary,

Shogakukan Progressive

English-Japanese/Japanese-English

Dictionaries, Hot Pepper FooMoo,

Amazon.co.jp, Family Medical

Encyclopedia, Guide to

Prescription Drugs

* Download and add dictionaries as needed.

Online Dictionaries

.

Online dictionary use requires Internet connection incurring packet transmission fees.

Information fees may also apply. Read terms of service and then follow onscreen instructions.

.

Update dictionary list for most recent versions.

Using Preloaded Dictionaries

2

Searching As-You-Type

1

~ S A


S

Dictionary Window

%

.

Last used dictionary appears first.

3

Enter reading (spelling for

English-Japanese dictionary)

.

Enter reading in katakana.

.

Search results appear as you type.

4


Definition/Translation Window

Looking Up in Online Dictionaries

[Definition/Translation Window] B

S WebDict.Search

S %

, Perform from 2 (except 4 ) in "Using

Online Dictionaries" on

P.3-14

. (Read bulleted sentence in 1 beforehand.)

Searching by Keyword

1

In Dictionary window,

B

2

Search Method

S % S

Keyword Search

S %

3

Select entry field

S % S

Enter text

S %

S %

4

Search

S % S


S %

.

Definition/translation window opens.

Advanced

0

(

Changing Font Size

(

Looking up copied words in dictionaries

(

Viewing dictionary information

(

Updating dictionary list (And more on P.3-22 )

3

3-

13

3

Dictionary

Copying Text

[ Selected Portions

1

In definition/translation window,

%

2


S %

S


S %

[ Index Word Only

1


B

2

Add Dictionary

S %

3

Select file

S %

Canceling Added Dictionary

In 2 , Cancel Dictionary

S % S

Yes

S %

Using Online Dictionaries

1


A S

ネット辞書

S %

.

Terms of service (Japanese) appear when using online dictionary for the first time; read and then press

%

. A confirmation appears subsequently; select image download option.

2

Select pull-down menu

S %

2

Copy Index Word

S %

Adding Downloaded Dictionary

1


B

3


S %

.

Select すべて to look up in all dictionaries at once.

4


S % S

Enter text

S %

5

Search

S %

6

Yes

S %

7


S %

.


Disabling Confirmation

After 5 , B ( ) S From 6

Viewing Dictionary Information

After 6 , select word, etc. S B S

Reference

S % S

Yes

S %

Looking Up in Preloaded Dictionaries

After 6 ,

B S

Find by Other Dict.

S

% S Select dictionary S % S

Search

S % S


S %

Opening Terms of Service

After 1 , B S Terms of service S %

, Press

%

to return to Dictionary window.

3-

14

Advanced

0

( Changing Font Size ( Selecting dictionaries for use

( Selecting search method (

Selecting search area (And more on P.3-22 -

3-23

)

Using History & Bookmarks

Saving Bookmarks

1


B

2

Bookmark

S %

Opening History or Bookmarks

1


B

Using Dictionaries during Text Entry

1

Type text

S

Before pressing

%

to complete entry,

~

2


S %

3

Search

S % S


S %

.


Inserting Index Word into Text

After 3 ,

B S

Paste Index Word

S %

2

History List

or

Bookmark

List

S %

3


S %

.


.

Not available in History List of online dictionaries.

Advanced

0

(

Deleting History & bookmarks ( P.3-22 )

Dictionary

3

3-

15

Search

Searching Text

3

Web Search

Packet transmission fees apply.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

2

Search

S %

Mail Search

1

In Search window,

Mail

Search

S %

2


S % S

Enter search text

S %

3

Search

S %

Search Window

.

Web Search is selected by default.

3


S % S

Enter search text

S %

4

Search

S %

.

Search results appear.

Switching Browsers

[Search Window]

B S

Change

Browser S % S Select browser S %

4

Select option

S %

Searching within Received or Sent

Messages

[Search Window]

B S

Change Mail

Folder S % S Received Messages or Sent Messages

S %

3-

16

Scratch Pad

Open Scratch Pad to jot down text, and more.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

2

Scratch Pad

S %

.

Text entry window opens.

3

Enter text

S %

4

Save to Notepad

S %

.

Open saved entries from Notepad.

Other Scratch Pad Usage

Usage

Paste to

Standby

Enter Mail

Message Text

Enter Schedule

Subject/Details

Enter Task

Subject/Details

Add Last Name/

Phone Number/

Mail Address to

Phone Book

Operation

Set as StbyShortcut

S % S Select sheet

S %

Create Message

S %

S Select mail type S %

Save to Calendar S %

Save to Tasks

S %

Save to Phone Book

S %

, Reading is not entered.

Save Text File

Search Internet

Save as Text File

S

% S Enter name S

% S Save here S %

,

Saved to Data Folder

(Other Documents).

Web Search

S % S

Select browser S %

For more, see corresponding function description or follow onscreen instructions.

Scratch Pad

3

3-

17

Phone Book

3

Creating Phone Book Entries

Enter a name, phone number and mail

3

Add Phone Number:

S % address (enter at least one of these items) and classify the entry.

1

% S

Phone

S % S

Add

New Entry

S %

S

Enter phone number

S

% S

Select type

S %

5

Category:

S % S

Select

Category

S %

3-

18

2

Last Name:

S % S

Enter last name

S % S

First

Name:

S % S

Enter first name

S %

.

To save additional phone numbers, repeat 3 .

4

Add Email Address:

S %

S

Enter mail address

S %

S

Select type

S %

6

A

Phone Book Entry Window

.

Entry is saved to Phone Book.

Incoming Calls while Creating Entry

.

Contents are temporarily saved. End the call to return.

Selecting Mode in Dual Mode

[Phone Book Entry Window] Mode:

S % S

Select mode

S % S 6

.

Characters entered for names

(reading for kanji) appear.

.

To save additional mail addresses, repeat 4 .

Advanced

0

( Saving other information

( Changing illumination settings ( Changing vibration pattern ( Editing Phone Book entries ( Setting incoming mail ring time

( Renaming Categories ( Changing Category icons ( Moving Categories (

P.3-23 -

3-24 )

Personal Ringtone

Set tone for calls from saved numbers.

1

In Phone Book entry window, select item, e.g.,

Tone-Voice Call:

S %

Customizing Response by Category

1

% S

Phone

S % S

Set

Category

S %

Phone Book

Saving Numbers After Calls

After a call, save number to Phone Book.

3

2

Assign Tone

S % S

Select folder

S %

3


S % S A

Saving Secret Entries

Hide Phone Book entries to require

Handset Code for access.

1

In Phone Book entry window,

Secret:

S %

2

On

S % S A

Accessing Secret Entries b S B S

Unlock Temporarily

S

% S Enter Handset Code S %

2

Select Category

S B S

Select item

S %

3

Select item

S % S

Select item, e.g.,

Assign Tone

S

% S

Customize responses

.

Customize responses in the same way as Phone Book entries.

.

Not available for USIM Card.

Responses Set by Phone Book Entry

.

Settings for each entry take priority.

1

When confirmation appears,

New Entry

S % S

Complete other fields

S A

Saving to an Existing Entry

In 1 , New Detail

S % S

Select entry S % S Complete other fields

S A

3-

19

3

Phone Book

Using Phone Book Entries

Dialing via Phone Book

1 b S f

Select katakana row

Changing Search Method

1

In entry search window,

B

S

Ph.Book Settings

S %

2

Sort Entries

S %

Opening from Other Functions

Example: Enter a recipient via Phone

Book when sending a message.

3-

20

Entry Search Window (By あかさたな )

.

When using Double Number in Dual

Mode, Line indicators appear.

2

Select entry

S %

3

Select phone number

4

!

Placing Video Calls

After 3 ,

% S

Video Call

S %

3

Select method

S %

.

Phone Book Search Methods:

By あかさたな

By Category

By Reading

Shows entries with

Readings that start with katakana in the specified row

Opens entries in the specified Category

Shows all entries in

Reading order

(katakana, alphabetical then numerical)

Changing Search Method Temporarily

[Entry Search Window]

A

(press to toggle search methods)

Select Recipient Window

1

Phone Book

S %

.

Entry search window opens.

2

Select entry

S %

3

Select phone number or mail address

S %

.

Recipient is entered.

.

Omit 3 if only one number or address is saved.

Advanced

0

(

Changing view for entry search window

(

Assigning images to Phone Book entries for incoming transmissions

(

Messaging via Phone Book

(

Placing

Decoration Calls via Phone Book

( Deleting Phone Book entries ( Checking memory status ( Copying Phone Book entries (And more on

P.3-23

-

3-25

)


Canceling


Canceling

Customized Screen unconditionally

Deleting

Customized Screens

Accessing

Customized Screen source sites

% S B S

Off

S % S

Yes

S %

' S

Menu List

S % S

Settings

S % S

In

Sound/Display menu, Customized Screen S %

S Off S % S Yes S %

% S Data Folder S % S Customized Screen

S % S

Select Customized Screen

Delete S % S Yes S %

S B S

.

When the corresponding Contents Key has been downloaded, choose Yes or No and press

%

.

% S Data Folder S % S Customized Screen

S % S Select Customized Screen S B S

Web Access

S %

.


Machi-Uta

Using Machi-Uta

(Japanese)

7

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Sounds & Alerts S % S Machi-Uta S %

S See below

Searching Music

Music Search S %

.


Changing Settings

Settings S %

.


Viewing Machi-Uta Information

What's Machi-Uta S %

.



Text Entry

[ Entry & Edit

Opening Help

Using Character

Codes

Using Pager Code

Inserting line breaks

Inserting spaces

Clearing entry log

In a text entry window,

B S

Help

S %

In a text entry window, & S Character Code

S % S Enter four digits

In a text entry window, B S Input/Conversion

S % S

Input Method

S % S

Pager Code

S %

.

Return to text entry window and enter two digits.

At the End of Text

In a text entry window, b

Mid-Entry

In a text entry window, ( S ( or #

(select Symbols ) S B S 0 S %

In a text entry window, d


B S

Input/Conversion

S % S Reset Log S % S Yes S %

Undo conversion or recover deleted characters

In a text entry window, B S Undo/Recover S %

Inserting Phone

Book entry items


In a text entry window, B S Insert/Font Size

S % S Phone Book S % S Select entry S

% S Select item S %


B S

Insert/Font Size

S % S Font Size S % S Select size S %

3

3-

21

3


[ Conversion

Disabling suggestions based on entered characters

Disabling suggestions based on entered words

Disabling emoticon/

Pictogram suggestions based on entered words

Lowering type priorities in suggestion list

Selecting a suggestion mode


S % S Predictive S % S Off S %


S % S

Previous Usage

S % S

Off

S %


B S

Input/Conversion

S % S EmoticonWordLink S % S Off S %


S % S

Set Low Priority

S % S

Select type

S % ( ) S A


S % S Personal Mode S % S Select mode

S %

User Dictionary

Deleting entries

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S User

Dictionary

S % S

Saved Word List

Select word S B S Yes S %

S % S

Dictionary

[ Preloaded & Online Dictionaries

Changing Font Size ~ S B S Font Size S % S Select size S %

Looking up copied words in dictionaries

After copying text, ~ S B S Search by

Copied Text

S % S

Search

S % S word, etc. S %

Select

Deleting History & bookmarks

Looking up scanned kanji in dictionaries

Looking up scanned text in dictionaries

7

~ S B S

History List or Bookmark

List S % S See below

One Word

Select word S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Words

B S Delete All S % S Enter Handset Code

S % S Yes S %

~ S B S Kanji Grabber S % S Frame kanji in Loupe

S % S % S

Search

S % S

Select word, etc. S %

.


~ S B S Scan Text S % S Frame text in center of Display S % S Select line S % S

% S

Search

S % S


S %

.


[ Preloaded Dictionaries

Viewing dictionary information

~ S B S Information S %

[ Online Dictionaries

Updating dictionary list

Selecting dictionaries for use

Selecting image download option

~ S A S ネット辞書 S % S B S Update

Dictionaries

S % S

Yes

S %

~ S A S ネット辞書 S % S B S Edit

Dict. List S % S Select dictionary S % ( /

) S A

~ S A S ネット辞書 S % S B S

Image S % S Select option S %

Show

.

For Auto , choose Yes or No and press

%

.

3-

22

Selecting search method

Selecting search area

Opening Help

~ S A S ネット辞書 S % S Select pull-down menu S % S Select dictionary S

% S B S

Set Search Method option S %

S % S

Select

.

Not available when すべて or unsupported dictionary is selected for online dictionary.


% S B S area S %

Set Search Area

S % S

Select

.

Not available when すべて or unsupported dictionary is selected for online dictionary.


% S B S

Help

S % S

Yes

S %

Phone Book

[ View Settings

Changing view for entry search window

7

% S Phone S % S Ph.Book Settings

S % S

See below

Portrait Orientation

Vertical Display S % S List+Business Card

S %

Landscape Orientation

Horizontal Display S % S Name+Email S %


Assigning images to Phone Book entries for incoming transmissions

7

% S

Phone

S % S

Add New Entry

S

% S Picture: S % S See below

Assigning Images

Assign Picture S % S Select image S %

Capturing Images

Take Picture S % S Frame image on Display

S % S %

Hiding confirmation after calls to/from unsaved numbers

% S Phone S % S Ph.Book Settings S %

S New Number Prompt S % S Incoming Call or Outgoing Call

S % S

Off

S %

[ Phone Book Entry

Press A at the end to save entry. (At least a name, phone number or mail address must be entered.)

7

% S Phone S % S Add New Entry S

% S

See below

Address

Address: S % S Select item S % S

Complete field S % S A

Saving other information

Office

Office: S % S Select item S % S Enter text

S % S A

Homepage

Homepage:

S % S

Enter URL type S %

S % S

Select

Note

Note: S % S Enter text S %

Birthday

Birthday: S % S Enter date S %

Location Information

Location Info.: S % S Enter Location

Information

S %

3

3-

23

3


Changing illumination settings

Changing vibration pattern

7

% S

Phone

S % S

Add New Entry

S

% S Select item, e.g., Illumi.-Voice Call: S %

S See below

Enabling Illumination

Switch On/Off

S % S

On or Link to Sound

S

% S $

Changing Illumination Pattern

Illumi. Pattern S % S Select pattern S % S

Select color

S % S $

.

Light color is unselectable for some patterns.

Changing Key Illumination Pattern

Key Pattern S % S Select pattern S % S $

.

Not effective when Switch On/Off is set to Link to

Sound .

% S Phone S % S Add New Entry S % S

Select item, e.g., Vibration-Message:

S % S

Switch On/Off S % S Select option S % S

Vibration Pattern S % S Select pattern S %

S $

[ Editing Entries & Categories

Editing Phone

Book entries

Setting incoming mail ring time b S

Select entry

S B S

Edit

S % S

Select item S % S Edit S % S A

.

Edit Reading after editing names.

b S Select entry S B S Edit S % S

Tone-New Message: S % S Duration S % S

Enter time

S % S A

.

Available for compatible ringtones.

Renaming

Categories

Changing

Category icons

Moving Categories

% S Phone S % S Set Category S % S

Select Category S % S Edit Name S % S

Enter name

S %

% S Phone S % S Set Category S % S

Select Category S % S Change Icon S % S

Select Pictogram S %

% S

Phone

S % S

Set Category

S % S

Select Category S A S Select target location

S %

.

View for By Category Phone Book search changes accordingly.

[ Using Entries

Messaging via

Phone Book

Placing Decoration

Calls via Phone

Book

Initiating S! Circle

Talk via Phone

Book

Placing international calls via Phone Book

7 b S Select entry S % S See below

Phone Numbers

Select phone number S % S Create Message

S % S

S! Mail or SMS

S % S

Complete message S A

Mail Addresses

Select mail address S % S Complete message

S A b S Select entry S % S Select phone number S % S Deco. Call S % S Deco. Call

File S % S Deco. Call Folder S % S Select file

S % S

Call Type

Video Call S % S B

S % S

Voice Call or

.

When placing a Decoration Call for the first time, follow onscreen prompt.

b S

Select entry

S % S

Select phone number S % S Call S! Circle Talk S % S %

.

Set Connection status to Online first.

b S Select entry S % S Select phone number S % S Int'l Call S % S Select country S % S !

3-

24

Using Location

Information via

Phone Book

[ Managing Entries b S

Select entry

S % S f

Settings

S B S Set to Destination S %

S

.


Deleting Phone

Book entries

Checking memory status

Copying Phone

Book entries

One Entry b S Select entry S B S Delete S % S Yes

S %

All Entries

% S Phone S % S Manage Entries S % S

Delete All S % S Select entry type S % S

Yes S % S Enter Handset Code S %

% S

Phone

S % S

Memory Status S %

Manage Entries

S % S

One Entry (Handset > USIM Card) b S Select entry S B S Manage Entries S

% S

Copy Entry to USIM

S % S

Yes

S %

One Entry (USIM Card > Handset) b S B S Ph.Book Settings S % S Select

Phone Book S % S USIM Memory S % S

Select entry

S B S


Copy Entry to Phone S %

S % S

All Entries b S B S Manage Entries S % S Copy All

S % S

Select method

S % S

Yes

S %

.

If handset/USIM Card memory is low, some entries may not be copied.


Editing Categories on USIM Card

Changing default storage media for new entries

Switching reference Phone

Book

7

% S

Phone

S % S

Set Category

S

% S B S Change to USIM S % S See below

Renaming Categories

Select Category S % S Edit Name S % S

Enter name

S %

Moving Categories

Select Category S A S Select target location

S %

Changing Icons




S

Save New Entry

S % S

USIM Memory or

Ask Each Time S %


S Select Phone Book S % S USIM Memory or Both

S %

[ Mode Settings

First, activate Double Number.

Changing modes of all entries at once

Changing modes of multiple entries

Changing modes of entries by Category

% S

Phone

S % S


S % S

Change Mode(All) S % S Select mode S %

S Enter Handset Code S % b S B S Manage Entries S % S Multiple

Selection

S % S

Select entry

S %

( / )

S

B S Change Mode S % S Select mode S % b S Select Category S B S Manage Entries

S % S Change Mode(Category) S % S

Select mode

S % S


S %

.

Set search method to By Category first.

3

3-

25

Troubleshooting

3


3

Customized Screen is not applied

.

Some Customized Screens may not contain files for Wallpaper, System

Graphics, ringtones or ringvideos; default settings apply for these functions.

Phone Book

3 Assigned images do not appear for incoming transmissions

.

Source files may be deleted or moved to Memory Card; reassign files.

.

When using copy protected files, etc., confirm that source file license/usage period has not expired.

.

Images do not appear if corresponding

Phone Book entry is set to Secret.

.

Images do not appear for incoming

Decoration Calls including image/video.

.

Images may not appear when another function is active, etc.

3 Handset does not ring for incoming transmissions as set

.

Source files may be deleted; reassign files.

.

When using copy protected files, etc., confirm that source file license/usage period has not expired.

.

Ringtone/ringvideo settings are disabled if corresponding Phone Book entry is set to Secret.

.

Ringtones do not sound for incoming

Decoration Calls with sound.

.

Memory Card with source files may be removed; reinsert the card to restore settings.

3 Cannot enter 16 characters for

Category names

.

Character entry limit for Category names may be lower depending on the USIM Card in use.

3-

26

Emergency Calls ............................ 4-2

Voice Calling................................... 4-3

Video Calling .................................. 4-5

Decoration Call............................... 4-6

Speed Dial....................................... 4-7

Call Log........................................... 4-8

Call Time......................................... 4-9

Call Barring .................................. 4-10

Restrict Destinations ......................4-10

Reject Numbers..............................4-11

Optional Services ........................ 4-12



4

Calling

4-

1

Emergency Calls

4

Emergency Calls

Your location is automatically reported to the corresponding agency (police, etc.) when you place emergency calls (110, 119 or 118) with SoftBank 3G handsets.

(Emergency Location Report)

940SH reports Location Information based on positioning signals from radio stations.

.

Registration/transmission fees do not apply.

.

Positioning accuracy is affected by location/signal conditions. Always provide your location and purpose on the phone.

.

Location Information is not reported when emergency calls are placed without Caller

ID (such as when the number is prefixed with 184 ). However, the corresponding agency may obtain your Location

Information in a life threatening situation.

.

Location Information is not reported during international roaming.

Handset Restrictions &

Emergency Calls

Emergency calls are possible even while some handset restrictions are active.

Emergency Calls Active Restriction

Function Lock

Bar Outgoing

Calls

Offline Mode

Keypad Lock

PIN Entry

Possible

Restricted

4-

2

Voice Calling

Voice Calling

Answering a Voice Call

Incoming Call window opens for a call.

Incoming Voice Call Window

1

!

to accept the call

.

Call connects.

.

Answer calls with clamshell open.

2

" S

Call ends

Muting Ringer Temporarily

When a call arrives, )

Earpiece Volume

During a call, e or L

After Calls to/from Unsaved Numbers

.

Save to Phone Book confirmation appears.

Placing a Voice Call

1

Enter phone number with area code

.

To correct entry, use f

to place cursor under the digit and press $ .

To delete the digits above and after the cursor, Long Press $ .

2

!

.

Wait for connection.

Placing an International Call

1


S B

2

Int'l Call

S %

3

" S

Call ends

Specifying Line in Dual Mode

After 1 , % S Select Line(Voice) S

% S

Select line

S %

3

Select country

S % S !

.

Handset dials the number.

4

" S

Call ends

Calling Unlisted Countries

In 3 , Enter Code S % S Enter country code

S % S !

4

Advanced

0

( Rejecting calls ( Placing calls on hold ( Answering with Headphones

( Adjusting Earpiece Volume ( Sending/blocking Caller ID ( Muting Microphone

( Recording caller voice (And more on

P.4-14

-

4-16

)

(

Answering calls automatically when using Headphones ( P.4-20 )

4-

3

4

Voice Calling

Placing Calls from Outside Japan

See below to place a call to Japan from abroad.

Apply for Global Roaming beforehand. See

SoftBank Mobile Website for details: http://mb.softbank.jp/en/global_services/

Access roaming area/rate information or print it out to carry with you while traveling abroad.

1


S B S

Int'l Call

S %

2

日本(JPN)

S % S !

.

Handset dials the number.

.

To call other countries, select the target country instead of 日本(JPN) .

3

" S

Call ends

Calling SoftBank Handsets

.

In 2 , always select 日本(JPN) .

Calling Landlines & Mobiles within the

Same Country


S !

S

Dial to Your Stay

S %

Calls Overseas

.

Calling may not be possible outside Japan.

Connections depend on available network, signal strength, and handset settings.

Answer Phone

Caller messages are recorded on handset.

.

Answer Phone cannot be used when handset is off or out-of-range. Use

.

Voicemail to record caller messages when

Answer Phone is not available.

To answer a call mid-recording, press

!

.

, No message will be recorded.

Playing Messages

1

$

2

Select record

S %

.

Playback stops automatically at the end of message.

Deleting All Records

After 1 ,

B S

Delete All

S % S

Enter Handset Code S % S Yes S %

[ Playback Operations

Volume Control

Replay/Skip Backward

Stop

Skip Forward

Delete

Loudspeaker On/Off e

or

L c

% d

B S

Yes

S %

A

Canceling Answer Phone

1

$

(Long)

Reactivating Answer Phone

$ (Long)

4-

4

Advanced

0

(

Recording caller messages

(

Changing ring time

(

Sampling outgoing message

(

Muting Earpiece (And more on P.4-14 )

(

Placing calls by entering country code directly

(

Using Roaming Dial Assistant to place international calls while outside Japan (And more on P.4-15

)

Video Calling

Video Calling

View the other party's image or send an

Outgoing Image to compatible handsets.

Handle Video Calls like Voice Calls. This page describes functions/operations unique to Video Call.


Answering a Video Call


Placing a Video Call

1


S %

2

Video Call

S %

Other Party ' s

Nu m b er/ N ame

O u tgoing Image

Important Video Call Usage Notes

.

If both parties are using handset models without internal cameras, Video Call cannot be used as intended.

.

If both parties are not using the same

Video Call system, call may be interrupted. (Video Call charges apply.)

.

Video Calls cannot be placed while TV is active.

Incoming Video Call Window

1

!


.

Alternative Image is sent. (Video Call charges apply to the caller.)

2

" S

Call ends

Answering with Camera Image

[Incoming Video Call Window]

% S

No S %

[ Engaged Video Call Operations

Toggle View

Toggle Outgoing Image

Open Help

&

%

B S Help S %

.

Call is accepted and image appears.

3

" S

Call ends


After 1 , Select Line(Video)

Select line S %

S % S

4

Advanced

0

( Answering Video Calls automatically (And more on P.4-14

)

(

Adjusting Outgoing Image brightness

(

Sending camera image when initiating Video Calls

(

Disabling Loudspeaker for Video Calls

(

Muting

Microphone when initiating Video Calls (And more on

P.4-16

-

4-20

)

4-

5

Decoration Call

4

Decoration Call

Show decorative message in incoming call windows on recipient's handset.

.

Available without a separate contract.

.

Recipient's handset must be Decoration

Call-compatible.

.

Charges apply to the caller when

Decoration Call is placed successfully.

Answering a Decoration Call


1

!


.

Call connects.

.

Answer calls with clamshell open.

2

" S

Call ends

.

Open/save Decoration Call files from received call records.

Note

.

Decoration Call file may not play depending on recipient handset settings.

Placing a Decoration Call

Follow these steps to place a Decoration

Call by entering a phone number:

1


S B

S

Deco. Call

S %

2

Deco. Call File

S %

3

Deco. Call Folder

S % S

Select file

S %

.

To check selected file, press

A

.

4

B

.

Handset dials the number. (It may take some time.)

5

" S

Call ends

Placing Your First Decoration Call

.

A confirmation appears. Follow onscreen instructions.

, To show confirmation next time as well, press B ( ).

Placing Decoration Video Calls

After 3 , Call Type S % S Video

Call

S % S 4

4-

6

Incoming Decoration Call Window

If Softkeys do not appear, handle incoming

Decoration Call like any other call.

Advanced

0

(

Creating Decoration Call files

(

Editing Decoration Call files

(

Saving received Decoration Call files

(

Restricting incoming/outgoing Decoration Calls

( Hiding incoming Decoration Call window

( Using mobile camera to create Decoration Call files ( Showing options upon Decoration Call failure (

P.4-16 -

4-17

)

Speed Dial

Speed Dial

Saving Phone Numbers

Save phone numbers to Speed Dial/Mail list for easy dialing.

1

% S

Phone

S %

2

Speed Dial/Mail

S %

3

<Empty>

S % S

Select entry

S %

4


S %

6

A S

Saved

.

To save additional phone numbers, repeat 3 - 6 .

Using Headphones for Speed Dial

.

Save a phone number to .

Canceling Speed Dial Entries

In 3 , select entry S B S Remove

Selected or Remove All S % S Yes

S %

, Omit entry selection step when canceling all entries.

Using Speed Dial

1

0

-

99

(entry number)

2

!

Placing Video Calls

In 2 ,

% S

Speed Video

S %

Placing Decoration Calls

In 2 ,

% S

Speed Deco. Call

S %

S Deco. Call File S % S Deco. Call

Folder (or From Call Log )

S % S

Select file (or record) S % S B

, To create a new file, select Create New

File in Deco. Call File menu.

Using Headphones

.

In Standby, Long Press Call Button until a double beep sounds; handset dials the number saved in . To end the call, Long

Press Call Button until a beep sounds.

4

.

Select mail address prompt appears.

To save mail address for easy messaging, select one and press % .

(Omit 5 .)

5

Do not Assign

S %

4-

7

Call Log

Call Log

Open recent dialed/received call records.

1

!

4

.

All Calls opens; press d

to open

Dialed Numbers, Dialed Ranking and then Received Calls.

2

Select record

S %

.

Open Decoration Call record and press A for the corresponding file.

When the Same Number is Dialed More than Once Using the Same Call Option

.

Only the last record appears. (All records appear for S! Circle Talk and Decoration Call.)

4-

8

Advanced

0

( Dialing from records (And more on P.4-17 )

Call Time

Check estimated time of the most recent call and all calls.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

2

Call Time/Data Counter

S %

Resetting Dialed or Received Call Timer

After 4 ,

B S


S % S Yes S %

Call Time

4

Call Time/Data Counter Menu

3

Call Timers

S %

4

Dialed Calls

or

Received

Calls

S %

Advanced

0

( Setting handset to beep during Voice Calls

( Checking accumulated data transmission volume (

Resetting Data Counter (And more on P.4-17 -

4-18 )

4-

9

Call Barring

4

Restrict Destinations

Allow calls to numbers saved in Phone

Book or Permitted List only.

Limiting to Phone Book

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

S

Call Barring

S %

2

Restrict Destinations

S %

S


S %

Limiting to Permitted List

Specifying Numbers

1

In Restrict Destinations menu,

Specified Numbers

S %

Restrict Destinations Menu

3

Phonebook Entries

S % S

On

S %

When Phonebook Entries is On

.

Handset Code is required to add/edit

Phone Book entries.

Specified Numbers Menu

2

Permitted List

S %

3

<Empty>

S %

4


S %

.

Repeat 3 - 4 to add phone numbers.

Activating Permitted List

1

In Specified Numbers menu,

Switch On/Off

S %

2

On

S %

4-

10

Advanced

0

( Designating Permitted List numbers from saved information ( Editing Permitted List ( P.4-18

)

Call Barring

Reject Numbers

Reject calls from specified/unsaved numbers or calls without Caller ID.

Rejecting Specified Numbers

Specifying Numbers

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

S

Call Barring

S %

2

Reject Numbers

S % S


S %

3


S %

Specified Numbers Menu

4

Set Reject Number

S %

5

<Empty>

S %

6


S %

.

Repeat 5 - 6 to add phone numbers.

Activating Rejection

1

In Specified Numbers menu,

Switch On/Off

S %

2

On

S %

Rejecting Unsaved Numbers

1

In Reject Numbers menu,

Except Phonebook Entries

S %

2

On

S %

Saved Numbers Containing P (Pause)

.

Calls from the number before P are rejected.

Rejecting Withheld Caller ID

Calls from public phones or with undisplayable Caller ID are also rejected.

1

In Reject Numbers menu,

Withheld

S %

2

On

S %

4

Reject Numbers Menu

Advanced

0

( Designating numbers to reject from saved information ( Editing Reject Numbers list ( Excluding rejected calls from Call Log ( P.4-18 )

4-

11

Optional Services

4


Call Forwarding and Voicemail can only be set simultaneously when Call

Forwarding is set to Video Calls.

Call

Forwarding

Voicemail

Call Waiting *

Group Calling

Caller ID

Call Barring

*

Automatically divert all or all unanswered incoming calls to another preset phone number

Redirect all or unanswered calls to Voicemail Center; access messages from handset/touch tone phones

Answer incoming calls or open another line during a call

Switch between open lines or connect multiple lines at once for teleconferencing

Show or hide your own number when placing calls

Restrict incoming/ outgoing calls depending on conditions

* A separate contract is required.

Initiating Call Forwarding

Follow these steps to divert calls to a phone number saved in Phone Book after selected ring time ( No Answer set):

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

2

Voicemail/Divert

S %

Voicemail/Divert Menu

3

Diverts

S %

5

No Answer

S %

6

Phone Book

S % S

Select entry

S %

7


S %

.

Omit 7 if only one number is saved.

8

%

9

Select ring time

S %

Diverting Calls without Handset Response

In 5 , Always S % S 6 - 8

Entering Forwarding Number Directly

In 6 , Enter Number S % S Enter phone number

S % S

Select ring time S %

4

Select call type

S %

4-

12

Advanced

0

(

Checking service status ( P.4-19

)

Initiating Voicemail

Follow these steps to divert calls to

Voicemail Center after selected ring time

( No Answer set):

1

In Voicemail/Divert menu,

Voicemail

S % S

Activate

S %

Missed Call Notification

Activate this function for records of calls missed while handset is off/out-of-range and Voicemail is active.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call


Playing Messages

1


Voicemail

S %

2

Call Voicemail

S %

.

Follow the voice guidance for further operations.

Deleting New Voicemail Message Indicator

In 2 , Delete Icon

S % S

Yes

S %

Canceling Call Forwarding/Voicemail

1


Cancel All

S %

4

2

No Answer

S % S

Select ring time

S %

Diverting Calls without Handset Response

In 2 , Always

S %

Call Menu

2

)

Missed Calls

S % S %

.

Follow the voice guidance for further operations.

2

Yes

S %

Advanced

0

( Activating Call Waiting ( Talking on multiple lines simultaneously (

Setting/canceling outgoing call restriction ( Setting/canceling incoming call restriction (And more on

P.4-19

- 4-20 )

4-

13


4

Receiving a Call

[ Handling Incoming Calls

Rejecting calls

Placing calls on hold

Answering with

Headphones

Voice Call

When a call arrives, B S Reject S %

Video Call

When a call arrives, A

When a call arrives, "

.

Press

!

to answer the call on hold.

When a call arrives, Long Press Call Button

.

To end the call, Long Press Call Button.

[ Answer Phone

Recording caller messages

Changing ring time

Sampling outgoing message

Muting Earpiece

When a Voice Call arrives,

B S

Record

Message S %

% S Settings S % S f Call S Answer

Phone S % S Answer Time S % S Enter time

S %


Phone S % S Outgoing Message S %

.

Press

$

to stop playback.


Phone

S % S

Volume

S % S

Silent

S %

[ Remote Monitor (Video Call)

7

% S Settings S % S f Call S

Video Call S % S Remote Monitor S % S


S % S

See below

Answering Video

Calls automatically

Saving Numbers from Phone Book

Auto Answer List S % S <Empty> S B S

Change S % S From Phone Book S % S

Select entry

S % S


S %

.

To enter a phone number directly, select <Empty> and press

%

.

Saving Numbers from Call Log

Auto Answer List S % S <Empty> S B S

Change S % S From Call Log S % S Select record

S %

Editing Auto

Answer List

Activating Remote Monitor

Switch On/Off S % S On S % S %

.

When Remote Monitor is active, auto answer tone sounds even in Manner mode; cancel afterward.

.

Calls cannot be answered automatically with clamshell closed.

7

% S Settings S % S f Call S

Video Call S % S Remote Monitor S % S

Enter Handset Code S % S Auto Answer List

S % S

See below

Editing Numbers

Select entry S % S Edit S %

Changing ring time

Deleting Entries

Select entry

S B S

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

% S Settings S % S f Call S Video Call S

% S Remote Monitor S % S Enter Handset

Code S % S Answer Time S % S Enter time

S %

4-

14

Placing a Call

[ Basic Operations

Adjusting Earpiece

Volume

Sending/blocking

Caller ID

% S

Settings

S % S

In Sound/Display menu, Earpiece Volume S % S Adjust level

S %

After phone number entry, B S Hide My ID or

Show My ID

S %

[ International Calls

Placing calls by entering country code directly

Using Roaming Dial

Assistant to place international calls while outside Japan

(( ( + appears) S Enter country code S

Enter phone number with area code S !

.

Omit the first 0 of the area code except when calling

Italy or some other countries.

7

Enter phone number with area code S

!

S See below

.

Prompts do not appear for numbers with country codes.

.

To disable Roaming Dial Assistant automatically after a call, press

B

to check box next to Don't use this tool again.

.

Disabling Roaming

Dial Assistant

Calling Japan (Landlines & Mobiles)

Dial to Japan

S % S !

Calling Other Counties (Landlines & Mobiles)

Dial to Other Country S % S Select country

S % S !

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

S

Int'l Calling

S % S Roaming Dial Assistant S % S Off

S %

.

When Off , handset dials the entered phone number as-is even while outside Japan.


Saving frequently used international prefix

Adding/changing/ deleting country codes

% S Settings S % S f Call S Int'l Calling

S % S Int'l Prefix S % S Enter Handset

Code

S % S

Enter prefix

S %

7

% S Settings S % S f Call S Int'l

Calling

S % S

Country Codes

S % S

See below

Adding

<Empty> S % S Enter name S % S Enter country code S %

Changing

Select country S % S Change S % S Enter name S % S Enter country code S %

Deleting

Select country

S % S

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

During a Call

[ Voice Call & Video Call

Muting

Microphone

Activating/canceling

Loudspeaker

Switching sound output

Voice Call

During a call, A (press again to cancel)

Video Call

During a call,

B S

Mute

S %

.

To cancel, select Unmute .

Activating Loudspeaker for Voice Call

During a call, % S While message appears, %

.

To cancel, press

%

.

Canceling Loudspeaker for Video Call

During a call,

A

(press again to activate)

During a call, B S Transfer Audio S % S To

Phone or To Bluetooth S %

.

For To Bluetooth , select a device and press

%

.

4

4-

15

4


Opening Phone

Book

Saving Phone

Book entries

During a call, B S Phone Book S % S

Select entry S %

.

Press

$

twice to return to call window.

During a call,

B S

Phone Book

S % S B S

Add New Entry S % S Complete fields S A

.

Press

$

to return to call window.

Disabling touch tone signaling

During a call,

B S

Disable DTMF

S %

Placing calls on hold

During a call,

B S

Hold

S %

.

Subscription to Call Waiting or Group Calling is required to place Voice Calls on hold.

.

To resume Voice Calls, press

B

, select Retrieve and press

%

.

.

To resume Video Calls, press

A

.

[ Voice Call Only

Recording caller voice

Opening messages

Creating messages

During a call, B S Record Caller Voice S %

S Recording starts S % S Recording ends

During a call, B S Messaging S % S Select

Messaging folder

S % S

S Select message S %

Select folder

S %

.

Press

$

three times to return to call window.

During a call, B S Messaging S % S Create

Message or Create New SMS S % S

Complete message

S A

[ Video Call Only

Adjusting

Outgoing Image brightness

During a call, B S Exposure S % S Adjust level

S %

.

Alternative Image brightness is fixed.

Decoration Call

Creating Decoration

Call files

Editing Decoration

Call files

7

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Decoration

Call S B S Create New File S % S Text

Input S % S Enter text S % S Images S %

S See below

Using Still Images

Picture S % S Pictures S % S Select file S

% S Sounds S % S Select folder S % S

Select file S % S Yes or No S % S A S

Save here

S %

Using Video

Video S % S Videos S % S Select file S %

S Yes or No S % S A S Save here S %

Using Flash

®

Animation

Flash ® S % S Select file S % S Yes or No

S % S A S Save here S %

% S Data Folder S % S Decoration Call S

% S

Select file

S B S

Edit

S % S

Edit

S

A S Save as New or Overwrite S %

.

For Save as New , select Save here and press

%

.

Saving received

Decoration Call files

Restricting incoming/outgoing

Decoration Calls

Hiding incoming

Decoration Call window

!

S

Select record

S B S

S Save here S %

Save File

S %

% S Settings S % S f Call S Decoration

Call S % S Switch On/Off S % S Off S %

S Enter Handset Code S %


Call S % S Play in Receiving S % S Off S %

4-

16

Using mobile camera to create

Decoration Call files

7

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Decoration

Call S B S Create New File S % S Text

Input S % S Enter text S % S Images S %

S See below

Capturing Still Images

Picture S % S Take Picture S % S % to shoot S % S A S Save here S %

Recording Video

Video

S % S

Record Video

S % S %

to start recording S % to stop S Save S % S

Yes or No S % S A S Save here S %


Call S % S Notice S % S On S %

Showing options upon Decoration

Call failure

Call Log

Dialing from records

Sending messages from records

Saving Phone

Book entries from records

Calling Dialed Numbers (Redial) c S Select record S !

.

To place Video Calls, press

B

instead of

!

, then select Video Call and press

%

.

Calling from Received Call Records d S Select record S !

.

To place Video Calls, press

B

instead of

!

, then select Video Call and press

%

.

!

S

Select record

S B S


S % S S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete message S A

!

S Select record S B S Save to Phone

Book

S % S

As New Entry other fields S A

S % S

Complete

.

To add to an existing entry, select As New Detail .


Placing Decoration

Calls from records

Initiating S! Circle

Talk from records

Deleting records

Hiding Dialed

Ranking

!

S Select record S B S Deco. Call S %

S Deco. Call File S % S Select/create file S B

!

S

Select record

Talk S % S %

S B S

Call S! Circle

.


One Record

!

S Select record S B S Delete S % S

Yes

S %

All Records

!

S B S Delete All S % S Enter Handset

Code S % S Yes S %

% S

Phone

S % S

Call Log Setting

S % S

Hide Dialed Ranking S %

.

Handset Code is required to re-select Show Dialed

Ranking .

4

Call Time & Data Communication

[ Call Time

Setting handset to beep during Voice

Calls

Hiding Call Time during calls

Resetting Call

Timers

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call Time/

Data Counter S % S Minute Minder S % S

On

S %


Data Counter S % S Call Time Counter S %

S Off S %

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

S

Call Time/

Data Counter S % S Call Timers S % S

Clear Timers S % S Enter Handset Code S

% S Yes S %

4-

17

4


[ Data Communication

Checking accumulated data transmission volume


Data Counter

S % S

All Data

S %

Data Counter

S % S

Resetting Data

Counter

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

S

Call Time/

Data Counter S % S Data Counter S % S

Clear Counter S % S Yes S %


Designating

Permitted List numbers from saved information

Editing Permitted

List

7

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call

Barring

S % S

Restrict Destinations

S

Enter Handset Code S % S Specified

% S

Numbers S % S Permitted List S % S

<Empty> S B S See below

From Phone Book

Ph.Book List S % S Select entry S % S

Select phone number S %

From Call Log Records

From Call Log

S % S

Select record

S %

From S! Friend's Status Member List

From Friend's Status S % S Select member

S %

7


Barring S % S Restrict Destinations S % S


S % S


S % S Permitted List S % S See below

Editing Numbers

Select number/name S % S Edit S %

Deleting Numbers

Select number/name S B S Delete S % S

Yes S %

4-

18

Reject Numbers

Designating numbers to reject from saved information

Editing Reject

Numbers list

Excluding rejected calls from Call Log

7

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

S

Call

Barring S % S Reject Numbers S % S

Enter Handset Code S % S Specified

Numbers S % S Set Reject Number S % S

<Empty>

S B S

See below

From Phone Book

Ph.Book List S % S Select entry S %

From Call Log Records

From Call Log

S % S

Select record

S %

From S! Friend's Status Member List

From Friend's Status S % S Select member

S %

7


Barring S % S Reject Numbers S % S


S % S

Specified

Numbers S % S Set Reject Number S % S

See below

Editing Numbers

Select number/name

S % S

Edit

S %

Deleting Numbers

Select number/name S B S Delete S % S

Yes S %

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

S

Call Barring

S % S Reject Numbers S % S Enter

Handset Code S % S Record on Call Log S

% S Do not Record S %


[ All Services

Checking service status

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call service S % S Status S %

S

Select

.

For Call Barring , select restriction and press

%

.

[ Call Waiting (Contract Required)

Activating Call

Waiting

Placing Line 1 on hold to answer

Line 2

% S Settings S % S f Call S Call Waiting

S % S On S %

A tone sounds during a Voice Call

S !

.

Press

!

to switch between lines.

.

Press

"

to end active line and re-engage the party on hold.

[ Group Calling (Contract Required)

Opening another line during a Call

During a Voice Call, enter phone number S !

.

Long Press

!

to select a number from Call Log records.

Switching between open lines (Swap

Calls)

Talking on multiple lines simultaneously

Switching to private conversation

During a Voice Call, !

.

Press

!

to switch between lines.

While switching between lines, B S Group

Calling S % S Conference All S %

During Group Calling, select number/name S

% S

Private

S %


[ Call Barring

Changing Network

Password

Setting/canceling outgoing call restriction

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

S

Call Barring

S % S Change NW Password S % S Enter current Network Password S % S Enter new

Network Password S % S Re-enter new

Network Password

S %

7


Barring

S % S

Bar Outgoing Calls

S % S

See below

Setting Restriction

Select restriction S % S On S % S Enter

Network Password

S %

.

Outgoing SMS messages are also restricted.

.

Outgoing S! Circle Talk requests are not affected.

.

Following restrictions are available:

, All Outgoing Calls: Restrict all non-emergency calls

, Bar Int'l Call: Restrict all international calls

, Local & Home Only: Restrict all international calls except to Japan

Canceling All Restrictions

Cancel All S % S Enter Network Password S %

4

4-

19

4


Setting/canceling incoming call restriction

7

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

S

Call

Barring S % S Bar Incoming Calls S % S

See below

Setting Restriction

Select restriction

S % S

On

S

Network Password S %

% S

Enter

.

Incoming SMS messages are also restricted.

.

Incoming S! Circle Talk requests are not affected.

.

Following restrictions are available:

, All Incoming Calls: Reject all calls

, Bar if Abroad: Reject calls when outside Japan

Canceling All Restrictions

Cancel All S % S Enter Network Password S %

[ Caller ID

Showing/hiding

Caller ID

Settings

[ Voice Call

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

S

Show My

Number S % S On or Off S %

Answering calls automatically when using

Headphones

7

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

S

Auto

Answer S % S Enter Handset Code S % S

See below

Activating Auto Answer

Switch On/Off

S % S

On

S %

.

When Auto Answer is active, Auto Answer tone sounds after ringtone even in Manner mode; cancel afterward.

Changing Ring Time

Answer Time S % S Enter time S %

[ Video Call

Sending camera image when initiating Video

Calls

Disabling

Loudspeaker for

Video Calls

Muting Microphone when initiating

Video Calls

Changing

Alternative Image that is sent when initiating Video

Calls

Changing quality of Incoming/

Outgoing Images


% S

Camera Picture

S % S

Default Image

S

% S

External Camera

S %


% S

Loudspeaker

S % S

Off

S %


% S Mute Microphone S % S On S %

% S

Settings

S % S f

Call

S

Video Call

S

% S Camera Picture S % S Alternative

Image S % S Select folder S % S Select file

S % S %

Setting image that is sent while call is on hold

Setting Backlight status


% S

Incoming Picture or Outgoing Picture

S

% S Select quality S %


% S Hold Guidance Pict S % S Select folder

S % S

Select file

S % S %

.

Omit file selection step when using Customized

Screen image.


% S Backlight S % S Select option S %

.

Selecting Normal Setting applies Display Backlight settings.

4-

20

Troubleshooting

Receiving a Call

3 Cannot use Answer Phone or

Caller Voice

.

Answer Phone and Caller Voice are disabled when less than 12 seconds remain or 20 messages are recorded.

Delete messages.

.

Answer Phone and Caller Voice are not available for Video Calls.

Placing a Call

3

Cannot place call via Speed Dial

.

Speed Dial is not available when

Phone Book access is restricted by

Application Lock.

3

Cannot place call

.

Cancel Keypad Lock, Function Lock and Offline Mode, if active.

3

Call won't connect

.

Did you include the area code or the first 0 ? Dial the number including the area code or 0 .

.

Handset may be out-of-range ( out appears). Move to a place where signal is strong and retry.

During a Call

3 Outgoing Image is distorted during

Video Calls

.

Rapid motion can make images appear choppy or distorted.

3 Camera image switches to

Alternative Image during Video Calls

.

Prolonged camera use may cause camera area to heat up, resulting in automatic shutdown; wait a while and retry.

3

Conversation is hampered

.

Conversations may be hampered by ambient noise.

.

Check Earpiece Volume when using

Loudspeaker. Increasing Earpiece

Volume may cause feedback/interference.

3

Call is choppy or cut off

.

Network signal may be weak. Move to a place where signal is strong and retry.

.

Battery may need to be charged or replaced. Charge battery or install a charged battery.

3

Clicking noise is heard during call

.

Handset may be moving into another service area. Noise is heard when

Network signal switches. This is normal.

3

Cannot hear other party's voice

.

Earpiece Volume may be low.

Increase Earpiece Volume ( P.4-3

).

.

Sound output may be set to use handsfree device. Set Transfer Audio

( P.4-15 ) to

To Phone .

4

4-

21

Troubleshooting

4

Other

3 Call Time (in Dialed Calls or

Received Calls ) seems incorrect

.

Ring time for incoming or outgoing calls is not counted. (On hold time is counted.)

3 Cannot save phone number for

Call Forwarding

.

Does the number start with 1 , 00 , 0120 or 0990 ? Public service numbers, international call numbers starting with

00, toll-free numbers and fee-based service numbers cannot be saved.

4-

22

Messaging ...................................... 5-2

Basics .............................................. 5-2

Customizing Handset Address ........ 5-3

Sending Messages......................... 5-4

Sending S! Mail ............................... 5-4

Sending SMS................................... 5-7

Restricting Outgoing Messages....... 5-8

Incoming Messages....................... 5-9

Opening & Replying......................... 5-9

Customizing S! Mail Retrieval........ 5-11

Handling Messages ..................... 5-12

Managing & Using Messages........ 5-12

Sorting Messages.......................... 5-14

Chat Folders................................. 5-15

Using Chat Folders.........................5-15

Mail Groups .................................. 5-16

Creating Groups for Broadcast Mail

.......................................................5-16

PC Mail.......................................... 5-17



5

Messaging

5-

1

Messaging

5

Basics

Use the following messaging services.

SMS

Exchange up to 160 alphanumerics with SoftBank handsets.

S! Mail

Exchange up to 30,000 characters with e-mail compatible handsets,

PCs, etc.; attach media files, etc.

Large Size Messages

Transmit messages of up to 2 MB including large images or multiple files; may incur high charges depending on subscribed price plan.

PC Mail

Receive or reply to PC mail account messages. Use 940SH to handle PC

Mail messages like SMS or S! Mail.

[ Available Entry Items

SMS

Recipient Subject Message Attachment

Available

*

N/A Available N/A

S! Mail Available Available Available Available

PC Mail Available Available Available Available

* SoftBank handset numbers only.

.

A separate contract is required to use

S! Mail and receive e-mail from PCs, etc.

.

For more information, see SoftBank

Mobile Website ( P.17-23 ).

Auto Retry Function

If recipient's handset is off/out-of-range, a sent message is saved in Server Mail Box and delivery attempted at regular intervals.

(Undeliverable messages are deleted.)

Auto Resend

When Auto Resend is active, handset makes up to two attempts to send unsent messages automatically. Cancel to disable

( P.5-30 ).

5-

2

Customizing Handset Address

Change alphanumerics before @ of the default handset mail address.

For more information, see SoftBank

Mobile Website (

P.17-23 ).

Changing Address

1

B S

Settings

S %

2

Address Settings

S %

.

Handset connects to the Internet.

Select English and press

%

, then follow onscreen instructions.

Saving Address

When handset address is changed,

SoftBank Mobile sends new address confirmation via S! Mail.

To save new address to My Details, follow these steps. (New address is effective even if not saved.)

1

Message

S %

2

Information

S %

3

Yes

S %

Messaging

5

4

A

5-

3

Sending Messages

Sending S! Mail

Follow these steps to send S! Mail to a number/address saved in Phone Book:

1

B S


S %

When a PC Mail Account exists, select

S! Mail and press

%

.

5

S! Mail Composition Window

2

Select recipient field

S %

3

Phone Book

S %

4

Select entry

S %

5

Select number or mail address

S %

.

Omit 5 if only one number or

.

address is saved.

When a mail address is entered, do not use single-byte katakana in message text or subject.

6

Select subject field

S % S

Enter subject

S %

7

Select message text field

S %

Text Entry Window 8

Enter message

S %

9

A S

Transmission starts

.

To cancel, press A during transmission.

Incoming Calls while Creating Message

.

Content is saved temporarily. End the call to return.

Personal Mode

.

When recipient is entered via Phone Book, text entry window word suggestions change according to recipient type.

Previewing Outgoing Message

After 8 , B S Prview Message S %

Pictogram Entry

.

In Pictogram List, press ' to toggle cross-carrier Pictograms and all Pictograms.

.

Pictogram appearance may differ by carrier.


[S! Mail Composition Window] B S

Switch Line S % S Select line S %

5-

4

S! Mail Composition Window

Advanced

0

( Using other recipient entry methods ( Adding recipients ( Inserting signature automatically ( Converting mail type (SMS/S! Mail) (And more on P.5-20

)

( Saving without sending ( Requesting delivery confirmation

(

Designating/editing reply-to address (And more on P.5-21

- 5-22 )

(

Requesting Delivery Report for all messages

(

Disabling automatic resend of unsent messages

(

Hiding progress bar while sending messages (And more on P.5-30

)

Attaching Files

Send attachments to compatible handsets.

Follow these steps to attach images to

S! Mail:

1

In S! Mail Composition window after composing message, select attachment field

S %

2

3

Picture

S folder

S %

Select file

%

S

S

%

Select

Attaching Non-Image Files

.

In 2 , select a folder other than and press % , then select a file.

Picture

Attaching Multiple Files

After 3 , Attach (1) S % S Attach

File

S % S

From 2

, X in Attach (X) indicates the number of attached files.

Auto Image Resize

Large images may be automatically reduced to approximately 400 - 500 KB by default.

Change resize setting via Picture Auto

Resize ( P.5-32 ).

If Recipient Cannot Receive Large

Messages (Up to 2 MB)

.

Message may be truncated or attachments may be lost.


Sending Feeling Mail

1

In S! Mail Composition window after composing message,

B S

Feeling

Settings

S %

5

2

Select category, e.g.,

Happy/Glad

S %

3

Select item, e.g.,

I Love You

S %

4

A S


Attach File Window 4

A S


Canceling Feeling Mail

[S! Mail Composition Window] Select subject field

S % S f

Select

Pictogram, e.g., S $ S %

Advanced

0

( Changing attached image size ( Set Auto Play File (And more on P.5-22

)

( Disabling image auto-resize ( Limiting outgoing S! Mail message size ( Limiting incoming S! Mail message size (And more on P.5-32

)

5-

5

5-

6

5


Sending Graphic Mail

Follow these steps to:

.

Change font size and background color

.

Insert images and My Pictograms

.

Scroll text

1

In text entry window,

!

(Long)

4

A S

BG

S color

S %

% S

Select

8

A S

EFFECT

S %

5

A S

IMAGE

S % S

Select folder

S % S

Select file

S %

9

Scrolling

S % text

Graphic Mail Window

2

SIZE

S %

3

Select size

S % S

Enter

6


S $

S %

7

A S

MY PICT

S % S A

S

Select file

S % S $ a

Select direction

S % S

Enter text b

% S A S


Canceling Last Action

[Graphic Mail Window] UNDO S %

Canceling All Graphic Mail Settings

[Graphic Mail Window] CANCEL S

% S

Yes

S %

Saving as Templates

After a ,

% S B S

Save as

Template S % S Enter name S %

S

Save here

S %

, Only the message text is saved.

Advanced

0

( Creating Graphic Mail from templates ( Changing text color, size & effect ( Changing text color ( Inserting background sound

( Inserting Flash ® file

( Inserting horizontal line ( Flashing text (

Aligning text (left/right/center) (And more on P.5-22 -

5-23

)


Sending SMS

Follow these steps to send SMS to a number saved in Phone Book:

1

B S

Create New SMS

S %

6

Select message text field

S %

SMS Composition Window

2

Select recipient field

S %

3

Phone Book

S %

4

Select entry

S %

5

Select number

S %

Text Entry Window

7

Enter message

S %

SMS Composition Window

8

A S


Incoming Calls while Creating Message

.

Content is saved temporarily. End the call to return.

Personal Mode

.

When recipient is entered via Phone Book, text entry window word suggestions change according to recipient type.

When Message Text Exceeds Limit

.

A confirmation appears. To convert SMS to S! Mail, follow these steps:

Yes S %


[SMS Composition Window] B S

Switch Line

S % S

Select line

S %

5

.

Omit 5 if only one number is saved.

Advanced

0

( Using other recipient entry methods ( Adding recipients ( Using Speed Dial/Mail list ( Converting mail type (SMS/S! Mail) (And more on P.5-20

)

( Saving without sending ( Requesting delivery confirmation

(

Changing Server sent message storage limit (And more on P.5-21 -

5-22 )

(

Changing Server sent message storage limit

(

Changing SMS Server number

(

Changing character encoding for composing messages ( P.5-34 )

5-

7

5


Restricting Outgoing Messages

Allow messaging to handset numbers/ addresses saved in Phone Book or

Permitted List only.

Limiting to Phone Book

1

B S

Settings

S %

2

General Settings

S % S

Send/Compose

S %

3

Restrictions Setting

S % S


S %

Limiting to Permitted List

Specifying Mail Addresses

1

In Set Restrict Mail menu,

Individual Address

S %

Set Restrict Mail Menu

4

Phonebook Entries

S % S

On

S %

When Phonebook Entries is On

.

Handset Code is required to add/edit

Phone Book entries.

Individual Address Menu

2

Permitted List

S %

3

<Empty>

S %

4

Select method

S % S

Select/enter address

S %

.

Repeat 3 - 4 to add mail addresses.

Activating Permitted List

1

In Individual Address menu,

Switch On/Off

S %

2

On

S %

5-

8

Advanced

0

( Deleting Permitted List entries ( P.5-31

)

Incoming Messages

Opening & Replying

Opening New Messages

Information window opens for new mail.

See

P.5-19

to receive PC Mail.

Important Message Retrieval Notes

.

By default, if message size is around

1 MB or less, the complete message including attachments is retrieved in and outside Japan; transmission fees apply depending on subscribed price plan.

.

Automatic message retrieval outside

Japan may incur high charges since flat-rate packet transmission plans do not apply during international roaming.

.

To retrieve only the initial portion of message text automatically, set Auto

Settings to Off ; retrieve complete message manually as needed.

Delivery Report

.

Information window opens for Delivery

Report. Follow these steps to open it:

Delivery Report S % S Select message with report

S % S A

1

Message

S %

Message List

2

Select message

S %

.

Message window opens.

Receiving Feeling Mail

.

Illumination Light, Vibration and ringtone respond according to settings.

Attached Images

.

Attached images open automatically.

Messages with Quiz

Enter or select answer S %

, Message cannot be opened until the correct answer is entered or selected.

Animation View

.

When a specific Pictogram is entered as the first character of subject or included in message text, corresponding animation appears in message window background.

Mail Notice

.

Depending on the setting (e.g., Auto

Settings is Off ), Server sends initial portion of message text in each of the following cases:

, The message was sent to multiple recipients

, Files are attached to the message

.

If message size exceeds 1 MB, Server sends only initial portion of message text regardless of Auto Settings status.

(Approximate size appears in message text.)

5

Advanced

0

(

Accessing new mail out of Standby

(

Retrieving new S! Mail manually

(

Retrieving remaining portions (And more on P.5-23

)

(

Muting ringer, etc. for messages sorted into Secret folders

(

Changing ringtone settings (And more on P.5-31 -

5-32

)

5-

9

5

5-

10



Message List

Message Window Replying to Messages

1

In message window,

A

Sender or Recipient

S ub ject (except for SMS)

Recei v ed or

Sent Date & Time

Message Type/Stat u s

(see b elo w )

Sender or Recipient

Message Text

Press

(

to open next (newer) message, or # to open previous (older) one.

Message Text

[ Message Type/Status


[Message Window]

3

(Long) to enlarge or 1 (Long) to reduce

.

Original message text is quoted

(except for SMS and Graphic Mail).

2


S A S


Unread

Read

Sent

Failed

Replied

Forwarded

Send

Reservation set

Mail Notice

(remaining portion exists)

Unread

Delivery Report

Attachments

Protected

Priority (High)

Priority (Low)

USIM Card

SMS

Replying to Messages Addressed to

Multiple Recipients

After

% S

1

2

, To Sender or Reply All

S

Reply Assist Dictionary ( メール返信アシ

スト辞書 )

.

When replying, this dictionary prioritizes original message words in suggestion list.

Auto Reply

.

Handset sends a reply automatically when receiving messages from saved numbers or addresses in specified mode

(Manner mode, etc.).

"SMS" or "PC" appears accordingly on indicators.

Advanced

0

( Saving attachments to Data Folder ( Saving to Phone Book ( Using linked info

( Looking up message text words in dictionaries ( Jumping to message top/bottom ( Reporting unsolicited message sources as spammers ( Selecting mail type/quote option ( Opening received message for reference

(

Replying quickly using fixed text

(

Replying to messages automatically (And more on P.5-24 -

5-25

)

(

Selecting quote option ( P.5-30 )


Customizing S! Mail Retrieval

Set complete S! Mail retrieval to manual

5

Off

S %

(Server sends only initial portion of

Retrieving Complete S! Mail Automatically message text without attachments) or set when Approximate Size is 300 KB or Less handset to retrieve complete messages

In 5 , On(Up to 300KB) S % automatically by specifying sender type, mail address, etc.

Restricting Automatic Retrieval

Retrieving Messages Manually

1

B S

Settings

S %

2

S! Mail Settings

S %

3

Message DL

S %

By Sender Type

1

In Message DL menu,

Condition(Auto)

S %

2

Selected Mail

S B

Message DL Menu

4

Auto Settings

S %

Selected Mail Menu

3

Select item

S %

( / )

S A

By Mail Address

Specify mail addresses or domains

(alphanumerics after @ of mail addresses).

1

In Selected Mail menu,


S B

2

Select blank entry

S %

3

Select method

S % S


S %

.

Repeat 2 - 3 to add mail addresses.

4

A

5

%

( )

S A

Restricting by Domain (Direct Entry)

In 1 , Receive by the Domain S B

S


S % S

Direct

Entry S % S Enter domain S % S

A S 5

5

Advanced

0

(

Retrieving remaining portions ( P.5-23 )

( Deleting addresses/domains specified for complete message retrieval ( P.5-32

)

5-

11

Handling Messages

Managing & Using Messages

Messaging Folders

Messages are organized in folders by type.

Checking Messages

1

B S

Received Msg.

or

Sent

Messages

S %

5

2

Select folder

S %

Recei v ed Messages

Incomplete/

Unsent Messages 3 Message List

Select message

S %

Sent Messages

Failed or Send

Reser v ation Messages

Auto Delete

.

Oldest received/sent messages are deleted automatically to save new ones when memory is full. Protect important messages to avoid unintentional deletion.

Opening Help

.

Follow these steps in folder list, message list or message window:

B S Help S %

When Failed Message is Saved

.

A reminder message appears upon opening Messaging menu.

Folder List

.

When a PC Mail Account exists, PC

Mail folder (folder with the name

.

specified in Account Name) appears.

Select Mail folder or PC Mail folder and press

A

to hide/show sub folders. To open full message list, hide sub folders and press

%

.

Message Window

Protecting Messages

1

In message list, select message

S B S

Manage

Msg.

S %

2

Lock

S %

Canceling Protection

In 2 , Unlock S %

Advanced

0

(

Selecting multiple messages

(

Deleting messages

(

Deleting Server Mail via Server Mail list (And more on P.5-26

- 5-27 )

(

Forwarding messages

(

Sending from Drafts

(

Checking Server Mail message count and volume (And more on P.5-29 )

( Changing message window scroll unit ( Selecting automatic deletion option for received messages ( Canceling automatic deletion of oldest sent messages (And more on P.5-30 )

5-

12


Searching Messages

Search messages by message text, sender/recipient address, etc.

1

B S

Received Msg.

or

Sent

Messages

S %

2

B S

Search

S %

3

Search All Msg.

S %

4

Select method

S % S

Select/enter address or text

S %

Searching by Folder

In 2 , select folder

S B S

Search

S % S Search Folder S % S 4

Searching Message Text

.

Follow these steps to find specific words/ phrases; limit search by character type.

[Message Window] B S Search

,

Text

S % S

Enter text

S %

Press A or B to jump to next/ previous search result.

Hiding Folders

Hide Received Msg./Sent Message folder to require Handset Code for access to the folder and messages within.

Chat Folders are not affected.

1

B S

Received Msg.

or

Sent

Messages

S %

2

Select folder

S B

3

Set Secret

S % S

Enter

Handset Code

S % S %

Accessing Secret Folders

After 1 , B S Unlock Temporarily

S % S


S %

5

Advanced

0

(

Moving messages manually

(

Renaming folders

(

Deleting folders

(

Adding folders

(

Moving folders

(

Changing status of all messages within folders to read

(

Canceling automatic deletion of messages within folders

(

Canceling Secret ( P.5-27

)

5-

13

5


Sorting Messages

Sorting into Designated Folders

Sort messages by sender/recipient or partially matching text in subject or SMS message text.

1

B S

Received Msg.

or

Sent

Messages

S %

2

Select target folder

S B

3

My Folders

S % S


S %

4

Sender

(

Recipient

Messages)

S %

for Sent

6

A S

Saved

Sorting by Domain (Direct Entry)

In 4 , Sender(Domain)

( Recipient(Domain) for Sent

Messages) S % S Direct Entry

S % S Enter domain S % S 6

Sorting by Part of Subject/SMS

Message Text

In 4 , Subject S % S Enter text

S % S 6

Filtering Spam

Follow these steps to filter messages from handset numbers/addresses not saved in

Phone Book into Spam Folder:

(Alternatively, set sort keys to filter messages.)

1

B S

Settings

S % S


S %

2

Anti Spam Measures

S %

3


S %

4

Unregistered(Mobile)

S %

( )

5

A S %

Exempting Messages from Filtering

After 4 , Permitted List(Common)

S

B S Select blank entry S % S

Select key

S % S

Select/enter number/address/subject S % S A

S %

( )

S 5

When a PC Mail Account Exists

.

Filter PC Mail messages from addresses not saved in Phone Book.

5

Select method

S % S

Select/enter number/ address

S %

Advanced

0

( Re-sorting messages ( Sorting spam by setting keys ( Editing/deleting sort keys ( P.5-28 )

5-

14

Chat Folders

Using Chat Folders

Organize messages exchanged between handset and Chat members' handsets.

To hide messages, set Chat Folder to

Secret.

Saving Members

1

B S

Chat Folder

S %

3

Add New Member

S %

Chat Folder List

2

Select folder

S B

Opening Chat Folders

1

In Chat Folder list, select folder

S %

4


S %

.

Select saved member to edit number/ address.

5

Select method

S % S

Select/enter number/ address

S %

2

Select message

S %

5

.

Repeat 4 - 5 to add members.

6

A S

Saved

Changing Members

In 4 , select member

S B S

Change Member S % S From 5

Deleting Members

In 4 , select member S B S Delete

S % S

Yes

S % S 6

Advanced

0

( Deleting folders ( Deleting all messages ( Resetting Chat Folders ( P.5-28

)

5-

15

Mail Groups

5

Creating Groups for Broadcast Mail

Create Mail Groups to send messages to multiple recipients at one time.

5

<Assign New Entry>

S %

S

Select entry

S %

Save target recipients to Phone Book beforehand.

1

B S

Settings

S %

2

Set Mail Group

S %

6


S %

Mail Group Entry Window

3

<Add New Group>

S % S

Enter name

S %

4

Select Group

S % .

Omit 6 if only one number or address is saved.

.

Repeat 5 - 6

7

A S

Saved

to add members.

5-

16

Advanced

0

(

Renaming Mail Groups

(

Deleting Mail Groups/Group members

(

Changing Mail Group members ( P.5-28

)

PC Mail

PC Mail

Receive or reply to PC mail account messages.

Save PC mail account information to handset:

.

User N ame .

Incoming Mail Ser v er

.

Pass w ord

.

Mail Address

.

O u tgoing Mail Ser v er

SBM

Server

Local

ISP

Yahoo!

Japan

Retrieve mail delivered to

ISP or Yahoo! accounts.

.

Alternati v ely, u se a u tomatic message retrie v al option.

Important PC Mail Usage Notes

.

Receiving PC Mail for the first time after

PC Mail Account setup may incur high charges due to large-volume packet transmissions.

.

Setting handset to retrieve PC Mail automatically may incur high packet transmission fees; remember this, especially when using handset outside Japan.

.

Other functions may slow while handset is checking for new messages.

.

Checking for new messages may incur packet transmission fees even when none exists.

.

Single-byte katakana and Pictograms are not supported.

.

When messages sent from handset to

PC mail account are retrieved by handset

(then opened, replied with quotes, forwarded, etc.), included Pictograms may not appear or may appear as different characters.

5

Messa

g

es are saved in uni

q

ue folders; reply to/send messa

g

es via PC mail account addresses.

PC Mail

Folder

%

.

Handle messages (sort, etc.) like

S! Mail or SMS. (Una v aila b le f u nctions do not appear in Options men u and some may appear u nder different names.)

5-

17

5

PC Mail

PC Mail Account Setup

.

Proceed with setup according to information supplied by ISP.

.

PC Mail services may be unavailable depending on the services, settings or contract details for your PC mail account.

Confirm compatibility with POP/SMTP message retrieval/transmission via e-mail software beforehand.

[ Mandatory Items for Retrieval

User Name

Password

ReceivingServer

Required to connect to incoming mail server

Required to connect to incoming mail server

Incoming mail server address

[ Mandatory Items for Transmission

Mail Address

Sender Server

Address to use PC Mail

Outgoing mail server address

Setting Other Items

.

Edit information as needed; for description, select an item and press

B

.

1

2

B S

Settings

S

PC Mail Account

%

Mail Settings

S %

S

S

%

PC

3

<Empty>

S %

4

Account Name

S % S

Enter name

S %

5

Set Receiving

S % S

Select item

S % S

Select/ enter item

S % S A

.

User Name, Password and

ReceivingServer are mandatory.

6

Set Sending

S % S

Select item

S % S

Select/enter item

S %

.

Mail Address and Sender Server are mandatory.

7

A S A S %

.

If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen prompts.

Using Yahoo! Mail Addresses

In 3 , Set Quick Yahoo! Mail S % S

Yes or No

S %

, Follow onscreen instructions.

, Choose No to create a new account.

Editing Accounts

In 3 , select account

S % S

From 4

Deleting Accounts

In 3 , select account

S B S

Yes

S %

Saving User ID & Password for Transmission

.

If User Name and Password are unset Set

Receiving items are automatically used for

SMTP authentication. Follow these steps if

ISP requires User Name and Password:

In 6 , Set Sending S % S Sender

Auth.

S % S

SMTP Auth.

S B S

User Name S % S Enter name S

% S

Password

S % S

Enter password S % S A S $ S 7

5-

18

PC Mail

Retrieving New PC Mail

Retrieve new messages from created accounts. If message count is high, some may not be received on the first attempt.

1

B S B

2

B

3

Select PC Mail folder

S %

S

Select message

S %

Message Window

.

Press

A

to retrieve full message.

.

Message window is similar to that of

S! Mail.

Deleting Messages

[Message List] Select message S B

S

Delete

S % S

Select option

S %

S Yes S %

Retrieving Messages by Account

After 1 , select account S % S 3

Checking Received PC Mail

1

B S

Received Msg.

S %

S

Select folder

S %

.

Message list appears. Message list is similar to that of S! Mail.

2

Select message

S %

.

Message window opens.

Replying to PC Mail

1


A

.

PC Mail Composition window opens.

.

Original message text is quoted

(except for HTML messages).

2


S A S


Replying without Quoting Original

Message Text

[Message Window] B S Reply-To

Addr.

S % S PC Mail S % S


Changing Account for Outgoing

Messages

[PC Mail Composition Window]

Select recipient field S % S From:

S % S

Select account

S %

Sending PC Mail

Follow these steps to create and send PC Mail:

1

B S


S %

2

Select PC Mail Account

S %

3


S A S


Converting PC Mail to S! Mail

After 2 ,

B S

Convert to S! Mail

% S Yes S %

S

Note

.

Single-byte katakana and Pictograms are not supported.

Advanced

0

( Retrieving complete PC Mail messages ( Retrieving new messages automatically ( Retrieving PC Mail for specified folder ( Disabling automatic word wrap

(

Retrieving complete messages from specified addresses

(

Deleting addresses/domains specified for complete message retrieval

(

Restricting complete message retrieval by size (

P.5-33 -

5-34

)

5

5-

19


5

Creating/Sending Messages

[ Recipient

Using other recipient entry methods

Adding recipients

Switching recipient status

(To, Cc and Bcc)

Using Speed Dial/

Mail list

Editing/deleting recipients

In Mail Composition window, select recipient field S % S Select method S % S Select/ enter number/address S %

In Mail Composition window, select recipient field

S % S

Add Recipient

S % S

Select method

S

% S Select/enter number/address S % S A

In Mail Composition window, select recipient field S % S Select recipient S B S Select status

S % S A

.

Other recipients cannot see numbers/addresses set to Bcc.

Saving Recipients

B S Settings S % S Speed Dial/Mail S %

S <Empty> S % S Select entry S % S


S

Assign S % S A

% S

Do not

Creating Messages

In Standby, 0 - 99 (Speed Dial/Mail entry number)

S B

.

When messaging to SoftBank handset numbers, select S! Mail or SMS and press

%

.

7

In Mail Composition window, select recipient field

S % S

See below

Editing Recipients

Select recipient S % S Edit S % S A

Deleting a Recipient

Select recipient

S B S

Delete

S % S A

Deleting All Recipients

Select recipient S B S Delete All S % S

Yes S % S A

5-

20

Editing Speed Dial/

Mail list

7

B S

Settings

S % S

Speed Dial/Mail

S % S See below

Editing Entries

Select entry S B S Change S % S Select number/address

S % S

Select new number/ address S % S A

Canceling Entries

Select entry S B S Remove Selected S %

S

Yes

S %

Canceling All Entries

B S Remove All S % S Yes S %

[ Message Text

Inserting signature automatically

Inserting signature manually

Inserting ASCII Art

Converting mail type (SMS/S! Mail)

B S Settings S % S S! Mail Settings S % S

Signature

S % S

Edit

S % S

Enter signature

S % S Auto Insert S % S On S %

.

Signature is inserted above message text when forwarding messages or quoting original message text in replies.

.

Not available for SMS.

In text entry window, B S Insert/Font Size S

% S Signature S %


B S

Call ASCII Art

S %

S Select entry S %

In Mail Composition window, B S Change to

SMS or Convert to S! Mail S % S Yes S %

[ Save, Send Reservation & Sent Cancel

Saving without sending

After completing message,

B S

Save to

Drafts S %

7

After completing message,

B S

Send

Reservation S % S See below

Sending automatically later

Canceling sent

S! Mail

Auto Send when Signal Returns

Within the Network S % S Yes S %

Designating Send Date/Time (within 30 days)

Date & Time S % S Enter date/time S % S

Yes S %

B S Sent Messages S % S Select folder S

% S

Select message

S % S Yes S %

S B S

Set Sent Cancel

.

Available for messages sent to SoftBank handsets.

[ Messaging Settings

.

For SMS, only Delivery Report and Expiry Time are available.

.

For PC Mail, only Reply to Settings and Priority are available.

Requesting delivery confirmation

Setting priority

Setting message to be deleted from recipient handset once read

In Mail Composition window, B S Messaging

Settings S % S Delivery Report S % S On

S %

.

Delivery Report arrives when message is delivered.

.

Open sent message to check delivery status indicator:

, : Delivered, : Unknown, : Failed

.

Available when messaging to SoftBank handsets.


Settings S % S Priority S % S Select priority S %


Settings S % S Set Auto Delete S % S On

S %

.



Adding a reply request

Restricting forward/delete

Locking message with Quiz

Editing assigned

Quiz


Settings S % S Reply Request S % S On S %

.


In Mail Composition window,

B S

Messaging

Settings S % S Forward NG or Delete NG S

% S On S %

.


7

In Mail Composition window, B S

Messaging Settings S % S Quiz S % S

Switch On/Off S % S On S % S See below

.


Using Preset Questions (Multiple Choice)

Select question S % S Selection S % S Select number S % S Enter/edit option S % S Enter/ edit all options S Select answer S A S B S B

.

May be unavailable for some questions.

Using Preset Questions (Exact Answer Entry)

Select question S % S Match Characters S

% S Enter answer S % S B

.

May be unavailable for some questions.

Creating Custom Quiz (Multiple Choice)

<Create Original>

S % S

Enter question

S

% S Selection S % S Select number S %

S Enter option S % S Complete entry S

Select answer S A S B S B

Creating Custom Quiz (Exact Answer Entry)

<Create Original> S % S Enter question S

% S Match Characters S % S Enter answer

S % S B

In Mail Composition window,

B S

Messaging

Settings S % S Quiz S % S Edit Question

S % S Edit question/options/answer S B

( B again after editing options)

.


5

5-

21

5


Lowering size limit for outgoing

S! Mail messages

Designating/ editing reply-to address

Changing Server sent message storage limit


Settings S % S Create Msg. Size S % S

300KB

S %

7

In Mail Composition window, B S

Messaging Settings

S % S

Reply to Settings

S % S See below

Designating

Switch On/Off S % S On S % S Select method

S % S


S %

Editing

Edit Address S % S Edit S %


Settings

S % S

Expiry Time

S % S

Select option S %

.

Available for SMS only.

[ Attachments

Changing attached image size

Capturing/ recording and attaching

Select attached file S B S Resize Picture S

% S Select size S %

.

May be unavailable for some images.

7

Select attachment field S % S See below

Still Images

Picture S % S Take Picture S % S % to shoot S %

Video

Video

S % S

Record Video

S % S %

to start recording S % to stop S Accept S %

S Select storage media S %

Sounds

Sound

S % S

Record Voice

S % S %

to start recording S % to stop S Accept S %

S Select storage media S %

5-

22

Set Auto Play File

Select attached file S B S Set Auto Play File

S % S Switch On/Off S % S On S % S

Enter Message

S % S

Enter comment

S %

S $ S A

.

Not available for PC Mail.

[ Graphic Mail

Creating Graphic

Mail from templates

Changing text color, size & effect

Changing text color

Inserting background sound

Opening Templates from Messaging Menu

B S Templates S % S Select template S %

S


S A

.

Template size may change when used for creating messages.

Opening Templates from S! Mail Composition

Window

In Mail Composition window, B S Launch

Template

S % S

Select template


S % S

.

If message text has already been entered, follow onscreen prompt to insert it.

In text entry window, !

(Long) S B S

Select start point S % S Highlight text range

S % S

COLOR , SIZE or EFFECT

S % S

Set

S %


(Long) S COLOR S

% S Select color S % S Enter text

7


(Long) S

INSERT S % S See below

Inserting

BGM Sound S % S Select folder S % S

Select file S %

Deleting

Delete BGM

S % S

Yes

S %

Inserting Flash

®

file

Previewing Flash

® file

Deleting Flash

®

file

Inserting horizontal line

Flashing text

Aligning text (left/ right/center)


(Long) S INSERT S

% S Flash S % S Select file S %

In text entry window after inserting Flash

®

file,

B S Preview S %

.

When Graphic Mail window is open, press

A

first.

In text entry window after inserting Flash ® file, move cursor before Flash ® icon S $

.

When Graphic Mail window is open, press

A

first.


!

% S Line S %

(Long)

S

INSERT

S

7


!

(Long)

S

See below

Flashing

EFFECT S % S Blink S % S Blink On S %

S

Enter text

Canceling

B S Select start point S % S Highlight text range S % S EFFECT S % S Blink S % S

Blink Off

S %


(Long) S EFFECT S

% S Alignment S % S Select option S %

S Enter text


Receiving/Opening Messages

[ Receiving

Accessing new mail out of Standby

B (Long)

Retrieving new

S! Mail manually

Retrieving Server

Mail list

Retrieving remaining portions

Retrieving all

Server Mail

B S B

.

When a PC Mail Account exists, select S! Mail and press

%

.

.

Retrieve messages missed while handset is out-of-range.

B S Server Mail Box S % S Mail List S %

S

Yes

S %

Via Mail Notice

In message list, select Mail Notice S % S A

.

If retrieve size options appear, select one and press

%

.

Via Server Mail List

B S

Server Mail Box

S

S Select message S %

% S

Mail List

S %

.

If retrieve list confirmation appears, choose Yes and press

%

.

7

B S


S % S

See below

Directly from Server

Retrieve All S %


Mail List S % S B S Retrieve All S %

.


%

.

5

5-

23

5


[ Message Window

Saving attachments to

Data Folder

In message window, select file

S B S

Save to

Data Folder S % S Enter name S % S Save here S %

.

For templates, Save as Template appears. (Omit file name entry step.)

Installing attached widgets

In message window, select file S B S Install

Attach

S % S

Enter name

S %

7

In message window, select file S B S

See below

Using attachments

As Wallpaper

Set as Wallpaper S % S Enter name S % S

Save here S % S Vertical or Horizontal S %

S %

.

For images smaller or larger than Display, select an option.

Playing slides

As Ringtone/Ringvideo

Set as Ringtone or Set as Ring Video S % S

Enter name S % S Save here S % S Select item

S %

.

For For New Message or For New PC Mail , enter ring time and press

%

.

In message window, B S Slide Play S %

.

A slide consists of message text with attachments.

Saving to Phone

Book

Using linked info

Saving Sender Address

In message window, B S Save Address S %

S


S % S

As

New Entry S % S Complete other fields S A

.


Saving Linked Info

In message window, select number or mail address

S % S

Save to Phone Book or

Address S % S As New Entry S % S

Save

Complete other fields S A

.


Dialing Numbers

In message window, select number

S % S

Call or Video Call S %


In message window, select number or mail address

S % S


S % S

S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete message S A

.

For mail addresses, omit mail type selection step.

Accessing Internet Sites

In message window, select URL S % S Yes

S %

.

Choose Select Br.

to select browser.

Saving Location Information URLs

In message window, select URL S % S

RegisterMyLocation S % S Name S % S

Enter name

S % S B

Setting Location Information as Destination

In message window, select URL S % S Set to

Destination S % S Yes S %

5-

24

Copying text

Looking up message text words in dictionaries

Jumping to message top/bottom

Deleting attachments

Reporting unsolicited message sources as spammers

[ Replying

7


B S

Copy

S %

S See below

Sender/Recipient Number/Address

Address S % S Select number/address S %

Subject or Message Text

Subject or Message Text S % S Select first character S % S Highlight text range S %

In message window, B S Copy & Search Dict.

S % S


S % S

Highlight text range S % S Select dictionary S % S

Search S % S Select word S %

In message window, B S View Settings S %

S

Scroll Jump

S % S to Bottom S %

Jump to Top or Jump

In message window, select file S B S

Remove File S % S Yes S %

In message window, B S Report Spam S %

S A

.

Signature is not inserted automatically.

.

Not available for PC Mail.

Selecting mail type/quote option

Opening received message for reference


B S

Reply-To Addr.

S %

S Select type/option S % S Complete message

S A

In message window, B S Rep. with View S

% S

Select option message S A

S % S

Complete

Replying quickly using fixed text

Replying to messages automatically


Editing Quick Reply Text

B S Settings S % S General Settings S %

S

Send/Compose

S % S

Set Quick Reply

S

% S Select text S % S Edit S %

Using Quick Reply

In message window, A (Long) S Select text S %

7

B S Settings S % S General

Settings S % S Send/Compose S % S Auto

Reply

S % S

See below

Saving Recipients

Address Setting S % S Select blank entry S

% S Select method S % S Select/enter number/address

S

( / ) S A S A

% S

Select mode

S %

.

Select saved recipient and press

%

to edit number/ address.

Editing Reply Text

Reply Message S % S Select mode S % S

Enter text

S %

.

Edit text for each mode.

Activating Auto Reply

Switch On/Off S % S On S %

.

Replies are sent via S! Mail.

.

Replies are sent to the same sender only once after each time Auto Reply is activated.

.

Auto Reply is not available for PC Mail or outside Japan.

5

5-

25

5


Managing Messages

[ Message List

Selecting multiple messages

Color-tagging messages

Sorting messages

Opening sender/ recipient details


Opening properties

Changing template name display

Selecting

In message list, A S Select message S % ( )

.

To uncheck, press

%

again.

Selecting Up to 50 Messages at Once

In message list, B S Manage Msg.

S % S

Check in Block

S %

Unchecking All

In message list, B S Unselect All S %

In message list, B S Manage Msg.

S % S

Color Label

S % S

Select color

S %

In message list, B S View Settings S % S

Sort S % S Select option S %

In message list, select message S B S View

Mail Address

S % S

Select sender or recipient S %

B S Memory Status S % S Select item S %

.

Press

A

to check memory status by service (SMS

& S! Mail or PC Mail).

.

USIM Card SMS message count and volume do not appear.

In message list, select message S B S

Message Details

S %

B S Templates S % S B S Item Displayed

S % S Select item S %

Saving SMS messages to USIM

Card

Changing received message status

(read/unread)

In message list, select SMS message

S B S

Manage Msg.

S % S SIM Sync S %

.

Available for compatible USIM Cards.


Manage Msg.

S % S Switch to Unread or

Switch to Read S %

[ Deleting Messages

Deleting messages

Deleting Server

Mail via Mail Notice

One Message



.

Alternatively, delete an open message.

All Messages

In message list,

B S

Manage Msg.

S % S

Delete All S % S Delete All or Except Locked

Msg.

S % S Enter Handset Code S %

All Messages in Drafts or Unsent Messages

In message list (Drafts or Unsent Messages),


S %

In message list, select Mail Notice S B S

Delete

S % S

Select option

S % S

Yes

S %

5-

26

Deleting Server

Mail via Server

Mail list

Deleting all Server

Mail directly from

Server

7

B S


S % S

Mail List

S % S See below

.


%

.

One Message

Select message S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Messages


S % S Yes S %

7

B S Server Mail Box S % S Delete

All S % S Enter Handset Code S % S See below

All Retrieved Messages

Except New Msg.

S %

All Messages

Delete All S %

[ Folders

Moving messages manually

Renaming folders

In message list, select message

S B S

Manage Msg.

S % S Move to Folder S % S

Select folder S %

.

If sort messages confirmation appears, choose Yes and press

%

; messages sent to/received from the number/address will be sorted into selected folder automatically.

In folder list, select folder S B S Rename S

% S

Enter name

S %

.

Available in Chat Folder list as well.


Deleting folders

Adding folders

Moving folders

Canceling Secret

In folder list, select folder S B S Delete S %

S Enter Handset Code S %

.

If delete message confirmation appears, choose

Yes and press

%

.

.

When Double Number is active, corresponding folders in other modes are also deleted.

In folder list,

B S

Enter name S %

Create New Folder

S % S

.


In folder list, select folder S B S Relocate

Folder S % S Select target location S %

Changing status of all messages within folders to read

Canceling automatic deletion of messages within folders

In folder list, select folder S B S To All Read

S % S Yes S %

In folder list, select folder S B S Protect S %

.

To cancel protection, select Not Protect and press

% in the steps above.

Unlock Secret folders temporarily and select

Secret folder

S B S

Unset Secret

S % S

Enter Handset Code S %

5

5-

27

5


[ Sorting into Folders

Re-sorting messages

Sorting spam by setting keys

In folder list, select folder S B S Classify S %

.



S Anti Spam Measures S % S Enter Handset

Code

S % S

Individual(Common)

S %

( )

S B S Select blank entry S % S Select key

S % S Select/enter number/address/subject

S % S A S A S %

7

In folder list, select folder S B S My

Folders S % S Select entry S See below

Editing/deleting sort keys

Editing Sender/Recipient Key

B S Replace S % S Select method S % S

Select/enter number/address S % S A

Editing Subject Key

% S

Edit

S % S A

Deleting an Entry

B S Delete S % S Yes S % S A

Deleting All Entries

B S

Clear All

S % S

Yes

S % S A

[ Chat Folders

Deleting folders

B S Chat Folder S % S Select folder S B

S Delete Folder S % S Enter Handset Code

S %

.

If delete message confirmation appears, choose

Yes and press

%

.

.

When Double Number is active, corresponding folders in other modes are also deleted.

Deleting all messages

Resetting Chat

Folders

[ Mail Groups

Renaming Mail

Groups

B S Chat Folder S % S Select folder S %

S B S Manage Msg.

S % S Delete All S %

S

Yes

S %

B S Chat Folder S % S B S Reset S % S


Deleting Mail

Groups/Group members

Changing Mail

Group members

B S Settings S % S Set Mail Group S % S

Select Group

S B S

Edit Name

S

Enter name S % S Yes S %

% S

7

B S

Settings

S % S


S % S Select Group S See below

Mail Groups

B S Delete S % S Yes S % S Enter

Handset Code

S %

Group Members

% S Select member S B S Remove Entry S

% S Yes S % S A

.

Source Phone Book entries remain even after deleting members.

B S

Settings

S % S


S % S

Select Group S % S Select member S B S

Re-assign Entry S % S Select entry S % S

Select number or mail address S % S Yes S

% S A

5-

28

Using Messages

Forwarding messages

Sending from Drafts

Sending unsent messages

Using sent messages

Saving schedules from message list

In message window, B S Forward S % S

Select recipient field S % S Select method S

% S

Select/enter number/address

S % S A

.

Attached files are forwarded.

.

To forward SMS messages, select S! Mail or SMS and press

%

.

B S Drafts S % S Select message S % S


7

B S Unsent Messages S % S Select message S B S See below

Sending without Editing

Resend

S %

Edit & Send

Edit S % S Complete message S A

B S Sent Messages S % S Select folder S

% S

Select message

S B S

% S Complete message S A

Edit & Send

S


Manage Msg.

S % S Save to Calendar S %

S

Enter subject

S % S

Select Category

S %

S Enter start/end date/time S % S Complete other fields S A

.

Source message is accessible from schedule window (via Related Mail in Options menu).


Forwarding Server

Mail

Opening Server

Mail properties

Via Mail Notice

In message list, select Mail Notice S B S

Forward

S % S

Notifi. Forward (forward Mail

Notice text only) or Remote Forward S % S

Select recipient field S % S Select method S

% S Select/enter number/address S % S A


B S Server Mail Box S % S Mail List S %

S Select message S B S Remote Forward

S % S Select recipient field S % S Select method

S % S

Select/enter number/address

S % S A

.


%

.

B S Server Mail Box S % S Mail List S % S

Select message S B S Message Details S %

.


%

.

Checking Server

Mail message count and volume

B

S

S

%

Server Mail Box S % S Mailbox Volume

5

5-

29

5


General Settings

Changing message window scroll unit

Changing message list view

Showing complete sent/received message addresses

B

S

S

S Settings

Scroll Unit

B S

Settings

S

S

Message List View

Address View

%

%

S

B S

Settings

S %

S

S %

S

S


Select unit S %

S %

S


S % S

% S Select option S %

S


S

% S Show All S %

%

Changing view for

Received Msg. folder

Changing view for

Sent Messages folder


S Received Msg. View S % S Select option

S %

.

Folder View by Account is selectable when a PC

Mail Account exists.

B S

Settings

S % S


S %

S Sent Msg. View S % S Select option S %

.

Folder View by Account is selectable when a PC

Mail Account exists.

Selecting automatic deletion option for received messages

Canceling automatic deletion of oldest sent messages

B S

Settings

S % S


S %

S Auto Delete S % S Received Msg.

S % S

Select option S %

B S

Settings

S % S


S %

S Auto Delete S % S Sent Messages S %

S Not Auto Del S %

Changing spam report recipient


S Report Spam S % S Edit address S % S

Yes

S %

General Settings (Send/Compose)

Requesting

Delivery Report for all messages

Disabling automatic resend of unsent messages

Designating/ editing reply-to address

Selecting quote option

Hiding progress bar while sending messages


S Send/Compose S % S Delivery Report S

% S

On

S %

.

Available for messages sent to SoftBank handsets.


S Send/Compose S % S Auto Resend S %

S Off S %

7


Settings S % S Send/Compose S % S

Reply to Settings

S % S

See below

Designating

Switch On/Off S % S On S % S Select method S % S Select/enter address S %

Editing

Edit Address S % S Edit S %


S Send/Compose S % S Reply With Text S

% S

Select option

S %


S Send/Compose S % S Sending Status S

% S Off(Background) S %

5-

30

Deleting Permitted

List entries

7

B S

Settings

S % S


S % S Send/Compose S % S Restrictions

Setting S % S Enter Handset Code S % S

Individual Address S % S Permitted List S %

S

Select entry

S B S

See below

One Entry


All Entries

Clear All

S % S

Yes

S %

General Settings (Receive)

[ Message Notice & Animation View

Muting ringer, etc. for messages sorted into Secret folders


S

Receive

S % S

Message Notice

S % S

Secret Folder S % S No Response S %

Changing alerts for messages received during handset use

Disabling

Animation View

7


Settings

S % S

Receive

Notice S % S See below

S % S

Message

Showing New Message Window

On Active Screen S % S On S %

Selecting Scrolling Notice Option

View Setting S % S Select option S %

Muting Alert Sound

Alert Sound S % S Off S %

B S

Settings

S % S


S %

S Receive S % S Animation View S % S

Off S %


[ Feeling Mail

Hiding graphics above Information window


Selecting Vibration option

B S

Settings

S % S


S %

S Receive S % S Link to Feeling S % S

Idle Screen Info.

S % S Off S %

7


Settings S % S Receive S % S Link to

Feeling S % S Set Illumi.

S % S See below

Setting Ringtones to Control Illumination

Switch On/Off S % S Link to Sound S %


Illumi. Pattern S % S Select category, e.g.,

Happy/Glad

S % S

Select pattern

S % S

Select color S %

.



Key Pattern S % S Select item S % S

Select pattern

S %

.


Sound .

Disabling Illumination

Switch On/Off S % S Off S %


S

Receive

S % S

Link to Feeling

S % S

Vibration Pattern S % S Select option S %

5

5-

31

5


Changing ringtone settings

7

B S

Settings

S % S

General

Settings S % S Receive S % S Link to

Feeling S % S Ringtone S % S See below

Muting Ringer

Switch On/Off

S % S

Off

S %

Changing Ringtones

Assign Tone S % S Select category S % S

Select folder S % S Select tone/file S %

Changing Duration

Duration S % S Enter time S %

S! Mail Settings

[ Automatic Retrieval

7

B S

Settings

S % S


S % S Message DL S % S Condition(Auto)

S % S Selected Mail S B S See below

Deleting addresses/ domains specified for complete message retrieval

One Entry (Mail Address)


S B S

Select entry

S

S Delete S % S Yes S % S A

B

All Entries (Mail Address)

Individual Address S B S Select entry S B

S

Clear All

S % S

Yes

S % S A

One Entry (Domain)

Receive by the Domain S B S Select entry S


All Custom Entries (Domain)


B S Clear All S % S Yes S % S A

[ Attachments

Disabling image auto-resize

Enabling/disabling image auto-open or sound auto-play

Attaching captured/recorded files unsaved

B S

Settings

S % S


S %

S Picture Appearance S % S Normal S %

.

Setting applies to PC Mail as well.

B S Settings S % S S! Mail Settings S %

S Auto Play File S % S Pictures or Sounds

S % S

On or Off

S %

.



S Send File Settings S % S Attach Only S %

.


.

Camera settings (Auto Save and Background Save) take priority when opening Mail Composition window via newly captured image or newly recorded video.

[ Message Size

Limiting outgoing

S! Mail message size

Limiting incoming

S! Mail message size

Selecting size to which images are reduced when attaching


S

Create Msg. Size

S % S

300KB or

Confirm(When exceed 300KB) S %

.

Images are resized automatically when message size exceeds the limit upon attaching them.


S Message DL S % S DL Size Limit S % S

Restricted(300KB)

S %

.

Exceeding attachments are reduced (images) or deleted (other files) at Server.


S Picture Auto Resize S % S Select option

S %

.

Set to Ask Each Time to select size every time an image is attached.

5-

32

PC Mail Settings

Retrieving complete PC Mail messages

Retrieving new messages automatically

B S Settings S % S PC Mail Settings S %

S PC Mail DL S % S PC Mail DL S % S All

Contents

S %

7

B S Settings S % S PC Mail

Settings

S % S

Check New Mail

S % S

See below

Enabling Automatic Retrieval

Check New Mail S % S On S % S Select account

S %

( )

S A S %

.

Setting Check New Mail to On may incur high charges; checking for new messages may incur packet transmission fees even when none exists.

Remember this, especially when using handset outside Japan.

.

Handset does not check for new messages between

10:00 PM and 6:00 AM; change/cancel Inactive

Time as needed.

Enabling Automatic Retrieval Outside Japan

Abroad S % S Enable S % S %

.

Automatically retrieving messages abroad may incur high charges.

Changing Automatic Retrieval Interval

Interval

S % S

Select interval

S %

Changing Inactive Time

Inactive Time S % S Start Time: S % S

Enter start time S % S End Time: S % S

Enter end time

S %

Canceling Inactive Time

Inactive Time S % S Switch On/Off S % S

Off S %


Retrieving PC Mail for specified folder

Disabling automatic word wrap

Retrieving complete messages from specified addresses

In folder list, select PC Mail folder S B S

Retrieve New S %

B S

Settings

S % S

PC Mail Settings

S

S Word wrap S % S Off S %

%

7

B S

Settings

S % S

PC Mail

Settings S % S PC Mail DL S % S PC Mail

DL S % S DL All From List S B S See below

Selecting Sender Types

Select item S % ( / ) S A

Specifying Addresses

Individual Address S B S Select blank entry

S % S

Select method

S % S address S % S A

Select/enter

Specifying Domains (Direct Entry)

Receive by the Domain S B S Select blank entry

S % S

Direct Entry domain S % S A

S % S

Enter

5

5-

33

5


Deleting addresses/ domains specified for complete message retrieval

Restricting complete message retrieval by size

7

B S

Settings

S % S

PC Mail

Settings S % S PC Mail DL S % S PC Mail

DL S % S DL All From List S B S See below

One Entry (Mail Address)


S B S

Select entry

S

S Delete S % S Yes S % S A

B

All Entries (Mail Address)

Individual Address S B S Select entry S B

S

Clear All

S % S

Yes

S % S A

One Entry (Domain)



All Entries (Domain)


B S Clear All S % S Yes S % S A

B S Settings S % S PC Mail Settings S %

S

PC Mail DL

S % S

Max DL Size

S % S

Select account S % S Select size S %

.

Effective when PC Mail DL is set to All Contents or

DL All From List .

SMS Settings

Changing Server sent message storage limit

Changing SMS

Server number

B S

Settings

S % S

SMS Settings

S % S

Expiry Time S % S Select option S %

7

B S Settings S % S SMS Settings

S % S

Message Center

S % S

See below

Editing

Setting1(Default) to Setting3 S % S Edit number S %

.

Do not change Server number unless instructed to do so.

Deleting

Setting2 or Setting3 S B S Delete S % S

Yes S %

Activating

Setting2 or Setting3

S B S

Set Default

S %

.

Activated number moves to Setting1(Default) and shifts the others down.

Changing character encoding for composing messages

B S Settings S % S SMS Settings S % S

Char-code S % S Select encoding S %

5-

34

Troubleshooting


3 Cannot enter message text or attach files

.

Attachment size affects text size limit.

In turn, text size affects attachment size limit.

3 Sending failure appears in

Information window

.

To resend, follow these steps:

Sending failure S % S Select message S % S % S % S A

3 Unsent message is not resent automatically

.

Auto Resend makes up to two attempts to send unsent messages automatically.

Resend unsent message(s) manually.

3

Set Auto Play File cannot be set

.

Apply to one file per message.

.

Not available for Graphic Mail.

.

May be unavailable for some files.

3

Messaging Settings are not applied

.

Settings are valid for one message, and effective when viewed on compatible handsets/applications.

.

Delivery Report/Priority setting may not be effective when sent to mail addresses.

.

Priority setting does not affect delivery speed.

3

Cannot set Messaging Settings

.

These settings cannot be applied to a message simultaneously (select one):

Set Auto Delete, Reply Request,

Forward NG, Delete NG, Quiz, Set

Auto Play File.

3 Signature is not inserted automatically

.

Auto Insert is available for S! Mail only.

3

Cannot cancel sent messages

.

Short messages may not be canceled.

.

Set Sent Cancel is available for S! Mail only.

3

Cannot send PC Mail

.

Follow these steps to check User Name and Password for SMTP authentication:

B S

Settings

S % S

PC Mail

Settings S % S PC Mail Account

S % S Select account S % S

Set Sending S % S Sender Auth.

S % S

SMTP Auth.

S B S

User

Name or Password S %

.

Some ISPs require SMTP authentication setup in addition to Set Receiving setup.

5

5-

35

5

Troubleshooting


3 Handset won't ring or vibrate for some incoming messages

.

Handset does not ring or vibrate for messages with Low Priority.

.

Handset does not ring, vibrate or open

Information window for messages filtered as spam.

3 A confirmation requesting a reply appears

.

To reply, choose Yes and press % .

Confirmation does not appear for replied messages.

3 Handset won't respond according to Feeling Mail settings

.

Responses set in Phone Book take priority.

.

Feeling Mail settings are disabled when:

, Sender is saved in Phone Book as

Secret entry

,

The message was filtered as spam

,

The message was sorted to a

Secret folder

3

Message text appears distorted

.

Follow these steps to change encoding:

[Message Window] B S View

Settings

S % S

Char-code

S %

S Select option S %


3 Cannot move messages into some folders

.

To move to Secret folders, unlock temporarily or cancel Secret beforehand.

3

Cannot receive messages

.

If appears, memory is full; delete

messages ( P.5-26 ).

.

If out appears, move to a place where signal is strong.

3

S! Mail is not delivered as sent

.

Recipient must be subscribed to

S! Mail, Super Mail or Long Mail. The maximum size of messages/ attachments handsets can receive varies by make and model. Confirm compatibility with recipient handsets.

3 Still images are not delivered as sent

.

Recipient handset may not be

JPEG-compatible. Convert JPEG files to PNG.

3

Video files are not delivered as sent

.

Send video files to S! Mail- or

VGS-compatible SoftBank handsets supporting MPEG-4.

5-

36

Internet Services ............................ 6-2

Service Basics ................................. 6-2

Yahoo! Keitai .................................. 6-3

Using Yahoo! Keitai.......................... 6-3

PC Sites .......................................... 6-5

Browsing PC Sites........................... 6-5

Browsing......................................... 6-6

Basic Operations ............................. 6-6

Bookmarks & Saved Pages .......... 6-9

Using Bookmarks & Saved Pages....6-9

RSS Feeds .................................... 6-10

Updating Blogs & News..................6-10



6

Internet

6-

1

Internet Services

Service Basics

Access the Mobile Internet via Yahoo! Keitai, or view PC Internet sites via PC Site Browser or Direct Browser.

.

Service requires a separate contract; retrieve Network Information to use these services.

.

For more about Yahoo! Keitai, see SoftBank Mobile Website (

P.17-23

).

.

Outside Japan, Yahoo! Keitai and PC Site Browser cannot be used over Wi-Fi.

6

Transmission/Information Fees

Some page content may automatically activate Internet connection incurring transmission fees. Information fees may also apply.

Security

Electronic certificates are saved on handset to support SSL (encryption protocol for Internet transmissions of important/sensitive information).

Opening Secure Pages

.

A confirmation appears. Choose press % to proceed.

Yes and

.

When a security notice appears, subscribers must decide for themselves whether or not to open the page. Opening secure pages constitutes agreement to the terms of usage. SoftBank, VeriSign

Japan, Cybertrust, Entrust Japan, GMO

GlobalSign, RSA Security, SECOM Trust

Systems and Comodo Japan cannot be held liable for any damages associated with the use of SSL.

6-

2

Advanced

0

( Clearing cache (temporarily saved information) ( Clearing authentication information (And more on P.6-11 )

(

Resetting browser settings and stored information (Bookmarks, Saved Pages, etc.) (And more on P.6-18

)

Yahoo! Keitai

Using Yahoo! Keitai

Access Yahoo! Keitai sites via 3G

Network or Wi-Fi.

.

Subscription to Keitai Wi-Fi is required to use Yahoo! Keitai over Wi-Fi.

.

To use Wi-Fi, complete related settings beforehand.

.

Within registered access point range, handset connects to the Internet via Wi-Fi automatically whenever possible; switch between 3G and Wi-Fi manually.

.

Network does not switch to Wi-Fi automatically if Wi-Fi signal reception is poor or after switching it to 3G manually.

.

Internet pages may not open depending on connection/Server status, etc.

Using Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu

Browse Yahoo! Keitai sites from Yahoo!

Keitai Main Menu.

1

A S

Connection starts

C u rsor

Internet Page

.

Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu appears.

.

To disconnect, press

A

.

2

Highlight menu item

S %

.

Corresponding page opens.

.

Repeat 2 to open additional links.

3

" S

Yes

S % S

Page closes

Returning to Previous Pages

[Internet Page]

A S

Previous page opens

, Follow these steps to return to the initial page:

[Internet Page]

B S

Forward

S %

Returning to Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu

[Internet Page]

B S

Yahoo! Keitai

S %

User Authentication

Enter user ID or password S % S A

Accessing メニューリスト Directly

% S Yahoo!

S % S Menu List S %

Switching between 3G and Wi-Fi Manually

[Internet Page] B S Convenient

Functions

S % S

Switch Wi-Fi/3G

S % S Select network S %

6

Advanced

0

(

Switching browsers ( P.6-11 )

6-

3

6

Yahoo! Keitai

Playing Media during Download

Play files while they transfer from the server (progressive download) or stream media files.

.

Save progressive download files of 10 MB or less after playback as needed.

.

These media files cannot be saved even after playback:

, Progressive download files larger than 10 MB

, Streaming media files

.

Fast forward/rewind is not available for progressive download files larger than 10 MB.

.

Packet transmission fees apply (except when downloading via Wi-Fi) even while playback is paused.

1

On a page, select file

S %

.

Playback starts.

Pausing Playback

,

Press

%

To resume playback, press % .

, Progressive download continues even while playback is paused. For files larger than 10 MB, progressive download stops if playback is paused for a period of time.

Stopping Playback

$ S

Back

S %

Stopping Progressive Download

.

For files of 10 MB or less, progressive download continues even when playback is paused or stopped. To stop download, press $ to return to the previous page, then press

$

again.

Playback Sound

.

Sound is heard from Speaker/Headphones regardless of g Sound Output setting.

Using History

1

% S

Yahoo!

S % S

History

S %

2

Select record

S % S


.


3

" S

Yes

S % S

Page closes

Entering URLs Directly

1

% S

Yahoo!

S % S

Enter

URL

S %

6-

4

2

Enter URL

S % S


.


3

" S

Yes

S % S

Page closes

Advanced

0

(

Using previously entered URLs

(

Deleting History records

(

Sorting History records (And more on P.6-11 )

(

Customizing media playback settings (And more on P.6-15

)

PC Sites

Browsing PC Sites

View PC Internet sites via PC Site

Browser or Direct Browser. (Direct

Browser requires Wi-Fi connection.)

.

To use Wi-Fi, complete related settings beforehand.

.

Internet pages may not open depending on connection/Server status, etc.

.

When using PC Site Browser within registered access point range, handset connects to the Internet via Wi-Fi automatically whenever possible; switch between 3G and Wi-Fi manually.

.

Network does not switch to Wi-Fi automatically if Wi-Fi signal reception is poor or after switching it to 3G manually.

.

Browsing PC sites via PC Site Browser may incur high charges depending on subscribed price plan.

.

Subscription to Keitai Wi-Fi is required to use PC Site Browser over Wi-Fi.

.

PC Site Browser and Direct Browser share

Bookmarks, Saved Pages, History records, etc.

1

2

% S

Yahoo!

S

PC Site Browser

Browser

S %

3

Homepage

S % S


Internet Page

%

or

Direct

Pointer

.

Yahoo! JAPAN Home opens.

.

If a message appears, follow onscreen prompts.

.

To disconnect, press A .

4

Highlight menu item

S %

.


.

Repeat 4 to open additional links.

5

" S

Yes

S % S

Page closes

Direct Browser

.

Use this Wi-Fi-based browser to view PC sites without using SoftBank 3G Network service.

Returning to Previous Pages

[Internet Page] A S Previous page opens

, Follow these steps to return to the initial page:

[Internet Page]

B S

Forward

S %

Returning to Yahoo! JAPAN Home

[Internet Page]

B S

Homepage

S %

User Authentication

Enter user ID or password S % S A

Using History

In 3 , History S % S Select record

S %

Entering URLs Directly

In 3 ,

S %

Enter URL

S % S

Enter URL

Hiding Softkeys

[Internet Page]

Functions

% S

Off

S

S %

B

%

S

S

Convenient

Softkey Area

S

Switching between 3G and Wi-Fi

Manually (PC Site Browser)

[Internet Page]

Functions

S

B

%

S

S

Convenient

Switch Wi-Fi/3G

S % S Select network S %

Advanced

0

( Switching browsers ( Using previously entered URLs ( Deleting History records ( Opening History properties ( P.6-11 )

( Showing navigation map for continuous scroll ( Changing scroll unit ( Hiding PC Site Browser messages ( Setting up proxy ( Setting search engine

URLs (And more on P.6-14

)

6

6-

5

Browsing


Page Browsing

Scrolling Pages

If page content continues beyond view, use g

to scroll pages.

Long Press g

to scroll continuously.

6 g

Y

Switching Frames

On framed pages, Long Press

&

to switch active frame.

Tabbed Browsing

Open another page in a new tab and switch between tabs.

[ Opening a New Tab

1

On a page, select menu item

S B S

Tab Menu

S %

2

Open in New Tab

S %

Frames

.

.

In pointer navigation, point to a frame and press % to select it.

Otherwise, use g

to select one.

.

Alternatively, tap a frame to select it.

Viewing Single Frame

[Internet Page] Select frame

S B S

,

Convenient Functions S % S

Frame In

S %

To return, press $ .

Ta b

[ Switching Tabs

1

(

(Long)

S f

Select tab

S %

.

In pointer navigation, point to a tab and press

%

to open it.

.

Alternatively, tap a tab to open it.

Closing Tabs

( (Long) S f Select tab S % S

B S

Tab Menu

S % S

Close Tab or Close All Other Tabs S %

6-

6

Advanced

0

(

Looking up copied words in dictionaries

(

Saving files to Data Folder

(

Changing Font Size

(

Enlarging specific areas

(

Disabling automatic image display/sound playback

(

Changing scroll unit (And more on P.6-12 -

6-14 )

Selecting Items in Enlarged View

Enlarge area to select items with finger.

1

On a page, Long Touch area

Selecting Text

Activate pointer navigation to enable text selection (Drag Mode). Select text to copy or look up words in dictionaries.

.

Text may not be selectable or linked page may open depending on the site or page.

.

Follow these steps to use a dictionary:

1

On a page, point to first character

S %

(Long)

.

Drag Mode is activated.

2


Browsing

5

Search

S % S


S %

Starting Over

After 3 , point to first character S %

S From 2

6

Enlarged V ie w

2

Drag finger to highlight item in enlarged view

S

Release

Enlarging Areas in Pointer Navigation

[Internet Page] Point to area

S

7 (Long)

, Use g

to move pointer in enlarged view; highlight item and press % to

, execute it.

To close enlarged view, press a key other than g

.

3

%

.

Text range remains unchanged even when pointer is moved.

4

~ S


S %

.

Dictionary opens with text inserted.

6-

7

6-

8

6

Browsing

Additional Page Operations

Enter text or select/execute items.

Text Entry Field

B u ttons

Men u List

Command B u tton

Pull-down Menu Item Selection

1

On a page, select menu list field

S %

2

Select item

S %

When Multiple Selection is Supported

.

Select items as needed and press $ .

Page Item Indicators

[ Selection Items

Buttons or boxes appear.

1

On a page, select button or box

S %

Text Entry

1

On a page, select text entry field

S %

2

Enter text

S %

.

Internet page returns.

Using Entered Text (Input Memory)

[Internet page] Select text entry field

S % S B S Insert/Font Size S %

S

Input Memory

S % S

Select text

S %

.

/ changes to / .

[ Execution Items

Execute the assigned command.

1

On a page, select command

S %

Bookmarks & Saved Pages

Using Bookmarks & Saved Pages

Bookmarks

2

Select title

S %

.


Bookmark sites for quick access.

Switching Bookmarks Lists

After 1 , B S Change List S % S Saving Bookmarks

1

On a page,

B S

Bookmarks

S % S

<Add

New Entry>

S %

Select type S %

Opening Bookmarks Online

[Internet Page] B S Bookmarks S

% S Select title S %

.

<Add New Entry> appears in gray

Saved Pages for unsavable pages.

2

Check/edit URL

S %

3

Check/edit title

S %

4

Save

S %

Opening Bookmarks

1

% S

Yahoo!

S % S

Bookmarks

S %

Save page content; handset opens saved pages without connecting to the Internet.

Saving Pages

1

On a page,

B S

Saved

Pages

S % S

Save

S %

.

Save appears only for savable pages.

2

Check/edit title

S %

Opening Saved Pages

1

% S

Yahoo!

S % S

Saved

Pages

S %

2

Select page

S %

.


Switching Saved Pages Lists

After 1 , B S Change List S % S

Select type

S %

Opening Saved Pages Online

[Internet Page]

B S

Saved Pages

S

% S Open List S % S Select page

S %

6

Advanced

0

(

Deleting titles

(

Editing titles

(

Changing title order

(

Sorting titles into folders

(

Deleting pages

(

Editing page titles

(

Changing page order (And

more on

P.6-15

-

6-16

)

6-

9

RSS Feeds

6

Updating Blogs & News

Register RSS-compatible sites; view content updates without opening source sites.

Packet transmission fees apply (except when handling RSS feeds via Wi-Fi).

Subscribing to RSS Feeds

Indicator below appears for RSS-compatible sites.

RSS Indicator

Available for PC Site Browser and Direct

Browser.

1

On a compatible page,

B S

Register In RSS Feed

S %

2

Select feed

S %

( / )

S

Complete selection

S A

3

Save

S %

.

Choose Yes to update immediately or No and press % .

Via RSS Icons

Use RSS icons to subscribe to RSS feeds from sites that are not RSS-compatible.

Available for PC Site Browser and Direct

Browser.

1

On a page, select icon

S %

2

Yes

S % S

Save

S %

Checking Updates

Follow these steps to update all feeds:

1

% S

Yahoo!

S %

2


S % S

RSS Feed

S %

RSS Feed List

3

Reload All

S % S %

4

Yes

or

No

S %

5

Select feed

S %

Title List

6

Select title

S %

.

Information appears.

Updating Single RSS Feeds

[RSS Feed List] Select feed

S B S

Reload S % S % S Yes or No S %

Accessing Source Sites

[Title List] Select title S % S Select linked title

S % S

Yes

S % S %

S Yes or No S %

6-

10

Advanced

0

(

Disabling feed updates

(

Sorting feeds into folders

(

Deleting feeds

(

Sorting feeds

(

Opening feed properties

(

Exchanging feeds with other devices

(

Sending feeds via mail ( P.6-17

)

Connecting & Browsing

[ General

Switching browsers

Using previously entered URLs

On a page,

B S

Switch Browser

S % S

This

Page or Linked Page S % S Select browser

S %

.

A confirmation may appear when switching to PC

Site Browser.

7

% S Yahoo!

S % S See below

Yahoo! Keitai

Enter URL S % S B S URL Entry Log S %

S

Select URL

S % S %

PC Site Browser & Direct Browser

PC Site Browser or Direct Browser S % S

Enter URL S % S B S URL Entry Log S %

S

Select URL

S % S %

[ History

Follow these steps to switch History lists:

B S

Change List

S % S

Select browser

S %

7

% S Yahoo!

S % S History S % S

See below

Deleting History records

One Record

Select record S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Records

B S

Delete All

S % S


S % S Yes S %


Opening History properties

Sorting History records

Sending History records via mail

% S Yahoo!

S % S History S % S Select record S B S Details S %

% S

Yahoo!

S % S

History

S % S B S

Sort S % S By Domain or By Date S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S History S % S Select record S B S Send URL S % S S! Mail or

SMS

S % S


S A

.

S! Mail Composition window opens automatically depending on character count.

[ Memory Operation

For PC Site Browser and Direct Browser, perform the following sequence instead of Browser Settings

S %

.

PC Site Browser (or Direct Browser ) S % S PC Site

Browser Settings (or Set Direct Browser )

S %

Clearing cache

(temporarily saved information)

Clearing cookies

Clearing authentication information

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings S %

S Memory Operation S % S Delete Cache S

% S Yes S %

% S

Yahoo!

S % S

Browser Settings

S %

S Memory Operation S % S Delete Cookies

S % S Yes S %

% S Yahoo!


S

Memory Operation

S % S

Delete Auth Info

S % S Yes S %

6

6-

11

6


Page Operations

[ All Browsers


Copying text

Looking up copied words in dictionaries

Using Web Search

Searching current page

Jumping to page top/bottom

Opening page properties

Sending URLs via mail

Dialing Numbers

On a page, highlight number S % S Call or

Video Call S %


On a page, highlight number or mail address

S % S Create Message S % S S! Mail or

SMS S % S Complete message S A

On a page, B S Copy Text S % S Select first character

S % S


S %

On a page, B S Convenient Functions S %

S Copy & Search Dict.

S % S Select first character S % S Highlight text range S % S


S % S

Search

S % S

Select word, etc. S %


S Web Search S % S Enter search text S %

On a page,

B S

Convenient Functions

S

S Search S % S Enter search text S %

%

.

Press

%

to jump to next search result, if any.


S Jump In Page S % S Page Top or Page

Bottom

S %


S Details S % S Select item S %


S

Send URL

S % S

S! Mail or SMS

S % S


.


Handling Flash ® files

Saving files to Data

Folder

Updating page content

7

On a page,

B S

Convenient Functions

S % S Flash ® Menu S % S See below

Pausing/Playing

Pause , Resume or Replay S %

Selecting Image Quality

Quality S % S Select quality S %

7

On a page,

B S

Save Items

S % S

See below

Files on Page

Select file S % S Save S % S Enter name

S % S

Save here

S %

.

Some files are saved automatically.

.

End memory-consuming operations (TV recording, etc.) beforehand.

.

Confirm signal is strong, battery is adequately charged and that there is enough free memory beforehand.

Background Images

Save Background Image S % S Save S % S

Enter name S % S Save here S %

On a page,

B S

Reload

S %

.

To update content in Saved Pages, open a page and follow the steps above.

Changing encoding to read garbled text

Opening function shortcuts

On a page, B S Settings S % S Char-code

S % S

Select option

S %

On a page, B S Help S %

6-

12

[ Yahoo! Keitai

Changing Font

Size

On a page,

3

(Long) to enlarge or

1

(Long) to reduce

[ PC Site Browser & Direct Browser

Switching view

Zooming on pages

(Zoom Factor)

Jumping to specific locations

Enlarging specific areas

On a page, B S PC Screen or Small Screen S %

.

In Small Screen view, PC sites are redesigned to fit

Display.

On a page, 3 (Long) to enlarge or 1 (Long) to reduce

On a page, 5 (Long) S Quick Movement map appears S Select target location S %

On a page, point to area S 7 (Long)

.

Use g

to move pointer in enlarged view; highlight item and press

%

to execute it.

.

To close enlarged view, press a key other than g

.


Internet Page Settings

[ All Browsers

For PC Site Browser and Direct Browser, perform the following sequence instead of Browser Settings S % .

PC Site Browser (or Direct Browser )

S % S

PC Site

Browser Settings (or Set Direct Browser ) S %

7

% S Yahoo!

S % S Browser Settings

S % S Downloads S % S See below

Disabling automatic image display/sound playback

Image Display

Images S % S Do not Show S %

Changing Font

Size

Sound Playback

Sounds S % S Do not Play S %

% S

Yahoo!

S % S


S

S Font Size S % S Select size S %

%

7

% S

Yahoo!

S % S


S % S Cursor Settings S % S See below

Using pointer navigation

Activating

Cursor Mode Settings S % S Normal Mode S %

Using Memory

Card as primary download storage

Changing Pointer Speed

Speed Settings S % S Select speed S %

% S Yahoo!


S Download to S % S Prefer Card S %

.

Some files may be saved to handset regardless of this setting.

6

6-

13

6


[ Yahoo! Keitai

Changing scroll unit

% S

Yahoo!

S % S


S Scroll Unit S % S Select unit S %

S %

[ PC Site Browser & Direct Browser

For Direct Browser, perform the following sequence instead of PC

Site Browser

S % S

PC Site Browser Settings

S %

.

Direct Browser

S % S

Set Direct Browser

S %

Showing navigation map for continuous scroll


% S Yahoo!

S % S PC Site Browser S % S

PC Site Browser Settings S % S Scroll Settings

S % S Page Navigation S % S On S %

% S

Yahoo!

S % S


S

PC Site Browser Settings S % S Scroll

% S

Settings S % S Scroll Unit S % S Select unit S %

[ PC Site Browser

Hiding PC Site

Browser messages

% S

Yahoo!

S % S


S %

PC Site Browser Settings S % S Warning

S

Message S % S Off S %

[ Direct Browser

Restricting Direct

Browser use

% S Yahoo!

S % S Direct Browser S % S


S % S


Lock S % S On S % S Enter Administrator

Code S %

Setting up proxy

Editing proxy settings

Changing home page

Setting search engine URLs

7

% S

Yahoo!

S % S


S % S Set Direct Browser S % S Proxy

Setting S % S Enter Administrator Code S

% S Use S % S See below

Entering Address

Proxy Address S % S Enter address S % S A

Entering Port Number

Port Number S % S Enter number S % S A

Specifying Addresses to Bypass Proxy

Apply Address S % S % S Enter address S

% S A

% S Yahoo!



S % S

Proxy Setting

S

% S Enter Administrator Code S % S Use

S B S Select item S % S Edit S A

% S Yahoo!



S % S

Homepage

Settings S % S Enter URL S %

7

% S

Yahoo!

S % S


S % S Set Direct Browser S % S Search

Page S % S See below

Adding

<Empty>

S % S % S

Enter URL

S %

Changing

Select URL S %

Editing

Select URL

S B S % S

Edit

S %

6-

14

Streaming & Progressive Download

[ General

Customizing media playback settings

7

During playback, B S Settings S %

S See below

Changing Playback Size

Display Size S % S Select size S %

.

Playback size may not change depending on file.

Setting Backlight Status

Backlight S % S Select option S %

.

Selecting Normal Settings applies Display

Backlight settings.

Adjusting Sound Effects

Sound Effects S % S Select effect S %

[ Streaming

Streaming from

Media Player

7

% S

Entertainment

S % S

Media

Player S % S Streaming S % S See below

Resuming from Stopped Point

Last Played S %

Using Bookmarks

Bookmarks S % S Select title S %

Using History

History S % S Select record S %

Switching networks during media playback

During playback, B S Switch Wi-Fi/3G S %

S

Select network

S %


Bookmarks

Deleting titles

Editing titles

Editing bookmarked URLs

Sending bookmarked URLs via mail

Changing title order

Opening title properties

7

% S

Yahoo!

S

% S See below

% S

Bookmarks

S

One Title

Select title S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Titles


S % S Yes S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Bookmarks S % S

Select title

S B S

Edit

S % S

Title:

S % S

Enter title S % S A

% S Yahoo!


Select title S B S Edit S % S URL: S % S

Edit

S % S A

% S Yahoo!


Select title S B S Send S % S As Message

S % S S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete message

S A

.


% S Yahoo!


Select title S B S Change Order S % S

Select target location S %

% S

Yahoo!

S % S

Bookmarks

S % S

Select title S B S Details S %

6

6-

15

6


Sorting titles into folders

7

% S

Yahoo!

S

% S See below

% S

Bookmarks

S

Creating Folders

B S Create Folder S % S Enter name S %

Moving to Folders

Select title S B S Move S % S Select folder

S % S Move S %

Moving from Folders

Select folder

S % S

Select title

S B S

Move

S % S Move S %

Renaming Folders

Select folder S B S Rename S % S Enter name

S %

Deleting All Titles within a Folder

Select folder S % S Select title S B S

Delete All S % S Enter Handset Code S %

S

Yes

S %

Deleting Folders

Select folder S B S Delete S % S Enter

Handset Code S % S Yes S %

Saved Pages

Deleting pages

Editing page titles

Changing page order


Switching page list view

7

% S

Yahoo!

S % S

Saved Pages

S

% S See below

One Page

Select page S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Pages


S % S Yes S %

% S Yahoo!

S % S Saved Pages S % S

Select page

S B S

Rename

S % S

Enter title S %

% S Yahoo!


Select page S B S Change Order S % S


S %

% S Yahoo!


Select page S B S Details S %

% S Yahoo!


Select page

S B S

List View or Preview View

S %

6-

16

RSS Feeds

For Direct Browser, select Direct Browser instead of PC Site

Browser .

Disabling feed updates

Sorting feeds into folders

Deleting feeds

% S

Yahoo!

S % S


S % S

RSS Feed S % S Select feed S B S Manage

RSS Feed S % S Restrict Update S %

7

% S Yahoo!

S % S PC Site Browser

S % S RSS Feed S % S See below

Creating Folders

B S

Manage RSS Feed

S

S % S Enter name S %

% S

Create Folder

Moving to Folders

Select feed S B S Manage RSS Feed S %

S

Move

S % S

Select folder

S % S

Move

S %

Renaming Folders

Select folder S B S Manage RSS Feed S %

S

Rename

S % S

Enter name

S %

Deleting Folders

Select folder S B S Delete S % S Enter


7

% S Yahoo!


S % S RSS Feed S % S See below

One Entry

Select feed S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Entries

B S Manage RSS Feed S % S Delete All S

% S


S % S

Yes

S %

.

Alternatively, perform Delete RSS Feed List in

Memory Operation (PC Site Browser Settings or Set

Direct Browser) to delete all feeds.


Sorting feeds

Opening feed properties

Exchanging feeds with other devices

Sending feeds via mail

% S Yahoo!


RSS Feed S % S B S Manage RSS Feed S

% S

Sort

S % S

Select option

S %

% S Yahoo!


RSS Feed S % S Select feed S B S

Manage RSS Feed S % S Details S %

7

% S Yahoo!


S % S RSS Feed S % S B S Manage RSS

Feed

S % S

See below

Exporting All Feeds

Export All S % S Select storage media S %

Importing (Adding Feeds)

Import

S % S

Select file

S % S

As New Items

S % S Yes or No S % S Yes or No S %

Importing (Overwriting Existing Feeds)

Import S % S Select file S % S Delete All

S % S


S % S

Yes

% S Yes or No S % S Yes or No S %

S

% S Yahoo!


RSS Feed S % S Select feed S B S

Manage RSS Feed

S % S

S Complete message S A

As Message

S %

6

6-

17

6


Security Settings


S %

.


S % S

PC Site


S %

Disabling manufacture number auto send for authentication

Disabling referer information delivery to the

Server

% S

Yahoo!

S % S


S

S Security Settings S % S Manufacture

%

Number S % S Off S %

.

Not available for Direct Browser.

% S

Yahoo!

S % S


S %

S Security Settings S % S Send Referer S

% S Not Send S %

Enabling/disabling cookies

Selecting script execution option

Hiding confirmations before entering/ exiting secure pages

Opening electronic certificates saved on handset

% S Yahoo!


S Security Settings S % S Cookies S % S

Select option

S %

% S Yahoo!


S Security Settings S % S Script Settings S


% S

Yahoo!

S % S


S %

S Security Settings S % S Secure Prompt S

% S Do not Show S %

% S Yahoo!


S

Security Settings

S % S

Root Certificates

S % S Select certificate S %

Changing validity of entered user ID/ password

% S Yahoo!


S Security Settings S % S Keep Auth Info S

% S

Select option

S %

.

Per Browsing retains entered user ID/password during browsing sessions. On retains such authentication information even after powering handset off.

.

Authentication information may not be retained depending on the site.

Enabling/disabling

Ajax (for asynchronous communication)

% S Yahoo!


S

Security Settings

S % S

Restrict Ajax

S


Resetting


S %

.


S % S

PC Site


S %

Resetting browser settings and stored information

(Bookmarks,

Saved Pages, etc.)

Restoring default handset settings

% S

Yahoo!

S % S


S %

S Initialized Browser S % S Enter Handset

Code S % S Yes S %

.

For Direct Browser, enter Administrator Code instead of Handset Code.

% S

Yahoo!

S % S


S %

S Reset Settings S % S Enter Handset Code

S % S Yes S %

.

For Direct Browser, enter Administrator Code instead of Handset Code.

6-

18

Connecting & Browsing

3

What is the bar at Display bottom?

.

This is a data progress bar; the number beside it indicates transmitted

(green) or received (red) data.

Page Operations

3 Internet page does not open completely

.

Portions of page content may not appear in tabbed browsing; close other tabs.

3

Text overlaps

.

The site may be designed for browsing on PCs; try Tiny font size.

.

Text may overlap when Zoom Factor is used; adjust scale.

3 Cannot access other functions while browsing the Internet

.

Multi Job may be active. When switching between browsers, additional function activation is disabled; close either browser and retry.

Troubleshooting

6

6-

19

Digital TV ........................................ 7-2

Basics .............................................. 7-2

Area Setup....................................... 7-3

Watching TV .................................... 7-4

Obtaining Program Information........ 7-7

Recording/Playing.......................... 7-8

Recording Programs........................ 7-8

Playing Recorded Programs............ 7-9

TV Timer ....................................... 7-10

TV Timer & TV Recording Timer ....7-10

Time Shift ..................................... 7-11

Time Shift Recording & Playback ...7-11



7

Digital TV

7-

1

Digital TV

7

Basics

940SH supports One Seg terrestrial digital television broadcast services developed for mobile devices in Japan.

Watch Live Television

Set up a channel list for your service area to access available programming. Capture screenshots while watching TV.

Multi Job

Watch TV in one half of Display using the other to access messaging functions, browse the Internet or open Phone Book, etc.

TV Listing (EPG) & Program Info

Find program channels and times, or open program details via current channel's schedule.

View Data Broadcasts

In addition to audio and visuals, enjoy text, program-related information and interactive services.

Record Shows/Time Shift

Record current program for later viewing; if interrupted by incoming calls while watching

TV, record it temporarily for delayed playback.

Reserve TV Programs

Record a show or activate TV at a specified time; enter dates & times manually or reference TV Listing electronic program guide.

Important Digital TV Usage Notes

.

940SH TV is exclusively for use in Japan.

.

Do not use TV while driving or cycling.

Accidents may result. Phone use while driving is prohibited by the Road Traffic

Law (revised November 1, 2004). When walking, always pay attention to your surroundings, especially near road/rail crossings, etc.

.

When using TV while charging battery, separate AC Charger and Antenna to avoid interference.

.

Call transmissions, incoming messages or mobile phone use in the immediate vicinity may affect audiovisual quality.

.

Programs may not be viewable or record

,

,

,

, properly when:

, Too far from or too close to broadcasting stations

In mountainous areas or near tall buildings

,

Aboard trains or in moving vehicles

Near high-voltage lines, neon lights or wireless base stations

Near railroad tracks or highways

Anywhere a jamming signal is broadcast/reception is unstable

7-

2

Digital TV

Area Setup

When activating TV for the first time, follow these steps to set up channels by area:

1

&

4

Select prefecture

S % S

Select locality

S %

.

5

%

After setup, channel list appears.

Digital TV Antenna

Pull Antenna by top bead until it clicks.

.

After extending Antenna fully, fold then rotate it to find best reception. (Unless transmission source is near, extend it for better reception.)

.

After use, gently retract Antenna aligning top bead. Do not carry handset with

Antenna extended; damage may result.

7

.

Setup confirmation appears.

2

Yes

S %

3

Select region

S %

.

To watch TV, select Digital TV and press % .

Watching TV without Completing Area

Setup

In 3 , No Preference

S %

Adding Reception Areas

& S B S

Set Channels

S % S

Change Area S % S Select Area S

B S

Set Area Info

S % S

From 3

Advanced

0

(

Switching reception Areas

(

Renaming Areas

(

Changing/disabling f

function

(

Editing channels

(

Deleting all channels in Area

(

Adding new channels to Area ( Updating all channels in the Area ( P.7-12 )

7-

3

Digital TV

Watching TV

1

&

7

Incoming Calls

.

Press

!

to answer calls with clamshell open.

When Answering Voice Calls with

Memory Card Inserted (Time Shift)

.

Current program is temporarily recorded; start playback after the call.


.

Double beep sounds and New Message notice appears. Long Press

B

to access messages.

Watching TV in Widescreen

Viewer Position

1

In TV window, rotate Display to Viewer position

2

Hold handset in landscape

7-

4

TV Window

2

Use Keypad to select a channel

.

Use f

to switch channels one by one; Long Press to find channel with stable signal automatically.

3

" S

Yes

S % S

TV ends

.

TV window rotates with handset orientation.

3

Drag finger left or right on

TV image

S

Tap channel

.

Alternatively, tap channel key then drag finger left or right to select channels.

Activating TV from Standby in Viewer

Position

Tap MENU

S

Tap TV

S

Tap Digital

TV

Advanced

0

( Opening Help ( Searching for current program on the Internet ( Enlarging display size for portrait orientation ( Enlarging image portion in landscape

(And more on P.7-12 )

(

Changing subtitle settings

(

Changing sound settings ( P.7-15

)

Digital TV

Clamshell Open

First, in Motion Control menu, set Display

Change to Manual at Open(press ) or

Manual(press ) .

1

In TV window,

E

.

TV window rotates 90 degrees clockwise.

2

Use Keypad to select a channel

.

Multi Selector response changes with TV orientation.

Major TV Window Operations

Handset Keys

Toggle Panel On/Off (portrait)

Show/Hide Channel Area (landscape)

Change Area

Volume Control

Toggle Display Size (portrait)

A

&

L

)

Touch Panel

Switch Channel

Volume Control

Toggle View

Change

Display Size

Change Data

Broadcast View

Change Area

Drag finger left or right on TV image S Tap channel

Drag finger up or down on TV image

Tap TV image

Pinch or spread fingers on TV image 1

Pinch or spread fingers on Data Broadcast area

1

Tap Area name S Tap

Area 2

1

Available in portrait orientation.

2

Available in landscape orientation.

Using Options Menu via Touch Panel

.

Tap Options , then tap menu items to proceed.

Panel & Channel Area Descriptions

3

1

4

6

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

5

8

7

1 Area name

2 Program name

3 Station name

4 Channel key

5 Sound Channel

6 Channel

7

8

Volume

Signal strength *

*


Indicator position varies with display size.

Advanced

0

( Saving current channel ( Selecting an audiovisual mode

( Adjusting current AV Mode parameters ( Changing handset responses to incoming transmissions (

Switching audio output to wireless device (And more on P.7-12 -

7-13 )

7

7-

5

7

Digital TV

Data Broadcast (Japanese)

In portrait orientation, Data Broadcast text appears below TV image. Use e

to select an item and press

%

to access program-related information and interactive services.

T V Image

Data Broadcast Window

Data

Broadcast

Data Broadcast Fees

.

Data Broadcast information viewing is free, however, using data links/related services incurs Internet connection fees.

.

A confirmation appears the first time a fee-based Network connection is established from a channel; if accepted, further Network connections are established without confirmation until the channel is changed.

Still Image Capture

Capture screenshots while watching TV.

.

May be unavailable if TV was activated by

TV Timer, etc.

.

Saved images cannot be forwarded, edited, set as Wallpaper or attached to messages.

1

In TV window,

!

2

%

.

Image is saved.

In Viewer Position

Tap Options S Tap Useful S Tap

Capture

S

Tap Assign

, In portrait orientation, tap .

Opening Saved Images

.

While Watching TV

[TV Window]

B S

Useful Func.

S

% S TV-Image Folder S % S

Select image

S %

.

From Standby

% S

TV

S % S

TV-Image Folder

S % S Select image S %

7-

6

Advanced

0

(

Changing view

(

Returning to initial window

(

Deleting information saved from Data Broadcasts

(

Hiding Network connection confirmation

(

Saving links to Data Broadcasts or related information (And more on P.7-14 )

Digital TV

Obtaining Program Information

Find program channels and times, or open program details via current channel's schedule.

TV Listing

Program Info

Start EPG S! Application to find program channels and times for specified area

Open program details via current channel's schedule; set Reservations to record shows or activate TV

Program Info

1

In TV window,

B S

OperateProgram

S %

2

Program Info.

S %

TV Listing (Japanese)

1

In TV window,

A

(Long)

.

EPG application starts; refer to the application's help menu for operational instructions.

.

When using EPG application for the first time, a confirmation appears.



Long Touch Hold:EPG

Program Info Window

3

Select program

S %

.

To return to TV window, press

$

twice.

Setting Recording Timer via Program Info

[Program Info Window] Select program S A

.

Timer entries set via Program Info are updated with program changes automatically. Program cancellations cancel corresponding Timer entries.

(Poor signal conditions may inhibit updates or cancellations.)

Setting TV Timer via Program Info

[Program Info Window] Select program

S B S

Watching

S %

7

7-

7

Recording/Playing

7

Recording Programs

Clip is saved to handset (or Memory Card, if inserted).

Precautions

.

Saved files cannot be forwarded or

.

attached to messages.

940SH encryption technology prevents unauthorized copying or playback of

Memory Card files through data encryption and authentication. Files copied from Memory Card to other cards

.

on PC are unplayable.

Copyright laws limit duplicated material to private use only, and prohibit unauthorized reproduction/other use.

.

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from accidental loss or alteration of recorded content.

Dubbing 10

.

940SH supports Dubbing 10 copy protection scheme that allows recordings to be copied from handset to Memory

Card. Open file properties to check the remaining number of copies allowed to be made.

1

In TV window,

!

(Long)

S

Recording starts

Recording Window

.

Changing volume, etc. does not affect recordings.

.

When Illumination Light (center LED) flashes yellow, reception is poor; change location to improve it: center

LED lights green for moderate, or blue for strong reception.

2

!

(Long)

S

Recording ends

Recording Programs in Landscape

,

[TV Window]

%

(Long)

To stop, Long Press % while recording.


.

Tap to start recording. To stop, tap .

, In landscape orientation, Long Touch

Hold: ● .

Chase Play (Playing while Recording)

.

Watch a program from the beginning while recording it on Memory Card.

[Recording Window] & (Long) S

Playback starts

S A

(Long)

S

Playback stops

, To start playback in Viewer position, tap

Options S Rec/ D S D Play . Long

Touch Hold: ■ to stop playback.

Memory/Battery Runs Low or Video

Call/S! Circle Talk Request is Accepted

.

Recording stops. (Recorded clip is saved.)

Saving Files via the Internet while Recording

.

While recording programs to handset, confirm there is enough free memory before saving files.

7-

8

Advanced

0

( Recording programs without Data Broadcasts ( Saving Data Broadcasts to Memory Card ( Recording programs to handset ( P.7-15 )

Recording/Playing

Playing Recorded Programs

1

In TV window,

B S

TV

Player

S %

Switching Video List

After 1 ,

B S

Change to Phone or

Change to MemoryCard S %

Touch Panel

Major Playback Operations

Rewind

Pause

Drag finger left on TV image

Fast Forward Drag finger right on TV image

1

Tap Pause or 2

1

2

Video List

.

indicates the file is unplayable.

Select file

S %

Adjust volume or change display size following the same operations used while watching TV.

Handset Keys

Rewind/Fast

Forward c 1, 2 / d 1

Stop

Playback

Skip to Any

Point

Long Touch Hold: ■

Drag slider

Toggle View Tap TV image

Change

Display Size

Pinch or spread fingers on

TV image

3

Skip (Forward/

Backward)

#

/

(

Change Data

Broadcast

View

Pinch or spread fingers on

Data Broadcast area

3

.

Playback Window

Playback starts. (The last played file

Marker

Toggle Panel On/Off

Show/Hide

!

4

&

(portrait)

A

(landscape)

1

Release to resume normal playback.

2

In pause, drag finger left/right on TV image

3 to reverse/advance frame.

Available in portrait orientation.

Channel Area

3 plays from where it stopped.)

A

(Long)

S

Playback stops

1

Each press increases speed. To resume normal playback, press

A

(

%

in

2 landscape).

Long Press to replay. (Available when no

3

Marker is saved.)

In pause, use f

to reverse/advance frame.

4

Not available during Time Shift playback.

Long Press to split file.

Advanced

0

( Splitting files by specifying a time point ( Playing files repeatedly ( Playing split files

( Playing video files transferred from Blu-ray Disc recorders

( Checking memory status ( Renaming files ( Deleting files ( Copying files to Memory Card ( Opening file properties ( Playing files with Markers (And

more on

P.7-15

-

7-16

)

Pause

3 A

(

%

in landscape)

7

7-

9

TV Timer

7

TV Timer & TV Recording Timer

1

In TV window,

B S

Rec./

TimeShift

S %

2

Reservation List

S % S B

3

New Entry

S %

6

Setting Timer via EPG

,

Channel:

In 4

S % S channel

S % S A

, From TV Listing

S % operational instructions.

Select

Refer to the application's help menu for

4

Manual

S % S

Watching

or

Recording

S %

Timer Recording Precautions

Confirm target channel reception.

, End the current operations.

, Confirm battery is adequately charged and there is enough free memory.

At Timer Time (TV Alarm Time)

TV and Alarm activate. Alarm ends after the set duration.

Recording starts slightly before the Timer start time and ends a few seconds after the Timer end time.

While Using Another Function

.

TV activates via Multi Job and target program/recording starts. However, if

Multi Job cannot activate in the current state, TV may remain off, or the current function may end automatically (unsaved images, messages, Phone Book entries, etc. may be deleted). End all active functions/applications before Timer time.

5

Enter start date/time

S %

S

Enter end date/time

S %

7-

10

Advanced

0

( Opening/editing/deleting Timer details ( Opening/deleting Timer log ( Customizing TV Alarm settings ( Prioritizing current operation over TV Timer/

TV Recording Timer ( P.7-17 )

Time Shift

Time Shift Recording & Playback

Record current program temporarily for delayed playback.

.

Recorded content is deleted after playback.

.

First, insert Memory Card.

1

While watching TV,

&

(Long)

S


Recording in Viewer Position

Tap Options

S

Tap Rec/ D S D Rec

, To start playback while recording, tap

Options

S

Rec/ D S D Start .

, In portrait orientation, tap .

Major Playback Operations

Recording in progress

2

While recording,

&

(Long)

S

Playback starts

.

Playback starts from where recording was started.

.

Recording and playback stop when

Time Shift playback has caught up to the real-time program.

Handset Keys

Fast Forward

Skip Forward

Skip Backward d *

#

(

* Press & to resume normal Time Shift playback.

Touch Panel

Fast Forward

Drag finger right on TV image *

*

Release to resume normal Time Shift playback.

Time Shift Recording Automatic

Activation

When a Voice Call is answered while watching TV with Memory Card inserted,

Time Shift recording starts automatically;

Long Press & after the call for playback.

7

Advanced

0

( Disabling Time Shift recording automatic activation ( P.7-15

)

7-

11


7

Area & Channel

Switching reception Areas


& S

Select Area

S %

Renaming Areas

Changing/disabling f function


B S

Set Channels

S %

S Change Area S % S Select Area S B S

Change Area Name S % S Enter name S %

7

While watching TV, B S Set Channels

S % S Channel Key Setting S % S See below

Toggling All Receivable Channels

By Manual

S %

Disabling

Disable S %

7

While watching TV, B S Set Channels

S % S CH Switch S % S Select channel S

B S See below

Editing channels

Deleting all channels in Area

Adding new channels to Area

Updating all channels in the Area

Switching Channel Positions

Flip S % S Select target key S %

Deleting Channels



B S

Set Channels

S %


Reset Settings S % S Yes S %

While watching TV, B S Set Channels S %

S

Change Area

S % S

Select Area

S B S

Channel Update S % S Update Further S %



Channel Update

S % S

Yes S %

Update All

S % S

Watching

Opening Help

Searching for current program on the Internet

Enlarging display size for portrait orientation

Enlarging image portion in landscape

Canceling image smoothing

Saving current channel

Selecting an audiovisual mode

While watching TV, B S Help S %

.

Also available while recording or playing programs.

While watching TV, B S OperateProgram S %

S Program Info. Search S % S Search S %

.



B S

AV Settings

Screen Size S % S Enlarge S %

S % S

With TV in landscape, Long Touch portion

.

Drag enlarged portion to enlarge other areas.


B S

AV Settings

Smooth Mode S % S Off S %

S % S


S Save Channel S % S Select key S %

.

To overwrite a saved channel, choose Yes and press

%

.


B S

AV Settings

AV Mode S % S Select mode S %

S % S

.

TV reception time may shorten depending on the mode.

7-

12

Adjusting current

AV Mode parameters

Changing panel pattern in portrait orientation

Setting indicators to always appear in landscape orientation

7


B S

AV Settings

S % S See below

.

Change AV Mode (select mode other than Link to

Genre ) first.

Brightness

Image S % S Brightness S % S Adjust level

S %

Disabling/Enabling Brightness Adjustment via

Light Sensor

Image S % S Brightness S % S B ( / )

S %

Adjusting Brightness Automatically by Scene

Image S % S Control by Scene S % S

On(Light) or On S %

Other Image-Related Parameters

Image S % S Select item S % S Adjust level S %

.

Adjust Contrast , Blackness (black level), Color

(color density), Tint (skin color tone) and

Sharpness .

Restoring Default Image Settings

Image

S % S

Reset

S % S

Yes

S %

Selecting Sound Option

Tone S % S Select option S %

With TV in portrait, B S Advanced S % S

Panel Type S % S Select pattern S %

With TV in landscape, B S Advanced S % S

Display Icon

S % S

On

S %


Switching One Seg service

Listening to audio from Speaker

Using wireless

Headphones

Setting TV to end automatically after a period of time

Disabling auto shut-off when handset is closed

Changing handset responses to incoming transmissions


S Select Serv. Station S % S Select service

S %

.

Available for programs with multiple services.

While watching TV, B S Advanced S % S

Sound Output S % S Loudspeaker S %

While watching TV, ' (Long)

.

Pair SCMS-T DRM scheme compliant Bluetooth

® headphones beforehand.


B S

Advanced

S % S

Auto Exit S % S Auto Exit Time S % S

Select time S %

While watching TV, B S Advanced S % S

Auto Exit

S % S

Close Action

S % S

Watch

TV S %

7

% S

TV

S % S

Settings

S % S

Calls & Alarms S % S See below

Showing Alarm Notice

Alarm S % S Alarm Notice S %

Showing Voice Calls, etc.

Select item S % S Notice a Call S %

Showing New Message Window

Incoming Message S % S Calls & Alarms S %

Switching audio output to wireless device

% S TV S % S Settings S % S g Sound

Output

S % S

Bluetooth Device

S %

7

7-

13

7


Data Broadcast

Changing view

Returning to initial window

Deleting information saved from Data

Broadcasts

With Data Broadcast in portrait, B S

SetBroadcastData S % S Change View (Data)

S %

.

To return to TV window, press

A

.

With Data Broadcast in portrait, B S

SetBroadcastData S % S Back to Top S %

7

While watching TV, B S

SetBroadcastData S % S Delete StationData

S % S See below

Deleting by Station

Select station S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

Deleting All


S % S

Yes

S %

Hiding Network connection confirmation

Sending/hiding

Location Information

While watching TV, B S SetBroadcastData S

% S

Notify Connection

S % S

Off

S %

7

While watching TV, B S

SetBroadcastData S % S Location S % S

See below

Sending Always

On S %

Hiding Always

Off

S %

Hiding manufacture number and other information

While watching TV, B S SetBroadcastData S

% S

Manufacture Number

S % S

Off

S %

TV Link (Japanese)

Saving links to

Data Broadcasts or related information

Using TV links

Deleting TV links

While viewing Data Broadcast, select link source S %

.

Link navigation varies by program. Follow onscreen instructions to save links.

7

% S TV S % S TV Link S % S See below

Opening TV Links

Select link S %

.

Connection fees may apply.

Opening Properties

Select link S B S Details S %

7

% S TV S % S TV Link S % S See below

One Entry

Select link S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Entries


S % S

Yes

S %

7-

14

Subtitle & Sound

Changing subtitle settings

Changing sound settings

7


B S

Subtitle/

Sound S % S See below

.

May be unavailable depending on program content or viewing style (TV orientation, etc.).

Showing Subtitles Always

Display Subtitle S % S On S %

Hiding Subtitles Always

Display Subtitle S % S Off S %

Changing Subtitle Language

Subtitle Language S % S Language 2 S %

Showing Subtitle Area Always

Auto Subtitle Off S % S Off S %

Showing Subtitles at the Top

Subtitle Position S % S Upper S %

Increasing Subtitle Lines

Subtitle ScrollMode S % S On S %

7


B S

Subtitle/

Sound S % S See below

Selecting Sound Option

Sound Type S % S Sound2 S %

.

Available when multiple sounds are supported.

Listening to Sub Language

Sound Channel S % S Sub S %

Listening to Main & Sub Languages

Sound Channel S % S Main + Sub S %


Recording

Recording programs without

Data Broadcasts

Saving Data

Broadcasts to

Memory Card

Disabling Time

Shift recording automatic activation

Recording programs to handset


B S

SetBroadcastData

S

% S Set Recording S % S Image Only S %

While watching TV, B S SetBroadcastData

S % S Image Location S % S Memory Card

S %

% S TV S % S Settings S % S Set Call

Time Shift S % S Off S %

% S

TV

S % S

Settings

S % S

Save

Recording to S % S Phone Memory S %

Recorded Programs

[ Playback

Splitting files by specifying a time point

Playing files repeatedly

Playing split files

During playback, B S Split File S % S

Select Point S % S f Specify point S % S

Confirm

S %

% S TV S % S TV Player S % S B S

Playback Pattern S % S Repeat S %

% S TV S % S TV Player S % S Select split file

S A S

Select file

S %

7

7-

15

7


Playing video files transferred from

Blu-ray Disc recorders

% S TV S % S Recorder Contents S % S

Select file S %

.

During playback, press

8

to switch sound channels

[L (Main), R (Sub) or L + R (Main + Sub)]. (Available for programs supporting sub language.) For more

operations, see P.9-6

"Video Playback Operations."

.

In Recorder Contents file list, press

B

to rename files, change playback mode (repeat, random, etc.), check memory status, open properties or delete files.

[ Managing


Renaming files

Deleting files

Copying files to

Memory Card

% S

TV

S % S

TV Player

S % S

Memory Remaining S %

B S

% S TV S % S TV Player S % S Select file

S B S Rename S % S Enter name S %

7

% S TV S % S TV Player S % S

See below

Single Files

Select file S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

All Files


S % S

Yes

S %


Change to Phone S % S Select file S B S

Copy to Card S % S Yes S %

.

File is moved from handset to Memory Card when the number of copies made exceeds the limit.

Moving files to

Memory Card


Change to Phone S % S Select file S B S

Move to Card

S % S

Yes

S %

.

Files moved to Memory Card cannot be moved back to handset.

% S TV S % S TV Player S % S Select file

S B S Details S %

Opening file properties

Markers

Playing files with

Markers

Using Marker List

7

During playback S See below

Skipping between Markers c (Long) or d (Long)

Moving to Specific Markers

0 - 9

7

During playback, B S Set Marker S

% S Marker List S % S See below

Starting Playback

Select number S %

Deleting a Marker

Select number S B S Delete S %

Deleting All Markers

B S Delete All S % S Yes S %

7-

16

TV Timer & TV Recording Timer

Opening/editing/ deleting Timer details

Opening/deleting

Timer log

7


B S

Rec./TimeShift

S % S Reservation List S % S See below

Opening Entries

Select entry S %

Editing Entries

Select entry S B S Edit S % S Edit S A

.

Some entries may not be edited depending on the content.


Select entry S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

7

While watching TV, B S Rec./TimeShift

S % S Reservation List S % S A S See below

Opening Timer Log

Select record S %

Playing Recorded Programs

Select record

S B

Deleting Records

Select record S A S Yes S %


Customizing TV

Alarm settings

7


B S

Advanced

S

% S TV Alarm S % S See below

Changing TV Alarm Time

Alarm Time S % S Select time S %

Disabling Tone/Vibration

Tone or Vibration S % S Off S %


Effect Illumination S % S Illumi. Pattern S

% S

Select pattern

S

S A

% S

Select color

S %

.



Effect Illumination S % S Key Pattern S %

S

Select pattern

S % S A


Effect Illumination S % S Switch On/Off S

% S Off S % S A


Duration S % S Select time S %

Prioritizing current operation over TV

Timer/TV

Recording Timer

% S TV S % S Settings S % S TV Reserve

Prior

S % S

Off

S %

7

7-

17

Troubleshooting

7

Watching

3

TV won't activate

.

Battery may be low. Charge battery or install a charged battery.

3

Cannot watch TV

.

Reception may be poor; change location to improve it. (TV signal strength is independent of handset signal strength.)

.

Handset may not have been used for a period of time; retrieve Network

Information.

.

TV is disabled upon subscription termination.

3 Area setup does not complete correctly

.

Perform Update All in Channel

Update. Area setup may not complete correctly depending on the area or service availability.

Recording

3 Ringtone does not sound as set while recording

.

When a Chaku-Uta ® file, etc. is set as ringtone, default ringtone may sound for incoming transmissions while recording.

TV Recording Timer

3 Could not start recording.

appeared as recording result

.

Recording failed due to low battery/ memory, active function, etc.

3 Recording aborted.

appeared as recording result

.

Recording was interrupted due to low memory, Memory Card removal, etc.

7-

18

Camera............................................ 8-2

Getting Started ................................ 8-2

Photo Camera & Video Camera

Overview.......................................... 8-3

Photo Camera................................. 8-5

Capturing Still Images ..................... 8-5

Using Various Cameras................... 8-8

Changing & Saving Camera Settings

....................................................... 8-11

Registering Faces (Detect Personal)

....................................................... 8-14

Video Camera ............................... 8-16

Recording Video ............................ 8-16

Opening Files ............................... 8-18

Opening Saved Images via Album

.......................................................8-18

Opening Saved File via Review......8-21

Editing Images ............................. 8-22

Picture Editor..................................8-22

Composite ......................................8-26

Printing ......................................... 8-27

Printing Images ..............................8-27



8


8-

1

Camera

Getting Started

Capture still images or record video.

Detect Personal

Register faces; related information appears in V ie w finder u pon face detection.

8

Continuous AF

Foc u s contin u o u sly adj u sts as the framed s ub ject ' s position changes.

Tailored Cameras

940SH is preloaded w ith cameras tailored for v ario u s p u rposes/occasions; select a specific camera for a partic u lar s ub ject/en v ironment.

Album

Sort sa v ed images into u p to 500 al bu ms; create original al bu ms as needed.

Important Mobile Camera Usage Notes

.

Clean dust/smudges from lens cover with soft dry cloth before use.

.

Mobile camera is a precision instrument, however, some pixels may appear brighter or darker.

.

Shooting/saving images while handset is hot may affect the image quality.

.

Exposing lens to direct sunlight may damage color filter and affect image color.

Auto Shut-off

.

Before image capture/recording, mobile camera shuts down after a period of inactivity and handset returns to Standby.

Shutter Click

.

Shutter click and Self-timer tone sound at fixed volume regardless of handset settings.

8-

2

Advanced

0

( Changing function assigned to Camera Key ( | ) ( Opening Help ( P.8-28

)

Camera

Photo Camera & Video Camera Overview

Focus modes and sizes shown below are defaults; those with

*

are fixed.

Standard

Shootin g

Easy Auto Camera

Pro Auto Camera

Description

Capt u re near b y s ub jects easily (settings partially changea b le)

Capt u re near b y s ub jects easily (settings mostly changea b le)

Quick Camera Capt u re distant scenery qu ickly

Subject Type

&

Environment

Specific

Objectives

Scene Cameras

Monochrome Camera

Sepia Camera

Lon g Exposure Camera

Wallpaper Camera

Auction Camera

Messa

Blo g g in g Camera

Camera

Select one according to s ub ject/en v ironment

Capt u re b lack and w hite images

Capt u re sepia images

Capt u re images in lo w light (fire w orks, night scenes, etc.)

Sho w mock Clock/Calendar in V ie w finder to capt u re image and set it as W allpaper

Capt u re u p to three images in a session

Capt u re and send images v ia mail easily

Capt u re and post images to b logs easily

Focus Mode

N ormal(Portrait) *

N ormal(Portrait)

Man u al Foc u s *

Size

12M

12M

3M

N ormal(Portrait) *

N ormal(Portrait) *

N ormal(Portrait) *

N ormal(Portrait) *

12M

12M

12M

12M

N ormal(Portrait)

Center A u to Foc u s

N ormal(Portrait) *

W allpaper *

V GA

N ormal(Portrait)

V GA

V GA

8

8-

3

Camera

8-

4

8

Auto Shutter

Release

Special

Shootin g

Additional

Cameras

Video Camera

Look Back Camera

Smile Camera

Self Timer Camera

Rapid Shootin g Camera

Three-Shot Camera

Panorama Camera

Scanner Camera

Drawable Camera

Pretty Arran g e Camera

Self Portrait Camera

Face Re g ister Camera

Description

Play attention-getting so u nd and release sh u tter a u tomatically w hen s ub ject t u rns face to camera

Release sh u tter a u tomatically w hen s ub ject smiles

Release sh u tter a u tomatically after selected time elapses

N

Focus Mode

N ormal(Portrait) ormal(Portrait)

N ormal(Portrait) *

*

*

Capt u re u p to 100 images consec u ti v ely

Capt u re three consec u ti v e images of u p to 12M size a u tomatically

Capt u re panoramic images of scenery, etc.


N ormal(Portrait)


Mo v e handset to scan the area to capt u re Center A u to Foc u s

Drag finger on capt u red image to scri bb le or sketch

To u ch u p faces in capt u red images

Use g u ide to capt u re self portraits

Register name and note for faces

N

N ormal(Portrait) ormal(Portrait)

N ormal(Portrait) *

N ormal(Portrait) *

*

*

Q

Size

12M

12M

12M

V

V GA

GA

─

Free

W allpaper

5M

5M

V GA *

Fine Video Camera

Video Camera for Mail

Record long high

Record short v qu ality v ideo ideo easily to send it v ia mail

A u to Foc u s

A u to Foc u s

W ide

QCIF

Photo Camera

Capturing Still Images

Viewer Position

Follow these steps to capture someone's image using Pro Auto Camera :

(Descriptions are for operation with Touch

Panel, with Display in landscape orientation.)

1

Rotate Display to Viewer position

.

When rotating Display to Viewer

2

Picture to complete setup.

Tap Swipe finger to select

Pro Auto Cam

3

Tap Pro Auto Camera

.

position for the first time, Viewer

Position menu opens; tap Take

Pro Auto Camera activates.

4

Frame subject on Display

Photo Viewfinder

(face detected)

.

Focus is locked on faces automatically for Pro Auto Camera, Easy Auto

Camera, etc. (Portrait auto focus)

.

When multiple faces are detected, frame appears on each face; tap one on which to lock focus.

.

Register name, note, etc. for faces; entered information appears in

Viewfinder upon face detection, and captured images are sorted into albums (Person) when saved.

(Detect Personal)

5

I

Captured Image Window

.

Shutter clicks; captured image appears.

6

Tap

.

Image is saved. (Viewfinder returns.)

.

Open saved images via Album,

Review or Data Folder.

7

Tap

END

S

Camera shuts down

Mobile Light

.

Mobile Light may illuminate automatically depending on ambient light level or camera type. Follow these steps to turn setting off:

[Photo Viewfinder] Tap S Tap

twice

.

Tap MENU first for some cameras.

Advanced

0

(

Selecting Self-timer time/repeat interval

(

Changing image size

(

Changing focus frame design

(

Changing shutter click sound

(

Changing save location

(

Changing Mobile Light mode (And more on P.8-28 -

8-29 )

8

8-

5

8-

6

8

Photo Camera

Pre-Image Capture Operations

(Touch Panel)

Indicators appear on Display. Tap one to adjust the corresponding setting or execute the assigned command.

Indicators vary by camera type.

1

2

3

1 Self-timer

2 Mobile Light

3

Toggle indicator view

4 Scene

5 Picture Size

9

6 Switch cameras

7 MENU

8

9

Exit

Release shutter

Toggling Indicator View

[Photo Viewfinder] Tap DISP

Opening Status Icon List

.

When indicators (signal strength, battery strength, etc.) appear at Display top, tap indicator area to check active indicators and their descriptions.

4

5

6

7

8

Advanced

0

( Correcting portrait auto focus images (And more on P.8-30

)

[ Additional Operations

Shortcuts:

Zoom In/Out

Adjust Brightness

Focus Lock

Drag finger up or down on image

Drag finger left or right on image

Tap image

Tap MENU for more functions/settings.

Opening Help

[Photo Viewfinder] Tap MENU S Tap

Help twice

Clamshell Open

Follow these steps to capture distant scenery using Quick Camera :

(Descriptions are for operation with handset keys, with Display in portrait orientation.)

1

|

.

Photo Viewfinder appears.

2

B S

Switch Camera

S %

S

Quick Cam

S %

3


.

Faces are not detected automatically for Quick Camera. For close-up portrait shots, press !

and use e

4

% to adjust focus. (Manual Focus)

.

Shutter clicks; captured image is saved. (Viewfinder returns.)

.

Open saved images via Album,

Review or Data Folder.

5

" S

Camera shuts down

Mobile Light

.

Mobile Light may illuminate automatically depending on ambient light level or camera type. Follow these steps to turn setting off:

[Photo Viewfinder] B S Mobile

Light S % S Off S %

Pre-Image Capture Operations

(Handset Keys)

Zoom In/Out


Toggle Mobile Light Mode

Toggle Indicator View

Open Help a / b c

/ d

#

)

0

Press B to open Options menu for more functions/settings.

Focus Lock

Lock focus on subject; camera continuously focuses on the subject even if it moves.

Chase Focus tracks the subject's movement, and Continuous AF adjusts focus as the distance to the subject changes.

1

In Photo Viewfinder, frame subject in center of Display

2

Half press

I

or tap subject

.

Focus Lock is set.

3

I

.

Captured image appears.

.

Tap OK to return to Viewfinder.

Using Handset Keys

[Photo Viewfinder] Frame subject in center of Display

S !

S %

Canceling Focus Lock

.

Release

I

or press

!

.

Chase Focus

.

Camera distinguishes the subject by color; light-colored subjects or subjects having the same color as the background may not be tracked correctly.

Photo Camera

Image Size & Print/Display Size

940SH Picture Size & Corresponding

Print/Display Size:

12M

8M

A3 prints

A4 prints

5M

3M

B5 prints

L to 2L prints

Full HD display wallpaper

*

Full HD

Wallpaper 940SH Wallpaper

VGA VGA display wallpaper *

QVGA QVGA display wallpaper

*

* For image specifications, see

P.17-20

"Photo Camera."

Auto Resize Zoom

.

At 12M , Picture Size changes with zoom scale (print quality may be affected); check the size on indicator before image capture.

8

8-

7

8

Photo Camera

Using Various Cameras

Activating Cameras



1

In Photo Viewfinder, tap

2

Swipe finger to select camera

3

Tap camera

.

Selected camera activates.

.

For subsequent operations, see

"Using Tailored Cameras" below.

Using Tailored Cameras



[ Rapid Shooting Camera

1

Tap

2

Tap mode twice

3


S I

.

After image capture, the first preview image appears.

4

Long Touch

Hold:Save All

.

All captured images are saved.

.

Save process may take some time depending on the number of captured images.

Saving Selected Images

After 3 , drag image left or right to select one S Tap

Creating Strobe Photo (Composite Image)

After 3 , tap S Tap Yes S Tap OK

, Tap to save.

, May be unavailable depending on the number of captured images.

[ Look Back Camera

1


S

.

Attention-getting sound plays.

2

Shutter is released upon face detection; image is saved

3

Tap

OK

.

Viewfinder returns.

8-

8

Advanced

0

( Changing continuous shooting mode ( Changing Look Back Camera sound ( P.8-29

)

[ Smile Camera

1


2

Shutter is released upon smile detection; image is saved

3

Tap

OK

.

Viewfinder returns.

[ Self Timer Camera

1


S I

.

Countdown starts.

2

Shutter is released after approximately ten seconds; image is saved

3

Tap

OK

.

Viewfinder returns.

[ Wallpaper Camera

1


S I

.

Wallpaper preview appears.

2

Tap

Setting

.

Image is set as Wallpaper.

(Viewfinder returns.)

Photo Camera

[ Auction Camera

1


S I

.

First preview image appears.

2

Tap

.

Repeat 1 - 2 to capture two more images following onscreen instructions.

3

Tap

Yes

[ Messaging Camera

1


S I

2

Tap

.

Mail Composition window opens.

Complete and send message.

8

Advanced

0

(

Selecting Self-timer time/repeat interval ( P.8-28

)

(

Adjusting smile detection level

(

Changing Clock/Calendar type for Wallpaper Camera ( P.8-29 )

8-

9

8

8-

10

Photo Camera

[ Pretty Arrange Camera

1


S I

2

Tap

[ Panorama Camera

1


S I

4

Shutter is released after approximately two seconds; image is saved

5

%

.

Viewfinder returns.

[ Additional Cameras

Frame subject on Display

S I

S

Long Touch Hold:Save All

.

For more, see

P.8-8 "Rapid

.

Face is touched up.

3

Tap

Apply

S

Tap

.

Viewfinder returns.

2

Move handset slowly to keep

＋

aligned with either of yellow lines

3

I

.

Captured image is saved.

.

Image is captured automatically when the bar (

[ Self Portrait Camera

Three-Shot

Camera

Scene

Cameras

Monochrome

Camera

Sepia

Camera

Shooting Camera." (Creating strobe photo is not available for Three-Shot Camera.)


S I

Adjusting Each Effect Separately

After 2 , tap corresponding indicator

,

( , etc.)

Tap the same indicator repeatedly for

Open handset and rotate

) turns blue.

Long

Exposure

Camera


S

.

Shutter is left open for

I approximately 30 seconds before image capture.

further adjustment.

Display 180 degrees. (Self

Editing Images

After 1 , tap

S

Tap effect

,

For more, see P.8-22 "Picture Editor."

Portrait position)

1

Rotate Display to

Self Portrait position

2

Turn handset upside down

3

Frame your face on Display

S

Face is detected

Blog

Camera

Drawable

Camera

Scanner

Camera

Frame subject on Display S I

S Tap S Proceed with blogging


S

I S

Tap

S

Drag finger on image

S

Tap Assign

Frame subject on Display S

I S

Move handset slowly to scan the area to capture S I

Advanced

0

( Changing panorama settings ( Previewing panorama image ( Changing panorama image preview method ( Changing exposure time for Long

Exposure Camera ( P.8-30

)

Photo Camera

Changing & Saving Camera Settings

Change settings according to purpose/environment; save frequently used settings as My Camera for future use.

.

Some settings may be unavailable depending on camera type (no corresponding indicators appear).

.

For setting procedures, see P.8-28 -

8-29 . In addition to these, there are settings unique to each tailored camera.

Major Items

Focus

Focus Mode

Continuous AF

Chase Focus

Focus Mark

Description

Select from Normal(Portrait) , Center Auto Focus , Low Li g ht and Manual Focus

Select w hether to adj u st foc u s contin u o u sly as foc u s-locked s ub ject ' s position changes

Select w hether to track foc u s-locked s ub ject a u tomatically as it mo v es w ithin framed image

Select foc u s frame design from pattern 1 to pattern 6

8

Shutter

Self-timer

Shutter Mode

Shutter Sound

Select 10 sec.

, 5 sec.

, 2 sec.

or Off

Select from Normal (man u al), E g ao (smile detection) and Furimuki (face detection)

Select sh u tter click so u nd from pattern 1 to pattern 3

Ima g e Size

&

Quality

Picture Size

Picture Quality

Select image size from 12M(3000x4000) to QVGA(240x320)

Select image qu ality from Hi g h Quality , Fine and Normal

8-

11

Photo Camera

8

Environment

Save Settin g s

Other

ISO Sensitivity

White Balance

Exposure

Mobile Li g ht

Save Pictures to

Auto Save

Back g round Save

Shake Reducin g

Display Settin g

Set Send Key

Description

Select light sensiti v ity from Auto( 〜 8 00) to Auto(Hi g h: 〜 12 8 00) and 100 to 12 8 00

Select Auto , Dayli g ht , Cloud/Shade , Tun g sten or Fluorescent according to lighting conditions

Select amo u nt of light recei v ed b y camera from -2 to +2

Select Mo b ile Light mode from On , Automatic , Low Li g ht and Off

Select Phone Memory , Memory Card , DCIM or Ask Each Time

Select ON(Preview Off) , On(Preview 2 sec.) , On(Preview Manual) or Off

Select w hether to ena b le qu ick transition to V ie w finder after sa v ing images

Select shake red u ction option from Auto , Auto(Stron g ) and off

Select indicator v ie w from Icon On , Icon Off and Guidance

Select send option assigned to A

8-

12

Photo Camera

Changing Settings

Example: Picture Quality



1


MENU

2

Tap

Picture Quality

3

Tap quality twice

.

Viewfinder returns.

.

twice

For some settings, current status appears in their indicators.

Saving Changed Settings

After image capture, save changed settings with a name and captured image; load saved settings in the same manner as switching cameras.



Saving as My Camera

1

In captured image window, tap

Options

S

Tap

My

Camera Entry

.

Messages appear.

2

Drag frame to specify image area

.

The specified portion will be used as the camera's icon.

3

Tap

Assign

4

Tap

My Camera Name:

5

Enter name

S

Tap

Done

6

Tap

Assign

.

My Camera is created.

Entering Information

After 5 , tap Note:

Tap Done S 6

S

Enter text

S

Using My Cameras

1

In Photo Viewfinder, tap camera selection indicator

( , etc.)

2

Swipe finger to select My

Camera

3

Tap My Camera

8

Advanced

0

( Deleting My Cameras ( Editing My Cameras ( P.8-30

)

8-

13

8

Photo Camera

Registering Faces (Detect Personal)

Register faces; related information appears in Viewfinder upon face detection, and captured images are sorted into albums (Person) when saved.

.

Register name, note and priority for up to ten faces.

.

When multiple registered faces are detected, focus is locked to one with highest priority.

Saving Entries



1


MENU

2

Tap

Detect Personal

3

Tap

Register Face

Information in Viewfinder

5

I

.

Window shown above opens when face is recognized correctly; if not, repeat 4 - 5 .

6

Tap

Empty

7

Tap

Name:

8

Enter name

S

Tap

Done

4

Use guide to find best position

.

Guide turns red when face is detected.

8-

14

9

Tap

Assign

Editing Entries

1


MENU

2

Tap

Detect Personal

S

Tap

Edit Face

twice

Photo Camera

5

Tap

Assign

.

Entry is overwritten.

Deleting/Moving Entries

Follow these steps to delete an entry:

1

In Edit Face window, select entry

2

Tap

Options

.

Entry is saved.

.

The lower the entry number the higher the priority.


After 8 , tap Note:

Tap Done S 9

S

Enter text

S

Setting Text Color

After 8 , tap Font Color: S Tap color

S 9

, Upon face detection, information in

Viewfinder appears in the selected color.

Edit Face Window

3

Select entry

S

Tap

Edit

3

Tap

Delete

S

.

Entry is deleted.

Tap

Yes

Moving Entries (Changing Priorities)

After 2 , tap Change Priority

S

Tap target location

4

Tap item

S

Edit in the same manner as saving entries

8

8-

15

Video Camera

Recording Video

Viewer Position

Follow these steps to record long video using Fine Video Camera :



1

Tap

MENU

S

Tap

Camera

2

Tap

Fine Video Camera

8

Video Viewfinder

(Fine Video Camera)

3


S I

.

Recording starts after a tone.

.

If Memory Card is not inserted, storage media options appears.

4

I

5

Tap

Save

.

Video is saved. (Viewfinder returns.)

.

Play saved video via Review, Data

Folder or Media Player.

Playing Unsaved Video

In 5 , tap Preview

Incoming Calls

.

If a call arrives before video is saved, recorded clip is temporarily saved. End the call to return.

If Battery Runs Low

Recording stops. (Recorded clip is saved.)

Switching Video Cameras

[Video Viewfinder] Tap Options

S

Tap

Simple Setting S Tap video camera

Operations in Video Viewfinder

(Touch Panel)

Indicators appear on Display. Tap one to adjust the corresponding setting or execute the assigned command.

6

1 Start recording

2 Zoom in/out

3 Adjust brightness

4 Mobile Light

5 Exit

6 Switch cameras

1

2

3

4

5

Opening Status Icon List

.

Tap indicator area (Display top) to check active indicators and their descriptions.

8-

16

Advanced

0

(

Adjusting focus quickly for close-up shots

(

Changing image quality

(

Activating Mobile Light

(

Capturing images while recording video (still image capture)

(

Changing recording time/size (And more on

P.8-30

-

8-31

)

[ Additional Operations

Zoom In/Out

Adjust

Brightness

Toggle Mobile

Light Mode

Tap Zoom

S

Drag slider

Tap Exposure S Drag slider

Tap Light

Tap image Focus Lock

Pause/Resume

Recording

Capture Still

Images

Cancel

Recording

(Start Over)

Tap Pause or Restart

*

Tap Capture Image

Tap CLEAR/BACK (in

Viewer position only)

* May be unavailable depending on recording size.

Tap Options to open Options menu for more functions/settings.

Opening Help

[Video Viewfinder] Tap Options

S

Tap Help

Switching Cameras

[Video Viewfinder] Tap Options S

Tap Switch Camera

S

Swipe finger to select camera S Tap camera

Clamshell Open

Follow these steps to send recorded video via mail using Video Camera for Mail :


1

% S

Camera

S %

2

Video Camera for Mail

S %

Video Viewfinder

(Video Camera for Mail)

3


S %

.

4

%

Recording starts after a tone.

Video Camera

5

Send

S %

6

Save and Send

S %

.

Mail Composition window opens.

7


S A

Switching Video Cameras

[Video Viewfinder] B S Simple

Setting S % S Select video camera

S %

Operations in Video Viewfinder

(Handset Keys)

Zoom In/Out


Toggle Mobile

Light Mode

Change Quality a c

/

/ b d

#

(

Pause/Resume

Recording

While Recording,

A

Capture Still Images While Recording,

B

*

Cancel Recording

(Start Over)

Open Help

$

0

*

May be unavailable depending on recording size.

Press

B

to open Options menu for more functions/settings.

8

.

Recording stops with a tone.

8-

17

Opening Files

Opening Saved Images via Album

8

Basics

Handset sorts saved images into up to

500 albums of the following preloaded categories automatically; create original albums as needed.

Person

Event

By Camera

By Date

Stores portraits sorted into albums by face registered via

Detect Personal

Stores images sorted into albums by period scheduled in Calendar

Stores images sorted into albums by camera type

Stores images sorted into albums by captured date

Album Images & Source Files

.

Album stores only file locations. (Source files are saved in Data Folder.) Images disappear from Album if source files are deleted, moved or renamed.

A single image can be sorted into multiple categories (e.g., a portrait captured using a specific camera is stored in By Camera and Person ). In addition, a single image with multiple registered faces will be stored in each subject's album in Person .

Opening Albums


1

|

(Long)

Album Window

.

Recommend shows a recently updated album.

.

Popular Top 10 stores ten most frequently opened albums.

2

Select category

S %

Album List

.

Albums within appear.

8-

18

3

Select album

S %

Image List

4

Use e

to select image

.

To scroll quickly, swipe finger up or

5

% down across Display.

.

Image appears.

Opening Latest Album

After 1 ,

A

Slide Show

After 2 , select album

Show S %

S B S

Slide

Copying/Moving Images to Other Albums

After 4 , B S Past Other Album (or

Re-Past Other Album )

S % S

Select category S % S Select album S %

.

Images in By Date or By Camera albums cannot be moved ( Re-Past Other Album does not appear).

Creating Original Albums

Create new albums by selecting sort keys

(from Person, Event and By Camera) and specifying date and time.

Follow these steps to create an album by selecting sort keys from Person and By

Camera:

1

In Album window,

B S

Create Original Album

S %

2

3

Choose Portrait

Select entry

S

S

%

%

.

Repeat 3 to complete selection.

4

A

Opening Files

5

Select Camera Type

S %

6

Select camera

S %

.


7

A

8

Create Album

S %

9

Enter name

S % a

Yes

S %

Previewing Created Album

After 7 , Album Preview

, To return, press $ .

S %

8

8-

19

8

Opening Files

Editing Albums

Some albums may not be edited.

Renaming Albums

1

In Album window or album list, select album

S B

2

Change Album Name

S %

3

Enter name

S %

Adding Images

Not available for By Date or By Camera albums.

1

In album list, select album

S B

2

Add Picture

S %

3

Select folder

S %

4

Select image

S %

Adding Images via Data Folder

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Pictures or DCIM S % S Select image S B

S

Save to Album

S % S

Select category S % S Select album S %

Deleting Albums

1

In album list, select album

S B

2

Delete

S %

3

Yes

S %

Adding Comments to Images

1

In image list, select image

S B

2

Edit Comment

S %

3

Enter text

S %

.

Entered text appears in image list.

Other Editing Options

.

Album image handling is similar to that of

Data Folder. For more information, see the chapter "Data Folder & Memory Card."

8-

20

Advanced

0

( Changing album covers ( Sorting albums ( Opening album properties ( P.8-31 )

Opening Files

Opening Saved File via Review

Opening Last Saved File

Open/play last saved mobile camera file; access older files as needed.

1

% S

Camera

S %

2

Review

S %

Enlarging Images

After 2 ,

%

Pausing/Resuming Video

After 2 ,

%

(press to pause/resume)

Opening Help

[Review Window]

0

Opening from Video Viewfinder

[Video Viewfinder]

B S

Review

S %

Accessing Older Files

1

In Review window,

A

8

Review Window

.

To end Review, press " .

Review File List

.

File list appears.

.

Press

A

to toggle lists.

2

Select file

S %

.

File opens/plays.

8-

21

Editing Images

Picture Editor

8

Picture Editor Options

The following options are available.

Some images may not be editable depending on file type and size.

Resize

Frame

Paste

Retouch

Stamp

Face Arrange

Correction

Rotate

Paint Pen

File Format

Select from preset sizes or crop image

Add Frame to images

Add text/dates to images

Dress up images with preloaded visual effects

Add stamps to images

Make smiley, angry or sad faces

Correct images

Rotate images

Scribble or sketch

Convert file format and change file size

Basic Operation

1

% S

Data Folder

S %

2

Pictures

S % S

Select image

S %

3

B S

Edit

S %

4

Picture Editor

S %

Picture Editor Menu

5

Select effect

S % S

Edit

.

To start over, press

$

.

6

When finished,

A

7

Save as New

S %

.

To overwrite, select Overwrite and press

%

. (Omit 8 .)

8

Enter name

S % S

Save here

S %

Canceling Effects

After 5 , Undo S %

, To restore effect immediately after canceling, select Redo and press % .

8-

22

Changing Image Size

Select from preset sizes or crop image.

Resize to Preset Size

1

In Picture Editor menu,

Resize

S %

3 g

Specify image area

Editing Images

Cropping Images

1

In Resize window,

Cut

S %

2 g

Move

+

to the upper left corner of the portion to crop

S B

Resize Window

2

Select size

S %

.

If crop frame does not appear, omit 3

4

%

.

Editing is complete.

.

Zooming In/Out

After 3 ,

B S e S 4

3 g

Move

+

to the lower right corner of the portion to crop

S %

4

%

.


Specifying Image Area

After 3 , g S 4

Zooming In/Out

After 3 ,

B S e S 4

8

8-

23

8

Editing Images

Applying Visual Effects

Render in sepia tones or add blur, etc.

1


Retouch

S %

Adding Frames

1


Frame

S %

Scribbling

Drag finger on Display to scribble or sketch.

1


Paint Pen

S %

2

Drag finger freely on image

2

Select effect

S %

2

Select frame

S %

3

%

.


3

%

.


3

%

.


Changing Line Thickness & Color

In 2 , B S Select thickness S % S

Select color

S % S A

Using Pictograms

In 2 ,

B S B S

Select size

S %

S Select Pictogram S % S A

Canceling Last Action

.

Press $ .

Zooming In

In 2 , A

Viewing Portions Outside Display

In 2 , drag arrows at the corners

8-

24

Advanced

0

( Using additional editing options ( P.8-32

)

Editing Images

Face Arrange

Make faces smiley, sad, etc.

1


Face

Arrange

S %

Adjusting Positions

Change the default positions and sizes of targets to fit the image.

1

In Face Arrange menu,

B

S B

.

A rectangle appears with + in the upper left corner.

2 g

Move

+

to top left of face

S B

3 g

Move

+

to bottom right of face

Face Arrange Menu

2

Select type

S %

3

%

.


Important Face Arrange Usage Note

.

When using Face Arrange, take care not to create images that may embarrass or offend others. Always obtain permission before photographing others.

4

%

.

Face line is set. Set the eyes and then mouth in the same way.

5

% S

Yes

S % S

Save here

S %

.

Image is saved as a new entry with

Face Arrange positions adjusted.

Complete Face Arrange. Face Arrange is applied to the adjusted positions.

8

8-

25

8

Editing Images

Composite

Composite Options

The following options are available.

Some images may not be editable depending on file type and size.

Split Picture

Merge

Panorama

Combine up to four images into one

Combine two still images into one

Panorama Images

Panorama Image Effects:

Near View Best suited for close-up shots

Document Use for images with text

Standard Apply to other images

1

% S

Data Folder

S %

2

Pictures

S % S

Select image

S %

3

B S

Edit

S %

4

Composite

S %

5

Merge Panorama

S %

.

File selected in 2 is set as left image.

6

<Empty>

S % S

Select image

S %

7

EFFECT

S % S

Select effect

S %

.


8

When finished,

A

.

9

%

Merged image appears.

a

Enter name

S % S

Save here

S %

Changing Images

After 7 , select image

Select image S %

S % S B S

Switching Image Positions

After 6 , B

8-

26

Advanced

0

( Combining reduced images ( P.8-32 )

Printing

Printing Images

Digital Print Order Format (DPOF)

Select images from Memory Card and specify the number of copies to print on

DPOF-compatible printers, or at digital printing services.

DPOF settings made on other devices are unusable; delete existing settings to create new ones on handset.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G

2

Memory Card

S % S

DPOF

S %

3

Number of Copies

S %

4

For Each Picture

S % S

Select folder

S %

5

Select image

S B

6

Enter a number of copies to print

S %

.

For more settings, repeat

7

A

5 - 6 .

Applying a Number to All Images

In 4 , For All Pictures S % S Enter a number of copies to print

S %

Canceling Specified Number

In 6 , enter 00

S % S A

Viewing Current Print Settings

In 3 , Check Settings

S %

Advanced

0

( Changing print settings ( P.8-32 )

Using Printers

Connect handset to a Bluetooth

®

-compatible printer and print images in Pictures folder.

.

Activate Bluetooth ® on the printer.

.

Some images may not be sent depending on file type and size.

1

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Pictures

S %

2

Select image

S B S

Print

S %

3

Via Bluetooth

S % S

Select printer

S %

4

Yes

S %

.

To cancel, press A .

When Authorization Code is Required

Enter Authorization Code

S %

8

8-

27


8

General

Changing function assigned to

Camera Key (

|

)

% S

Camera

S % S

Set Camera Key

S %

S Select function S %

Photo Camera

Some functions may be unavailable or accessible via a different menu path depending on camera type.

Opening Help

Locking focus

Releasing shutter remotely with a

Bluetooth ® watch

Disabling remote shutter control via

Bluetooth

®

watches

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Help S %

.

Press

A

to toggle Help window for Touch Panel and key assignments.

In Photo Viewfinder, !

.

Frame subject in center of Display first.

.


!

again.

In Photo Viewfinder, press the corresponding button on Bluetooth

®

watch

.

Connect handset to a Bluetooth ® watch and set Set

Remote Shutter to On beforehand. For details, see the Bluetooth ® watch guide.

In Photo Viewfinder,

B S

Shutter Setting

S

% S

Set Remote Shutter

S % S

Off

S %

.

Available when a Bluetooth ® watch is registered.

[ Photo Camera Settings (General)

Selecting

Self-timer time/ repeat interval

Changing image size

Setting Center

Auto Focus

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Self-timer S % S

Select time S %

.

For Self Timer Camera, select time or repeat interval.

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Picture Size S %

S

Select size

S %

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Focus Setting S %

S Center Auto Focus S %

Adjusting focus quickly for close-up shots


S Low Light S %

Adjusting focus manually

Canceling

Continuous AF

Canceling Chase

Focus

Changing focus frame design


S Manual Focus S % S Adjust focus S %

.

To readjust focus, press

!

.


B S

Focus Setting

S %

S Continuous AF S % S Off S %


S Chase Focus S % S Off S %


B S

Focus Setting

S %

S Focus Mark S % S Select pattern S %

8-

28

Releasing shutter when subject smiles

Adjusting smile detection level

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Shutter Setting S

% S Shutter Mode S % S Egao S %


B S


S

% S Egao level S % S Select level S %

.

Lower the level when detection is slow.

Releasing shutter when subject turns face to camera


B

% S Shutter Mode S

S

%


S Furimuki S

S

%

Changing shutter click sound

Changing image quality

Adjusting light sensitivity

Adjusting image color to lighting conditions

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Shutter Setting S %

S Shutter Sound S % S Select pattern S %

.

Shutter click sounds for continuous shooting and panorama/scanner image capture are fixed.

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Settings S % S

Picture Quality

S % S

Select quality

S %


ISO Sensitivity S % S Select level S %


White Balance S %

B

S

S Settings S

Select mode S

%

%

S

Adjusting brightness

Selecting shake reduction option

Capturing images in low light

Switching indicator view


Exposure S % S Adjust level


B S

Settings

S % S

Shake Reducing S % S Select option S %


Long Exposure S % S Select time S %


B S

Settings

S % S

Display Setting S % S Select option S %


Selecting send option assigned to

A

Changing save location

Selecting automatic save option


Set Send Key S % S Short press or Long press

S % S

Select option

S %

.

Select send option separately for each key press method.

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Save Setting S % S

Save Pictures to S % S Select option S %

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Save Setting S %

S

Auto Save

S % S

Select option

S %

.

When Off , press

%

after image capture to save.

Disabling quick transition to

Viewfinder after saving images

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Save Setting S %

S Background Save S % S Off S %

Changing Mobile

Light mode

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Mobile Light S %

S Select mode S %

.

Mobile Light goes out automatically after three minutes.

Reactivate mobile camera to re-illuminate it.

.

Do not use Mobile Light near people's faces or look into the light yourself.

[ Photo Camera Settings (Tailored Cameras)

Changing continuous shooting mode

Changing Look

Back Camera sound

In Rapid Shooting Camera or Three-Shot

Camera Viewfinder,

B S

% S Select mode S %

Continuous Type

S

In Look Back Camera Viewfinder, B S Turn

Sound S % S Button 1 or Button 2 S % S

Select sound

S %

Changing Clock/

Calendar type for

Wallpaper Camera

In Wallpaper Camera Viewfinder, B S Clock/

Calendar

S % S

Select type

S %

8

8-

29

8


Changing panorama settings

Previewing panorama image

Changing panorama image preview method

Changing exposure time for

Long Exposure

Camera

7

In Panorama Camera or Scanner

Camera Viewfinder, B S See below

Hiding Guides

Assisting Lines S % S Off S %

Locking Display Brightness during Image Capture

AE-Lock S % S Enable S %

After panorama image capture, Preview

S %

.

Available when Auto Save is Off .

After panorama image capture, Preview S %

S B S Select method S %

.


In Long Exposure Camera Viewfinder,

B S

Long Exposure S % S Select time S %

[ Correction & Preview

7

After image capture, B S Correlate to

Face S % S See below

.


Correcting portrait auto focus images

Adjusting Face/Background Brightness

Against sun

S % S %

Brightening backlit subjects (Dynamic

Range Adjustment)

Blurring Out-of-Focus Portions

Portrait S % S %

After image capture,

B

.

May be unavailable or require access via Options menu depending on Auto Save setting.

Seeking guidance for better shots

After image capture, tap

.


.

May be unavailable depending on Auto Save setting.

[ My Camera

Deleting My Cameras

Editing My Cameras

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Switch Camera S

% S

Select My Camera

S B S

Delete My

Camera S % S Yes S %

In Photo Viewfinder, B S Switch Camera S

% S Select My Camera S B S Edit My

Camera

S % S

My Camera Name: or Note:

S

% S Edit S % S A

Video Camera

Opening Help

Selecting

Self-timer time

Adjusting brightness

Adjusting focus quickly for close-up shots

Adjusting focus manually

In Video Viewfinder,

B S

Help

S %

.

Press

A

to toggle Help window for indicator descriptions and key assignments.

In Video Viewfinder, B S Self-timer S % S

Select time S %

In Video Viewfinder, B S Settings S % S

Exposure

S % S

Adjust level


B S

Focus Setting

S

S

Macro

S %

%


B S

Focus Setting

S %

S Manual Focus S % S Adjust focus S %

.

To readjust focus, press

!

.

8-

30

Locking focus


Activating automatic saving

Changing save location

Activating Mobile

Light

In Video Viewfinder, !

.

Frame subject in center of Display first.

.


!

again.


Video Quality

S % S

Select quality

S %

In Video Viewfinder, B S Save Setting S %

S Auto Save S % S On S %


S

Save Videos to

S % S

Select option

S %

In Video Viewfinder, B S Mobile Light S %

S On S %

.

Mobile Light goes out automatically after three minutes.

Reactivate mobile camera to re-illuminate it.

.

Do not use Mobile Light near people's faces or look into the light yourself.

Capturing images while recording video (still image capture)

While recording,

.

B

Captured images are saved when saving recorded clip; open them via Review or Data Folder.

Changing recording time/size

Enlarging

Viewfinder size

In Video Viewfinder, B S Record Time/Size S

% S

For Message or Extended Video

S

Select size S %

% S

.

Selectable item depends on camera type.

In Video Viewfinder, B S Display Size S %

S Enlarge S %

Recording video without sound

Changing video encoding

Disabling shake reduction

Prioritizing video frame rate

Album



Microphone S % S Off S %


B S

Save Setting

S %

S Video Encode or Audio Encode S % S

Select option S %

.

Selectable item depends on camera type.

In Video Viewfinder, B S Shake Reducing S

% S

Off

S %


S Picture Setting S % S Prio Motion S %

8

Changing album covers

Sorting albums

Opening album properties

7

% S Camera S % S Album S % S

Select category

S % S

Select album

Change a Cover S % S See below

S B S

Selecting from All Images Within

Select Picture List S % S Select image S %

Using Latest Image

Latest Picture S %

% S Camera S % S Album S % S Select category S % S Select album S % S B S

Sort

S % S

Select option

S %

% S Camera S % S Album S % S Select category S % S Select album S B S Details

S %

8-

31

8


Editing Images

[ Picture Editor

Using additional editing options

7

% S Data Folder S % S Pictures S

% S Select file S % S B S Edit S % S

Picture Editor

S % S

See below

Changing Text/Outline Color

Paste S % S B S Select text color S % S b S Select outline color S % S A

Adding Text

Paste S % S Free Text S % S Enter text S

% S g Move text S %

Adding Dates

Paste

S % S

Date

S % S g

Move date

S %

Adding Stamps

Stamp S % S Select stamp S % S g Move stamp S %

Correcting Image Parameters

Correction S % S Select type S % S %

Rotating Images

Rotate S % S Select type S % S %

Converting File Format

File Format S % S File Format S % S

Select format S %

.

Changing file format may affect file size/image quality.

.

To return to Picture Editor menu, press

$

.

Changing File Size

File Format

S % S

File Size

S size S %

% S

Select

.

Changing file size may affect image quality.

.

To return to Picture Editor menu, press

$

.

[ Composite

Combining reduced images

7

% S Data Folder S % S Pictures S

% S Select file S % S B S Edit S % S

Composite

S % S

See below

Creating Split Picture

SplitPicture 480x854 or SplitPicture 240x320 S

% S <Empty> S % S Select file S % S

When finished,

A here S %

S

Enter name

S % S

Save

.

Repeat from selecting <Empty> as needed.

Previewing Split Picture

While creating Split Picture, B S View

Composite

S %

Changing Images

While creating Split Picture, select image S %

S B S Select another S %

Deleting Images

While creating Split Picture, select image S B

S Remove S % S Yes S %

DPOF

Changing print settings

7


Memory Card

S % S

DPOF

S % S

See below

Adding Dates to Prints

Settings S % S Add Date S % S On S %

Creating an Index Print

Settings

S % S

Index Print

S % S

On

S %

Resetting


8-

32

Troubleshooting

Mobile Camera

3 Mobile camera won't activate/ shuts down automatically

.


.

Leaving handset at high temperature may cause camera area to heat up, disabling mobile camera activation; wait a while and retry.

.

Prolonged camera use may cause camera area to heat up, resulting in automatic shutdown; wait a while and retry.

3 Cannot use Background Save or

Auto Save

.

Background Save/Auto Save is not available when Save Pictures to is set to Ask Each Time .

3 Display went dark during image capture

.

940SH camera has built-in mechanical shutter and ND filter. Strong shocks to handset during image capture may close mechanical shutter for camera protection, resulting in blank

Viewfinder. Reactivate mobile camera to reopen the shutter.

3

Image is dark or distorted

.

Avoid capturing strong light sources

(sun, lamps, etc.) in the background.

3

Captured image appears all white

.

When Long Exposure is active, images captured in daylight or good light appear all white.

Editing Images

3

Cannot save/send edited images

.

Edited images may be too large to save or send via mail.

DPOF

3 Cannot specify print settings properly

.

If Memory Card image files have been deleted or renamed on PCs or other devices, reset print settings and start over with settings.

8

8-

33

8

Troubleshooting

Photo Camera Terms

3

Center Auto Focus

.

Camera automatically selects center of the

framed image as point of focus ( P.8-28

).

3

Continuous AF

.

Focus continuously adjusts as focus-locked subject's position changes (

P.8-7 ,

P.8-28

).

3

Chase Focus

.

Focus tracks focus-locked subject as it moves within framed image (

P.8-7

, P.8-28 ).

3

Self-timer

.

Releases shutter automatically after

selected time elapses ( P.8-28 ).

3

Long Exposure

.

Capture images in low light (fireworks, night scenes, etc.) (

P.8-10

). Stabilize handset to reduce camera shake.

3

ISO Sensitivity

.

Adjust light sensitivity ( P.8-29

). Higher

ISO brightens low light images, but increases noise, making images grainy.

3

White Balance

.

Select a mode (Daylight, Tungsten,

Fluorescent, etc.) to adjust image color to lighting conditions (

P.8-29

).

8-

34

Videos/Music .................................. 9-2

Accessing Webcasting Sites

(Japanese)....................................... 9-2

Media Player ................................... 9-3

Media Player Basics ........................ 9-3

Music............................................... 9-5

Playing Music................................... 9-5

Video ............................................... 9-6

Playing Video ...................................9-6

Playlists .......................................... 9-7

Using Playlists ..................................9-7

Additional Functions ..................... 9-8


9

Video & Music

9-

1

Videos/Music

9

Accessing Webcasting Sites (Japanese)

Access Yahoo! Streaming and other webcasting sites.

.

Subscription to Keitai Wi-Fi may be required to use some services/content.

.

Read information on the source site.

1

% S

Videos/Music

S %

Menu Updates

Information window opens for Videos/

Music menu update notice. Follow these steps to open it:

1

In Information window,

Menu Update Notif.

S %

2

Yes

S %

.


Suppressing Information Window for

Menu Updates

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/ G

S Video/Music Menu Updates S %

S

Notification Off

S %

Streaming

Most media on webcasting sites are provided as streams; handset plays media while it downloads.

Playing Media Streams

1

Select file

S %

.

If an update message appears, follow onscreen prompts.

2

Select item

S %

.


.

Playback starts.

.

For playback window description, see

P.9-6 "Video Playback Window

Description."

Stopping Playback

During playback, $ S Back S %

Playback Sound

.

Streaming sound is heard from Speaker/

Headphones regardless of g Sound

Output setting in Media Player.

9-

2

Media Player

Media Player Basics

Use Media Player to play music/video on 940SH.

.

Download media files from Mobile Internet sites via Media Player or transfer files from PCs or AQUOS Blu-ray Disc recorders (hereafter "Blu-ray

Disc recorders").

.

Transfer PC music files and save them on Memory Card.

M

My Music

V

My Videos u

sic File S

(Handset/Memory Card)

Do w nloads/Transferred Files

ideo File S

(Handset/Memory Card)

Do w nloads/Recorded Files u u

pport

SD AUDIO

(Memory Card)

Transferred SD-A u dio Files

pport

Recorder Contents/

SD VIDEO

(Memory Card)

Transferred SDV ideo Files

WMA

(Memory Card)

Transferred W MA Files

Playback Precautions

.

Media Player is not compatible with some recording/playback formats. Files may not play depending on the Memory Card status.

.

Playback stops for incoming calls.

.

If battery is low, Media Player will not play. Playback stops if battery runs low during playback.

.

Turn down the volume if distortion is noticeable in Speaker sound.

.

Handset plays media while it downloads

(streaming/progressive download).

Packet transmission fees apply (except when downloading via Wi-Fi) even while playback is paused.

Compatibility

.

Files transferred from PCs cannot be used as ringtones or System Sounds.

9

9-

3

9-

4

9

Media Player

Downloading Media Files

Download media files from the Internet.

Read information (price, expiry date, etc.) on the source site.

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S

Media Player

S %

Media Player Menu

2

Music

or

Videos

S %

3

Download Music

or

Download Videos

S %

.

Follow the links to download media.

Saving Music Files from PCs

.

Use software to convert music file format.

.

For software usage and specifications, see

.

the provider's website, etc.

SoftBank Mobile does not guarantee

.

compatibility with any software.

USB Cable may be purchased separately.

Handling Transferred Files

.

Copyright laws limit duplicated material to private use only.

.

Files created with PC software, etc. may not play.

.

Comply with copyright and other intellectual property laws when using obtained files.

Saving AAC Files

Convert PC music files to

940SH-compatible format ( P.17-20

), then save to corresponding Memory Card

folder ( P.17-24

) via Mass Storage.

Install USB Cable driver beforehand.

Saving WMA Files

Follow these steps to save WMA files via compatible software:

(Copy protected files can only be played on the handset with which the files were transferred.)

1

Connect handset to a PC via

USB Cable

2

MTP Mode

S %

.

Copy music from PC. Refer to the software's help menu for operational instructions.

3

A S

Yes

S % S

Connection ends

.

Disconnect USB Cable.

If Menu in 1

.

Does Not Appear

Follow these steps:

% S

Tools

S % S f

Connectivity

S USB Mode S % S From 2

, Operations on the PC may be required; if prompted, follow onscreen instructions.

Playing Music

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

2

Media Player

S % S

Music

S %

3

My Music

S % S f

Select

4

5 tab (folder)

Music Playlists Window

All Music

Select file

S

S

%

%

Music Playback Window

.

Album art appears for compatible

Chaku-Uta Full

®

files. (WMA album art is not supported.)

Using Other Functions while Playing Music

After 5 ,

$

or

"

, To stop playback, follow these steps in

Standby:

" S Yes S %

Playing SD AUDIO or WMA Files

In 3 , SD AUDIO or WMA

S % S

From 4

Searching Music Files

After 4 , B S Search S % S Enter search text

S %

Lyric Display-Compatible Files

.

Press A to display lyrics.

Music Playback Operations

Replay

Skip Forward

Volume Down

Volume Up or

Cancel Mute

Pause

Stop

Switch

Sound Output

Open Help

* Release for playback.

c

(Long Press: Rewind * ) d

(Long Press: Fast Forward

*

) b

(Long Press: Mute)

' a

%

In Pause, $

(Long)

0

Music Playback Window Description

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1 Title

2

5

Artist name

3 Playback Mode

4 Status

Track number

6 Playback slider

7 Replay

9 a b c d

8 Pause

9 c

Sound Effects a Information link b Elapsed time

Volume control d Skip forward

Advanced

0

( Resuming from stopped point ( Specifying start point ( Playing repeatedly or randomly ( Changing Sound Effects (And more on P.9-8 )

Music

9

9-

5

Video

9

Playing Video

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

2

Media Player

S % S

Videos

S %

3

My Videos

S % S

Phone

Memory

or

Memory Card

S %

Video Playlists Window

4

All Videos

S %

5

Select file

S %

Video Playback Window

6

$ S

Playback stops

Playing Video Files Transferred from

Blu-ray Disc Recorders

In 3 , Recorder Contents

S % S 5

Playing SD VIDEO Files

In 3 , SD VIDEO S % S 5

Searching Video Files

After 4 , B S Search S % S Enter search text S %

At Alarm Time

.

Playback pauses.

Video Recorded on Other Devices

.

Video image may appear rotated.

Video Playback Operations

For pause, volume up/down, sound output or help, see

P.9-5 "Music Playback Operations."

Replay

Skip Forward c

(Long Press: Rewind

*

) d

(Long Press in Pause:

Advance Frame, Long

Press: Fast Forward

*

)

Toggle

Display Size

2

*

Release for playback.

Video Playback Window Description

1

2

3

4

5

1 Title

2 Author name

3 Clip number

4 Status

5 Playback Mode

6

7

8

9 a

6 Elapsed time

7 Volume

8 Information link

9 Sound Effects a Pause

Advanced

0

( Resuming from stopped point ( Specifying start point ( Accessing linked information ( Switching audio output to wireless device ( Playing repeatedly or randomly

( Changing Sound Effects ( Changing playback size ( Setting Backlight status (

Hiding linked information ( P.9-8 -

9-9

)

9-

6

Playlists

Using Playlists

Playlists store playback orders. Add favorite media files to Playlists, or organize files by artist/genre.

Playlists store only file locations. Source files remain in All Music or All Videos.

Adding to Playlist

Follow these steps to add a music file to

プレイリスト 1 :

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

2

Media Player

S % S

Music

S %

3

My Music

S %

4

All Music

S % S

Select file

S B

5

Add to Playlist

S % S

プレ

イリスト

1

S %

Renaming Playlists

1

In Playlists window, select

Playlist

S B

2

Edit List Title

S % S

Enter name

S %

9

Advanced

0

(

Organizing Playlists

(

Sorting files

(

Opening properties

(

Deleting/editing SD AUDIO files

(

Deleting All WMA files

(

Downloading Contents Keys (

P.9-9

- 9-10 )

( Organizing Playlists ( Sorting files ( Downloading Contents Keys ( Opening properties ( Deleting SD VIDEO files

( Renaming files transferred from Blu-ray Disc

recorders (And more on P.9-10

- 9-11

)

9-

7


9

Media Playback

[ Music & Video

Resuming from stopped point

Specifying start point

Accessing linked information


% S

Entertainment

S % S

Media Player

S

% S Music or Videos S % S Last Played

Music or Last Played Video S %

During playback, B S Time Search S % S

Enter time

S %

During playback, B S Access Web Link S %

S Yes S %

% S Entertainment S % S Media Player S

% S

Music or Videos

S % S

Settings

S %

S g Sound Output S % S Bluetooth Device

S %

[ Music

Playing repeatedly or randomly

Changing Sound

Effects

7

During playback, B S Playback Mode

S % S See below

Repeat One File

Repeat

S %

Repeat All Files

Repeat All S %

Play Randomly

Random

S %

Repeat Randomly

Random Repeat S %

During playback, B S Sound Effects S % S

Select effect

S %


7

% S

Entertainment

S % S

Media

Player S % S Music S % S Settings S %

S Music Illumination S % S See below

Enabling Illumination

Switch On/Off

S % S

On

S % S A



Select color S % S A

.



Key Pattern S % S Select pattern S % S A

[ Video

Some functions may be unavailable depending on file.

7

During playback, B S Settings S %

S

Playback Mode

S % S

See below

Playing repeatedly or randomly

Repeat One File

Repeat S %

Repeat All Files

Repeat All

S %

Play Randomly

Random S %

9-

8

Changing Sound

Effects

Changing playback size

Setting Backlight status

Hiding linked information

During playback, B S Settings S % S

Sound Effects S % S Select effect S %

During playback,

B S

Settings

S %

Display Size S % S Select size S %

S

During playback, B S Settings S % S

Backlight S % S Select option S %

.


Backlight settings.

During playback,

B S

Settings

S

Link Setting S % S Off S %

% S

Web

Managing Music Files

Organizing Playlists

7

% S Entertainment S % S Media

Player S % S Music S % S My Music S %

S f

Select tab (folder)

S

See below

Adding New Playlists

B S Add New Playlist S % S Enter name

S %

Deleting Playlists

Select Playlist S B S Delete Playlist S % S

Yes S %

Deleting Playlist Files

Select Playlist

S % S

Select file

S


B S

Changing File Order

Select Playlist S % S Select file S B S

Change Order

S

S %

% S



Sorting files


Deleting/editing

SD AUDIO files


% S Music S % S My Music S % S f


S

All Music

S % S B S

Sort S % S Select option S %

7

% S

Entertainment

S % S

Media

Player S % S Music S % S See below

SD AUDIO Files

SD AUDIO S % S All Music S % S Select file

S B S

Details

S %

Other Files

My Music S % S f Select tab (folder) S


Details

S %

7


Player

S % S

S See below

Music

S % S

SD AUDIO

S %

Deleting Single Files

All Music S % S Select file S B S Delete

Track

S % S

Yes

S %

.

Source files will be deleted.

Deleting All Files

All Music S B S Delete All Tracks S % S

Yes S % S Yes S %

.


Editing Title/Artist

All Music S % S Select file S B S Edit S

% S Select item S % S Enter title or name

S %

9

9-

9

9


Deleting All WMA files

Downloading

Contents Keys


% S Music S % S Settings S % S Delete

All WMA

S % S


Yes S %

S % S

.



% S Music S % S My Music S % S f


S

Select Playlist

S % S

Select file (with ) S % S Yes S %

.


Managing Video Files

Organizing

Playlists

7


Player S % S Videos S % S My Videos S

% S

Phone Memory or Memory Card

S % S

See below

Adding New Playlists

B S Add New Playlist S % S Enter name

S %

Deleting Playlists

Select Playlist S B S Delete Playlist S % S

Yes S %

Deleting Playlist Files



Changing File Order

Select Playlist

S % S

Select file

S B S

Change Order S % S Select target location

S %

Sorting files

Downloading

Contents Keys


Deleting SD VIDEO files


% S Videos S % S My Videos S % S

Phone Memory or Memory Card

S % S

All

Videos S % S B S Sort S % S Select option S %


% S

Videos

S % S

My Videos

S % S

Phone Memory or Memory Card S % S All

Videos S

Yes S %

% S Select file (with ) S % S

.


7


Player S % S Videos S % S See below

SD VIDEO Files

SD VIDEO S % S Select file S B S Details

S %

Files Transferred from Blu-ray Disc Recorders

Recorder Contents

S % S

Select file

S B S

Details S %

Other Files

My Videos S % S Phone Memory or Memory

Card

S % S

Select Playlist

S B S Details S %

S % S

Select file


% S Videos S % S SD VIDEO S % S

Select file

S B S

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

.


9-

10

Renaming files transferred from


Checking Memory

Card memory status

Deleting files transferred from



% S Videos S % S Recorder Contents S %

S

Select file

S B S

Rename

S % S

Enter name S %


% S Videos S % S Recorder Contents S %

S B S

Memory Remaining

S %

7


Player

S % S

Videos

S %

Contents S % S See below

S

Recorder

Single Files


All Files


S % S Yes S %


9

9-

11

Troubleshooting

9

Music

3

How do I delete files in All Music?

.

Delete All Music files in My Music via Data

Folder (Music or Ring Songs·Tones).

3 WMA files do not appear

(WMA files are not transferable)

.

Did you use 940SH to transfer the files? Copy protected files can only be played on the handset with which the files were transferred.

.

Copy protection information may be corrupted; perform Delete All WMA and re-transfer the files.

.

Files transferred via Mass Storage appear when moved to corresponding

Memory Card folder. (Transfer copy protected files via MTP Mode.)

.

WMA files may be corrupted; perform

Delete All WMA and retry.

3

Cannot play WMA files

.

Playback rights may have expired

(license not found message appears); re-transfer the files. If files still cannot be played, they may be corrupted; perform Delete All WMA and retry.

Video

3

How do I delete files in All Videos?

.

Delete All Videos files via Data Folder

(Videos).

3

Cannot play video files

.

Files created with PC software, etc. may not play.

9-

12

S! Appli ......................................... 10-2

Using S! Applications..................... 10-2

Mobile Widget............................... 10-3

Customizing Standby Display

(Japanese)..................................... 10-3


Troubleshooting......................... 10-10

10

S! Applications &

Widgets

10-

1

S! Appli

Using S! Applications

Try out the preloaded S! Applications or download and use 940SH-compatible

S! Applications, including games.

.

Refer to the S! Application's help menu or the source Internet site, etc. for operational instructions.

.

Subscription to Keitai Wi-Fi is required to use S! Applications over Wi-Fi.

Remote Control (Familink Remote)

.

Use ﾌｧﾐﾘﾝｸﾘﾓｺﾝ for AQUOS S! Application

(Japanese) to control a TV, VCR, etc. via infrared.

10

1

% S

S! Appli

S %

2

S! Appli Library

S %

S! Appli Library

3

Select application

S %

Network S! Applications

.

A message appears indicating that

Internet connection is required. Follow onscreen instructions.

Incoming Calls

.

Incoming calls automatically pause

S! Application.

Opening S! Appli Notification History

In 2 , Notification History

S %

Exiting S! Applications

1

"

2

End

S %

Pausing S! Applications

In 2 , Suspend S %

Resuming S! Applications

% S Resume S %

, Select Cancel to open Main Menu and keep the S! Application paused.

(Additional function activation may be disabled depending on the S! Application.)

, Select End to exit the S! Application.

10-

2

Advanced

0

( Downloading S! Applications ( Adjusting S! Application sound volume ( Canceling surround effect ( Setting handset responses to incoming transmissions ( Setting S! Application to activate in Standby ( Setting Permissions ( Opening properties

( Moving S! Applications to Memory Card

(

Changing S! Application settings

(

Deleting S! Applications

(

Restoring default S! Application settings

(

Restoring default S! Appli Library

(

Synchronizing Memory Card S! Applications with 940SH

(

Opening Java

=

license information (

P.10-6 -

10-7

)

Mobile Widget

Customizing Standby Display (Japanese)

Paste various widgets (applications) to

Standby to access/activate information/ functions immediately from Standby.

Obtaining Widgets

1

% S

Widget

S %

W idgets

S! Q u ick N e w s &

S! Friend ' s Stat u s W idget

Mobile Widget Menu

2

Widget Store

S %

.


Installing Widgets

.

Some widgets may need to be installed manually; follow these steps:

[Mobile Widget Menu] Widget

Contents S % S Select widget S

B S

Install

S % S

Yes

S %

Activating Single Widgets

[Mobile Widget Menu] Widget

Contents S % S Select widget S

% S %

Deleting Widgets

1

In Mobile Widget menu,

Widget Contents

S %

2

Select widget

S B

.

S!速報ﾆｭｰｽ/S!ともだち状況 cannot be deleted.

3

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

Deleting All Widgets

In 2 , S!

速報ﾆｭｰｽ/S!ともだち状況 S

B S

Delete All

S % S

Enter


, If there is a widget saved in Standby, a confirmation appears; follow onscreen prompt.

10

Advanced

0

(

Opening properties

(

Opening widget notification history

(

Canceling automatic updates

(

Receiving updates automatically while outside Japan

( Hiding confirmation outside Japan ( Disabling widget notifications ( Disabling cookies ( Deleting cookies ( P.10-8

)

10-

3

Mobile Widget

Saving Widgets to Standby

1 a

2

Use g

to select (OPEN)

S %

Using Widgets

1 a S

Use g

to select widget

S %

W idget Ta b

Stand b y Shortc u t Ta b

10

3

Select widget

S %

.

Corresponding icon appears in Standby.

4

Use g

to specify target location

S %

Using Pointer

.

After 1 , Long Press

A

to activate

.

pointer navigation; select widgets, etc.

To cancel pointer navigation, Long Press

A

.

2

%

.

Widget activates; follow onscreen instructions.

Using Sheets

Paste widgets and Standby Shortcuts on each sheet; toggle sheets to use them.

Toggling Sheets

1 a S A

↓ A

.

To toggle further, press A or ) .

.

Sheet name appears at the top, then disappears.

.

Save widgets as needed; corresponding icons appear on the current sheet.

10-

4

Advanced

0

( Logging in to Yahoo! JAPAN ( Moving widgets

( Slowing pointer speed ( Editing sheet names ( Locking sheets (And more on

P.10-8 -

10-9 )

Mobile Widget

Saving Widgets on Other Sheets

1

In Mobile Widget menu,


S %

2

Select widget

S B

3

Set as StbyShortcut

S %

Removing Widgets from Standby

1 a S

Use g


S B

2

Operation

S %

Using S! Quick News &

S! Friend's Status Widget

940SH is preloaded with S!速報ﾆｭｰｽ/S!とも

だち状況 (S! Quick News & S! Friend's

Status widget) that shows S! Quick News and

S! Friend's Status information in Standby.

S! Q u ick N e w s &

S! Friend ' s Stat u s W idget

View Settings

4

5

Select sheet

S %

Specify target location

S %

3

4

Remove

Yes

S %

S %

[ Setting View Pattern

1 a S

Use g

to select

S! Quick News & S! Friend's

Status widget

S B

2

Settings

S % S

Pattern

Setting

S %

3

Select item

S %

( )

S A

[ Switching View

1 a S

Use g

to select

S! Quick News & S! Friend's

Status widget

S B

2

Operation

S % S

Switch

Pattern

S %

.

Repeat the above steps to switch the view.

Advanced

0

(

Removing widgets at once by sheet

(

Adding news items

(

Changing news scroll speed

(

Showing unread news only

(

Assigning members

( Managing members ( P.10-9

)

10

10-

5


S! Applications

10

Downloading

S! Applications

Adjusting

S! Application sound volume

Canceling surround effect

Setting handset responses to incoming transmissions

% S S! Appli S % S S! Appli Library S %

S Download S! Appli S %

.


% S S! Appli S % S Settings S % S

Application Volume

S % S

Adjust level

S %


Surround

S % S

Off

S %

7

% S S! Appli S % S Settings S %

S

Calls & Alarms

S % S

See below

Showing Calls

Select item S % S Show Call Notice S %

Pausing S! Application for Incoming Mail

Incoming Message

S % S

S %

Message Priority

Showing Alarm Notice

Alarm S % S Alarm Notice S %

Showing Incoming S! Appli Request Notice

Notification S % S Start Notice S %

Setting

S! Application to activate in Standby

Setting Permissions


7

% S

S! Appli

S % S

See below

Activating Screensaver

Settings S % S Screensaver S % S Switch

On/Off S % S On S %

Setting Screensaver

S! Appli Library S % S Select application S

B S As Screensaver S %

.

As Screensaver appears for compatible

S! Applications.

.

Screensaver may not start or operate correctly when an external device (Headphones, etc.) is connected to handset.

Changing Screensaver Activation Time

Settings

S % S

Screensaver

S % S

Activation Time S % S Enter time S %

Disabling Automatic Screensaver Restart

Settings S % S Screensaver S % S Stop

Auto Start

S % S

On

S %

7

% S S! Appli S % S S! Appli Library

S % S


S B S

Permission S % S See below

Customizing Permissions for S! Appli Operations

Select item S % S Select option S %

Resetting Permission Settings



S Select application S B S Details S %

10-

6

Moving

S! Applications to

Memory Card

Changing

S! Application settings

Deleting

S! Applications

% S S! Appli S % S S! Appli Library S % S

A S Select application S % ( / ) S


S B S

Move to Card

S %

.

When an older version of the S! Application is saved, choose Yes or No and press

%

.

.

Repeat application selection step as needed before pressing

B

.

.

Some S! Applications may not be moved to Memory Card.

7

% S S! Appli S % S Settings S %

S

See below

Activating Notification Setting

Notification Setting S % S On S %

Setting Backlight Status

Backlight

S % S

Switch On/Off

S % S

Select option S %

.


Backlight settings.

Disabling Backlight Flashing

Backlight S % S Blink S % S Off S %

Disabling Vibration

Vibration S % S Off S %


S Select application S B S Delete S % S

Yes

S %

.

Handset Code may be required.

.

Cancel Screensaver to delete Screensaver S! Application.



S! Application settings


S! Appli Library

% S S! Appli S % S Settings S % S Set to

Default S % S Enter Handset Code S % S

Yes

S %


Memory All Clear S % S Enter Handset Code

S % S Yes S %

.

Delete IC Card data beforehand. (Procedures to delete IC Card data vary by Lifestyle-Appli; contact

Osaifu-Keitai

®

service providers for details.)

.

Memory All Clear deletes all downloaded

S! Applications and Lifestyle-Applications; Near

Chat access restriction will be canceled.

Synchronizing

Memory Card

S! Applications with 940SH

Opening Java

= license information


Synchronization S % S Yes S %

% S S! Appli S % S Information S %

10

10-

7


10

Mobile Widget

[ Managing


% S

Widget

S % S


S

S Select widget S B S Details S %

%

.

Select widget other than S!速報ﾆｭｰｽ/S!ともだち状況 .

[ Widget History

Opening widget notification history

7

% S

Widget

S % S

Widget History

S % S See below

Showing All Text

Select record S B S View full text S %

Deleting a Record

Select record S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

Deleting All Records

Select record S B S Delete All S % S Enter

Handset Code

S % S

Yes

S %

[ Settings

Canceling automatic updates

Receiving updates automatically while outside Japan

Hiding confirmation outside Japan

% S Widget S % S Settings S % S Auto

Refresh S % S Off S %

% S Widget S % S Settings S % S

AutoConnect Abroad S % S On S %

% S

Widget

S % S

Settings

S

Use Abroad S % S Off S %

% S

Set

Disabling widget notifications

Disabling cookies

Deleting cookies

% S Widget S % S Settings S % S

Notification Setting S % S Off S %

% S

Widget

S % S

Settings

S % S

Cookies S % S Disabled S %

% S Widget S % S Settings S % S Delete

Cookies S % S Yes S %

[ Operations in Standby

Selecting widget display option

Logging in to

Yahoo! JAPAN

Moving widgets

Moving widgets to front/back

Updating view a S B S

Settings

S % S

Show Widget

S


.

Choose Off to disable widget display even when a is pressed.

a S B S Yahoo!JAPAN log in S %

.


.

To log out, select Yahoo!JAPAN log out in the above steps.

a S Use g to select widget S B S

Operation

S % S

Change Layout

S % S

Specify target location S % a S Use g to select widget S B S

Operation S % S To Front or To Back S % a S

Use g


S B S

Operation S % S Update View S %

10-

8

Removing widgets at once by sheet

Slowing pointer speed

[ Sheets

7 a S B S

Operate from List

S % S

Remove S % S See below

All Widgets

Remove All S % S Select sheet S A S Yes

S %

Selected Widgets

Select & Remove S % S Select widget S %

( ) S Complete selection S A S Yes S % a S B S

Settings

% S Slow S %

S % S

Cursor Speed

S

Editing sheet names

Locking sheets

7 a S B S

Settings

S % S

Sheet

Settings S % S Change Sheet Name S % S

See below

Renaming

Select sheet

S % S

Enter name

S %

Resetting All Sheet Names

B S Yes S %


Settings S % S Set Sheet Lock S % S Enter

Handset Code S % S See below

Activating Lock

Select sheet S % S On S %

Changing Method for Temporary Access

Unlock Method S % S No Password S %

.

Press a

, then select and press

%

to unlock sheet temporarily.


[ S! Quick News & S! Friend's Status Widget (S! Quick News)

Adding news items

Changing news scroll speed

Showing unread news only a S

Select S! Quick News & S! Friend's

Status widget S B S Operation S % S

Content Menu S % S Add News S % S

S! Quick News List S % S 登録はこちら S %

S

Yes

S % S

Select genre

S % S

Select item S %

.


a S Select S! Quick News & S! Friend's


Content Menu

S % S

News Display

S % S

News Speed S % S Select speed S % a S Select S! Quick News & S! Friend's


Content Menu

S % S

News Display

S % S

Target News S % S Unread Only S %

[ S! Quick News & S! Friend's Status Widget (S! Friend's Status)

Assigning members

Managing members a S Select S! Quick News & S! Friend's


Content Menu

S % S

Assign Member

S %

S Select category S % S Select entry/ member S % S (Empty) S %

7 a S Select S! Quick News &

S! Friend's Status widget S % S Use g to select member S B S Operation S % S

Content Menu

S % S

See below



Changing Member Order

Move

S % S B

(Up) or

A

(Down)

S %

Changing Member Icons

Change Icon S % S Select Pictogram S %

10

10-

9

Troubleshooting

10

S! Applications

3 Cannot move S! Applications to

Memory Card

.

Memory Card memory may be low or the

S! Application may already be saved.

3 S! Applications do not pause for incoming transmissions despite

Calls & Alarms settings

.

Regardless of setting, a notice appears for Screensaver S! Applications.

3 Keitai Wi-Fi connection failure confirmation appears upon starting S! Application

.

Handset may be outside Wi-Fi range.

Move into range or cancel Switch from

Wi-Fi to 3G in Switch Notification.

10-

10

Calendar & Tasks ......................... 11-2

Calendar ........................................ 11-2

Tasks ............................................. 11-6

Alarms........................................... 11-8

Using Alarms ................................. 11-8

Wakeup TV.................................. 11-10

Using Wakeup TV........................ 11-10

Relaxation Time ......................... 11-12

Playing Animation with Music &

Illumination .................................. 11-12

Calculator ................................... 11-13

Using Calculator .......................... 11-13

Expenses Memo......................... 11-14

Adding Expenses......................... 11-14

Osaifu-Keitai

®

............................. 11-15

Osaifu-Keitai

®

(Japanese)............ 11-15

Locking IC Card ........................... 11-16

Simulated Call ............................ 11-19

Faking Incoming Calls ................. 11-19

Stopwatch ................................... 11-20

Using Stopwatch.......................... 11-20

Countdown Timer ...................... 11-21

Using Countdown Timer .............. 11-21

World Clock ................................ 11-22

Opening World Clock................... 11-22

Hour Minder................................ 11-23

Using Hour Minder....................... 11-23

Pedometer .................................. 11-24

Using Pedometer..........................11-24

Compass .................................... 11-26

Using Compass ............................11-26

S! GPS Navi ................................ 11-27

Using S! GPS Navi .......................11-27

Document Viewer....................... 11-30

Opening PC Documents...............11-30

Notepad ...................................... 11-31

Saving Text ...................................11-31

ASCII Art..................................... 11-32

Using ASCII Art ............................11-32

Voice Recorder........................... 11-33

Recording/Playing Voice...............11-33

Scan Barcode............................. 11-34

Scanning Barcodes ......................11-34

Create QR Code ......................... 11-35

Creating QR Codes ......................11-35

Scan Card ................................... 11-36

Scanning Business Cards ............11-36

Scan Text .................................... 11-37

Scanning Text ...............................11-37

Kanji Grabber ............................. 11-38

Using Kanji Grabber .....................11-38

Additional Functions ................. 11-39


11

Handy Extras

11-

1

Calendar & Tasks

Calendar

Opening Calendar

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Calendar

S %

11

Toggling View

Press

A

to toggle Calendar window:

3Month View

Key Assignments

[ All Views

Open Previous Page

Open Next Page

Open Help

[ 1Month/3Month View

Select Date

Go to Current Date

[ 6Month View

Go to Current Month

Select Month

[ Week View

Select Date

Select Time Block

Calendar Window

1Month View

(

#

0 g

5

5 g f e

11-

2

6Month View Week View

Advanced

0

( Changing default view ( Jumping to specified date ( Changing date color ( Selecting task view option ( Adding stamps (1Month/3Month View)

( Hiding schedules ( Saving additional holidays ( Hiding/showing holidays ( P.11-39

)

Saving Schedules

Follow these steps to save subject,

Category, start/end date/time, Alarm and schedule details:

(Enter Subject or Description to save entry.)

1

In Calendar window, select date

S %

2

<Add New Entry>

S %

3

Enter subject

S %

4 f

Preset

S

Select

Category

S %

5

Enter start date/time

S %


7

Alarm:

S %

8

Alarm Time:

S % S

Select time

S % S A

9

Description:

S % S

Enter schedule details

S % a

A S

Saved

Selecting Category from History

In 4 , f

History

S % S From 5

S

Select Category

Selecting Custom Category

In 4 , f Definable S Select

Category

S % S

From 5

All-Day Schedule

In 5 ,

B S % S

From 9

Custom Alarm Time

In 8 , Alarm Time:

S % S

Other

S

% S Enter date/time S % S A S

From 9

11

6

End:

S % S

Enter end date/time

S %

Advanced

0

( Setting Location ( Creating Categories ( Saving repetitive schedules ( Editing entries ( Changing Alarm tone/video & duration ( Changing Alarm volume

(

Selecting Vibration option

(

Changing illumination settings (And more on

P.11-40

- 11-41

)

11-

3


At Alarm Time

Alarm activates; sounds/vibrates by related settings.

11

Stopping Alarm to Return to Standby

.

While Alarm sounds/vibrates, press

%

,

" or $ .

Stopping Alarm to Open Schedule

.

While Alarm sounds/vibrates, press a key other than

%

,

"

or

$

.

When Another Function is Active

.

Alarm may not activate until handset returns to Standby.

Incoming Calls

.

Active Alarm stops for incoming calls.

Information window opens after handset returns to Standby.

Opening Schedules/Tasks

1


S %

Schedule List

2

Select schedule or task

S %

3

" S

Standby returns

Opening Task List

In 2 , select task S B S Go to

Tasks

S %

Accessing Secret Entries

[Calendar Window]

B S

Unlock

Temporarily S % S Enter Handset

Code

S %

Opening Related Message

Open schedule-related messages saved from Messaging message list.

1

In schedule list, select schedule

S %

2

B S

Related Mail

S %

.

Related message opens.

.

To return to schedule window, press

$

.

Deleting Message from Schedule

After 1 , % S Related Mail: S % S

Yes S % S A

11-

4

Advanced

0

(

Searching entries

(

Checking memory status

(

Deleting all entries

(

Deleting entries by specifying week (Week View)

(

Deleting entries by specifying month (1Month/3Month View)

(

Deleting entries in six months (6Month View) ( P.11-41

)

Information Link

Set to show or hide the following information in Calendar.

Reservation

List

TV Timer and TV

Recording Timer entries

Birthday

Birthdays entered in

Phone Book

What is today? Preset anniversaries,

(Japanese) commemorative days, etc.

1

In Calendar window,

B

2

Calendar Settings

S %

3

Data to Show

S %

4

Select item

S %

( / )

5

A

Editing TV Timer/TV Recording Timer

1

In schedule list, select entry

S B

2

Edit

S %

3

Edit

S A


In 2 , Delete S % S Yes S %

, Timer is canceled.

Making Birthday Calls

1

In schedule list, select entry

S B

2

Call

S % S


S %

.

Omit number selection step if only one number is saved.

Sending Birthday Messages

In 2 , Mail

S % message S A

S

Complete


Deleting Schedules

[ One Entry

1

In schedule list, select schedule

S B

2

Delete

S % S

This

Appointment

S % S

Yes

S %

[ All Entries of the Day

1


S B

2

Delete

S % S

All This Day

S % S

Yes

S %

11

11-

5

11


Tasks

Saving Tasks

Follow these steps to save subject, due date/time, Alarm and task details:

(Enter Subject or Description to save entry.)

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Tasks

S %

3

Enter subject

S %

2


S %

5

Alarm:

S %

4

Enter due date/time

S %

6

Alarm Time:

S % S

Select time

S % S A

7

Description:

S % S

Enter task details

S %

8

A S

Saved

Task with No Due Date/Time

In 4 , B S % S From 7

Custom Alarm Time

In 6 , Alarm Time: S % S Other S

% S

Enter date/time

S % S A S

From 7

11-

6

Advanced

0

( Hiding tasks ( Editing tasks ( Setting priority ( Changing Alarm tone/video & duration ( Changing Alarm volume ( Selecting Vibration option

(

Sounding Alarm tone even in Manner mode

(

Changing illumination settings ( P.11-42 )

At Alarm Time


Opening Tasks

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Tasks

S %


Deleting Tasks

[ One Entry

1

In task list, select task

S B

2

Delete

S %

3

This Task

S % S

Yes

S %

[ All Completed Tasks

1

In task list,

B

2

Delete

S %

3

All Comp. Tasks

S % S

Yes

S %

Stopping Alarm to Return to Standby

.

While Alarm sounds/vibrates, press

%

,

" or $ .

Stopping Alarm to Open Task

.

While Alarm sounds/vibrates, press a key other than

%

,

"

or

$

.


.


Incoming Calls

.



Task List

.

Use f to open completed or uncompleted task list.

2

Select task

S %

3

" S

Standby returns

Accessing Secret Entries

After 1 ,

B S

Unlock Temporarily

S % S Enter Handset Code S %

Marking Tasks as Completed

After 1 , select task S A

11

Advanced

0

(

Searching tasks

(

Sorting tasks by priority

(

Checking memory status

(

Deleting all tasks ( P.11-43 )

11-

7

Alarms

Using Alarms

Setting Alarm

Follow these steps to set Alarm to sound at a specific time on a specific day of the week:

(Set Snooze--Alarm repeats at set interval--Alarm Volume and Duration.)

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Alarms

S %

11

Alarm List

2

--:--

S % S

Enter hour

(24-hour format)

S

Enter minutes

S %

3

4

Repeat:

S %

Selected Days

S %

5

Select day

S %

( / )

S


S A

6

Snooze:

S %

7

Select interval

S %

.

For custom intervals, select Other .

8

Alarm Volume:

S %

9

Adjust level

S % a

Duration:

S % b

Select time

S %

.

For custom Duration, select Other .

c

A S

Saved

.

For more settings, repeat 2 - d

" S

Standby returns c .

Activating Alarm Once or Daily

In 4 , Once or Every Day (All)

S %

S From 6

Selecting/Canceling All Days

In 5 , B S Check All or Uncheck All

S %

Excluding Holidays

In 5 , select day

S %

( / )

Complete selection S Except

S

Holidays

S % S A S

From 6

11-

8

Advanced

0

( Editing entries ( Saving entry name ( Changing Alarm tone/video ( Setting handset to vibrate at Alarm Time

( Changing illumination settings

( Sounding Alarm tone even in Manner mode ( Activating Alarm based on World Clock time (

P.11-43

- 11-44 )

At Alarm Time


Stopping Alarm

.

Press a key.


.


Incoming Calls

.



When Snooze is Set

Alarm repeats at the set interval.

Other Alarms do not activate while handset is Snoozing.

Canceling Snooze

While Snoozing, % S Yes S %

.

Snooze is automatically canceled after a period of time.

Canceling Alarm

1

In Alarm list, select entry

S B

2

Switch Off

S %

.

Reactivate entry to use the same settings.

Reactivating Entry

In 2 , Switch On

S %

Alarms

Deleting Alarm

[ One Entry

1


S B

2

Reset Alarm

S %

3

Yes

S %

[ All Entries

1


S B

2

Clear All

S %

3


S %

S

Yes

S %

11

11-

9

Wakeup TV

Using Wakeup TV

Setting Wakeup TV

Follow these steps to activate TV at a specific time on a specific day of the week:

.

Complete TV Area Setup beforehand.

.

TV may not activate in poor signal conditions.

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Wakeup TV

S %

11

Wakeup TV List

2

--:--

S % S

Enter hour

(24-hour format)

S

Enter minutes

S %

Wakeup TV Menu

3

4

Repeat:

S %

Selected Days

S %

5

Select day

S %

( / )

S


S A

6

Channel:

S %

7

Select channel

S %

8

A S

Saved

.

For more settings, repeat 2 - 8 .

9

" S

Standby returns

Activating TV Once or Daily

In 4 , Once or Every Day (All)

S %

S From 6

Selecting/Canceling All Days

In 5 , B S Check All or Uncheck All

S %

Excluding Holidays

In 5 , select day

S %

( / )

Complete selection S Except

S

Holidays

S % S A S

From 6

Canceling Alarm

.

Alarm activates at Wakeup TV time. To cancel Alarm, follow these steps:

[Wakeup TV Menu] Alarm On/Off:

S

% S Off S % S From 8

Adjusting Alarm Volume

[Wakeup TV Menu] Alarm Volume: S

% S Adjust level S % S From 8

11-

10

Advanced

0

( Editing entries ( Changing Alarm tone/video ( Changing illumination settings ( Sounding Alarm tone even in Manner mode ( P.11-44

)

At Wakeup TV Time

TV activates after Alarm.

Stopping Alarm Instantly

.

While Alarm sounds/vibrates, press a key.


.

TV may not activate depending on the function.

After TV is On for a Period of Time

.

A confirmation appears. Choose press % to exit TV.

Yes and

Canceling Wakeup TV

1

In Wakeup TV list, select entry

S B

2

Wakeup TV Off

S %

.

Reactivate entry to use the same settings.

Reactivating Entry

In 2 , Wakeup TV On

S %

Deleting Wakeup TV

[ One Entry

1


S B

2

Reset Alarm

S %

3

Yes

S %

[ All Entries

1


S B

2

Clear All

S %

3


S %

S

Yes

S %

Wakeup TV

11

11-

11

Relaxation Time

Playing Animation with Music & Illumination

Play preset animations or downloaded

Flash

®

files with music and illumination.

Set playback time, volume and illumination pattern as needed.

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Relaxation Time

S %

2

Select type

S %

.

Animation appears.

.

For Flash® , select a file and press % .

, Key LEDs do not illuminate for soundless Flash ® files.

Setting Relaxation Time

Follow these steps to set playback time, volume and Key Illumination pattern:

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Relaxation Time

S %

2

Settings

S %

11

3

Playback Time

S %

4

Select time

S %

.

For custom playback time, select Other .

5

Volume

S %

6

Adjust level

S %

7

Effect Illumination

S %

8

Key Pattern

S %

9

Select pattern

S % S A a

" S

Standby returns


In 8 , Illumi. Pattern S % S Select pattern

S % S

Select color

S %

S A

, Light color is unselectable for some patterns.

Setting Music to Control Illumination

In 8 , Switch On/Off S % S Link to

Sound

S % S A

, Key Illumination varies by music when

Link to Sound is set.


In 8 , Switch On/Off

S % S

Off

S

% S A

11-

12

Using Calculator

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Calculator

S %

Key Assignments

＋ (Add)

− (Subtract)

× (Multiply)

÷ (Divide)

＝ (Sum)

C

.

CE (Clear)

CM (Clear Memory)

RM (Recall Memory)

M+ (Add to Memory)

. (Decimal)

+/- (Positive/Negative Value)

％ (Percentage)

$

&

!

A

( c d a b

%

#

'

2

Calculator Window

Use Keypad to enter digits

S

Calculate

3

" S

Standby returns

Memory Calculation

.

Clear Memory before starting new

Memory calculations.

.

Numbers saved in Memory remain until handset is powered off.

Incoming Calls

.

Calculations are not affected. End the call to return to Calculator.

Using % Function

Use

'

to find definite percentage of a known value.

Example: Calculate 30% of 800,000

Enter 800,000 S x S 30 S %

, 240,000 appears.

Advanced

0

(

Copying calculation results

(

Changing exchange rate for currency conversion

(

Converting currencies ( P.11-45 )

Calculator

11

11-

13

Expenses Memo

Adding Expenses

11

Entering Expenses

1

Enter amount

S b

2

%

3

Select Category

S % S

Saved

Saving under Custom Category

In 3 , Other

S % S

Enter name

S %

Checking Entries

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Expenses Memo

S %

2

Totals

S %


[ One Entry

1

In Expenses Memo list, select entry

S B

2

Delete Item

S %

3

Yes

S %

[ All Entries

1

In Expenses Memo list,

B

2

Delete All

S %

3


S %

S

Yes

S %

Expenses Memo List

3

" S

Standby returns

Saving Entries to Notepad

[Expenses Memo List] B S Save to

Notepad

S %

, All expense details are saved as a single entry.

11-

14

Advanced

0

( Changing Category of saved entry ( Changing amount ( Renaming Categories ( P.11-45

)

Osaifu-Keitai

®

Osaifu-Keitai

®

(Japanese)

Osaifu-Keitai

®

describes IC Card-equipped handsets that support e-money or credit functions/services. Osaifu-Keitai

® encompasses a range of IC Card-based services on FeliCa-compatible SoftBank handsets. 940SH supports Osaifu-Keitai

®

.

To use e-money, e-ticketing and reward points, etc., hold handset over a compatible reader/writer at shops, restaurants, and other retail outlets, etc.

Basics

Before using Osaifu-Keitai

®

, activate

Lifestyle-Appli, complete registration, customize settings and charge accounts.

Starting Lifestyle-Appli

% S

Tools

S % S


Osaifu-Keitai S % S Lifestyle-Appli

S % S


S %

Important Lifestyle-Appli Usage Notes

.

Contact Osaifu-Keitai

®

service providers for Lifestyle-Appli registration and usage details.

.

Keep service passwords/customer service contact information, etc. in a separate place.

Using Osaifu-Keitai

®

Follow these steps to conduct a transaction:

Example: Making an electronic payment

.

Lifestyle-Appli activation is not necessary.

.

Transactions are possible even when handset power is off (if battery is

.

adequately charged).

Calls/Internet transmissions do not affect transactions.

1

Place m

logo over reader/ writer

S

Confirm scan results

Place this part o v er reader/ w riter

.

Align handset parallel to reader/writer.

Important Osaifu-Keitai

®

Usage Note

.

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for damages resulting from accidental loss/alteration of IC Card data/settings.

When Placed Over Sensor

.

If recognition is slow, move handset around slightly.

.

Handset may respond automatically for some services.

11

Advanced

0

(

Enabling to view e-money balances

(

Moving applications up/down Balance Info list

(

Removing applications from Balance Info list ( P.11-45

)

11-

15

11

Osaifu-Keitai ®

Locking IC Card

IC Card Lock

Restrict access to/prevent unauthorized use of Osaifu-Keitai

®

on handset.

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Osaifu-Keitai

S %

3

IC Card Lock

S % S

On

S %

4


S %

S

Yes

S %

Canceling IC Card Lock

In 3 , IC Card Lock S % S Off S %

S


S %

2

IC Card Settings

S %

IC Card Settings Menu

11-

16

Advanced

0

( Customizing handset response to reader/writer commands ( Opening IC Card properties

( Changing IC Card Lock notice recipient ( Changing required Missed Call count for Call Remote Lock ( Restoring default Osaifu-Keitai ® settings (

P.11-45

-

11-46 )

Remote Lock

Disable Osaifu-Keitai

®

remotely by mail or phone.

Mail Remote

Lock

Call Remote

Lock

Send mail to activate

Remote Lock

Call from a specified phone to activate Remote Lock

Mail Remote Lock

[ Preparation on Handset

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Osaifu-Keitai

S %

2


S %

3

Remote Lock

S % S

Enter

Handset Code

S %

4

Mail Remote Lock

S %

Mail Remote Lock Menu

5

Remote Lock PW

S %

6

Enter password

S %

7

Switch On/Off

S %

8

On

S % S A

Canceling Mail Remote Lock


S % S

Off

S

% S A


[ Activating Remote Lock via Mail

If handset cannot receive mail IC Card

Lock is not set.

1

Send S! Mail or e-mail to handset with password as subject

.

After handset receives message, IC

Card Lock is set and notice is sent as a reply.

11

11-

17

11


Call Remote Lock

[ Preparation on Handset

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Osaifu-Keitai

S %

2


S %

3

Remote Lock

S % S

Enter

Handset Code

S %

4

Call Remote Lock

S

Call Remote Lock Menu

%

5

Phone No. to Lck 1

or

Phone No. to Lck 2

S %

6

Phone Book

S % S

Select entry

S % S


S %

.

Select Phone Number to enter directly.

7

Switch On/Off

S %

8

On

S % S A

Enabling Activation via Public Phone

In 5 , Set Public Phone S % S On

S % S

From 7

Canceling Call Remote Lock


% S A

S % S

Off

S

[ Activating Remote Lock via Phone

If handset cannot receive calls IC Card

Lock is not set.

1

Using one of the specified phones, call handset

.

Send Caller ID.

2

Handset receives call

S

End the call

.

The call is recorded as a Missed Call.

3

Within three minutes, repeat

1

-

2

twice

.

After the third Missed Call, IC Card

Lock is set; a message announces

Remote Lock activation. Confirm the message and end the call.

If Series is Interrupted by Another Call

.

Missed Call count is reset. Start over from the beginning.

11-

18

Simulated Call

Faking Incoming Calls

Handset rings to emulate an incoming call.

.

Save name and phone number to show as

Caller ID.

.

Ringer may be muted by handset settings.

To override Silent setting, see P.11-46 .

Setting Simulated Call

1

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/

Life menu,

Simulated Call

S %

Simulated Call Menu

2

Switch On/Off

S % S

On

S %

3

Set Caller

S %

4

Name:

S % S

Enter name

S %

5

Phone Number:

S % S


S %

S A

6

Assign Tone

S % S


S %

7

A S

PIM/Life menu returns

When Name and Phone Number are Unset

.

Handset rings with Caller ID "Withheld."

Canceling Simulated Call

[Simulated Call Menu] Switch On/Off

S % S Off S % S A

Setting Wait Time

[Simulated Call Menu] Receive Timing

S % S

Select time

S % S A

Using Simulated Call

Available with clamshell open.

1

F

(Long)

.

Handset rings and incoming Voice

Call window opens.

.

Ringtone stops after a period of time.

2

In incoming Voice Call window, press

!

.

Voice Call window opens. (Softkeys are dummies.)

3

" S

Standby returns

When Receive Timing is Not Immediately

.

Press " or $ during wait time to cancel Simulated Call activation.

.

Simulated Call activation is canceled by incoming calls, Alarms, etc. during wait time.

11

Advanced

0

(

Starting via Simulated Call menu

(

Clearing caller information

(

Overriding Silent volume setting ( P.11-46

)

11-

19

Stopwatch

Using Stopwatch

Stopwatch stops if battery runs low.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

S

Stopwatch

S %

Recording Lap Times

While Stopwatch is running,

B

Saving Records to Notepad

After 3 ,

B S

Save to Notepad

S %

Resetting Records

After 3 ,

A S

From 2

Incoming Calls

.

Stopwatch is not affected by incoming calls. End the call to return.

11

Stopwatch Window

2

% S

Stopwatch starts

3

% S

Stopwatch stops

.

Press

%

to resume.

4

" S

Yes

S % S

Stopwatch ends

.

Records are deleted when

Stopwatch ends.

11-

20

Using Countdown Timer

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

S

Countdown

Timer

S %

3

%

Countdown Timer

When Set Time Elapses

Tone sounds.

Timer Entry Window

2

Enter minutes

S

Enter seconds

.

Tap +10min , +1min or +30sec as needed.

Advanced

0

( Changing illumination settings ( P.11-46 )

Countdown Timer Window

.

Press

B

to change time.

4

% S

Countdown starts

.

Press % to stop/resume countdown.

5

Set time elapses

S

Tone sounds

6

" S

Yes

S % S

Countdown Timer ends

Using Timer Records

After 1 ,

B S

Input History

S % S

Select record S % S % S From 4

Resetting Countdown Timer

Stop countdown and B

Incoming Calls

.

Countdown is not affected by incoming calls. End the call to return.

Stopping Tone Instantly

.

Press % or a Side Key. (Tone stops automatically after a period of time.)

When Timer Time Elapsed during a Call

.

Tone sounds after the call.

11

11-

21

World Clock

Opening World Clock

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

S

World Clock

S %

Local Time

Zone

3 f

Select area

S %

4

" S

Standby returns

Advancing One Hour (Daylight Saving)

,

[Set Time Zone Window]

A


Adding Custom Time Zone

[Set Time Zone Window] B S Enter city name

S % S

+ or -

S d S

Enter time difference S %

W orld Time

Zone

11

2

%

Opening World Clock in Standby

1

% S

Settings

S % S

In


Display

S %

2

Standby Display

S %

3

Clock/Calendar

S %

4

World Clock (L)

, etc.

S %

5

" S

Standby returns

Set Time Zone Window

11-

22

Hour Minder

Using Hour Minder

Setting Hour Minder

Follow these steps to activate the hourly time signal at selected hours:

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

S

Hour

Minder

S %

Hour Minder Menu

2

Switch On/Off

S % S

On

S %

3

Select Time

S %

4

Select hour

S %

( / )

S


S A

5

A S

Saved

6

" S

Standby returns

Adjusting Hour Minder Volume

In 2 , Advanced S % S Volume: S

% S

Adjust level

From 5

S % S A S

Changing Hour Minder Duration

In 2 , Advanced S % S Duration:

S % S

Select time

S % S A S

From 5

, For custom Duration, select Other .

Selecting/Canceling All Hours

In 4 ,

B S

Check All or Uncheck All

S %

At Hour Minder Time

Hour Minder activates; sounds/vibrates by related settings.

Stopping Tone Instantly

.

Press a key.


.

Hour Minder does not activate.

Incoming Calls

.

Active Hour Minder stops for incoming calls.

Canceling Hour Minder

1

In Hour Minder menu,

Switch On/Off

S % S

Off

S % S A

11

Advanced

0

( Changing Hour Minder tone/video ( Setting handset to vibrate at Hour Minder Time ( Changing illumination settings ( Sounding Hour Minder tone even in Manner mode ( Activating Hour Minder based on World Clock time ( P.11-47 )

11-

23

Pedometer

Using Pedometer

11

Getting Started

.

Count based on a pace of approximately

100 steps per minute over even terrain.

.

Accuracy may be affected by course, terrain, walking style, etc.

.

Avoid holding the handset; use a body worn case or a strap, or place handset inside a pocket or bag.

, Avoid sudden/erratic movements.

.

Steps are not counted in the following cases:

,

,

While handset is off

For the first few steps

.

, While handset vibrates

Handset use may affect accuracy.

.

Use Pedometer only as a rough guide.

Adjusting Counter Sensitivity

% S Tools S % S f Clock/Gauge

S Pedometer S % S Settings S

% S Step Sensitivity S % S

Select option S %

, Select Low when steps seem overcounted; select High when they seem undercounted.

Saving Body Information

Weight and pace entry required to view full Pedometer data.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

S

Pedometer

S %

Pedometer Menu

2

Settings

S % S

Body Info.

S %

3


S %

4

Height

S % S

Enter height

S %

5

Weight

S % S

Enter weight

S %

6

Pace

S % S

Yes

or

No

S %

.

Choose Yes to enter pace automatically based on height.

7

Enter pace

S % S A

Editing Body Information

[Body Info Menu] Select item

S %

S Enter value S % S A

, For Pace , automatic calculation confirmation appears (when height is entered).

Activating Pedometer

1

In Pedometer menu,

Switch

On/Off

S %

2

On

S %

Canceling Pedometer

In 2 , Off S %

Body Info Menu

11-

24

Pedometer Indicator

When Pedometer is active, today's step count appears in Standby.

Viewing Step Count Records

1


Today's

Walking

S %

2

%

3

Select time/date

S %

.

Hourly/daily step counts appear.

4

" S

Standby returns

Resetting Today's Step Count

In 2 , B S Reset Day's Data S %

S Yes S %

Resetting Log

[Steps Window] B S Walk Data

Reset S % S Enter Handset Code

S % S Yes S %

, Today's data is also reset.

Setting Targets

Information window opens, etc. when target is achieved for these items:

Steps Walking Time

Exercise Calories

Distance Fat burned

Steps Window

.

Press

A

to toggle Hourly/Daily view.

.

Press # to scroll down by page, or

(

to scroll up by page.

Pedometer

1


Settings

S % S

Target

S %

2

Target Settings

S %

3

Select item

S % S

Enter value/time

S %

.

Other target settings may consequently change.

Editing Targets

[Pedometer Menu] Settings

S % S

Target S % S Target Settings S %

S

Select item

S B S

Enter value/ time S %

When Target is Achieved

.

A tone sounds and Information window opens.

(Select Goal Achievement and press

%

to open Pedometer Calendar.) Follow these steps to mute achievement tone:

[Pedometer Menu] Settings S % S

Target

S % S

Goal Announce

S

% S Off S %

About Exercise (Ex)

.

Ex and MET indicate amount and intensity of physical activity, respectively.

Ex for walking is calculated by multiplying

3 METs by walking duration (hour).

11

Advanced

0

(

Changing Pedometer indicator

(

Using Pedometer Calendar

(

Checking accumulated data

(

Resetting accumulated data

(

Customizing achievement notice (

P.11-47

-

11-48 )

11-

25

Compass

Using Compass

Available in clamshell open or Viewer position.

Opening Compass

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

S

Compass

S %

Adjusting Compass

1

In Compass window,

% S %

.


Compass Indicator

.

When map is open, compass indicator appears; follow these steps to hide it:


S S! GPS Navi S % S NAVI

Settings S % S Compass Indicator

S % S Off S %

11

Compass Window

.

Compass opens; use as a rough guide.

11-

26

S! GPS Navi

Using S! GPS Navi

Use this GPS navigation service to pinpoint current location, find routes to destinations, and more.

.

Provide current location to administrator upon request.

.

Available in clamshell open or Viewer position.

Precautions

.

Location Information accuracy may be affected when GPS satellite/radio station signal reception is poor. Use S! GPS Navi under the open sky.

.

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from the provided

Location Information.

Positioning

.

Pinpoints current location using signals transmitted from GPS satellites.

Location Information Accuracy

.

Probable distance from the actual position is classified into three accuracy levels, from level 1 (low) to 3 (high), indicated by the number of s.

.

A confirmation appears when accuracy level is 1 or 2; follow these steps:

Yes or No

S %

Starting Navi-Appli

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

S

S! GPS Navi

S %

S! GPS Navi Menu

2

Navi Appli

S %

.

To disable confirmation, press

B before 3 .

3

Yes

S %

Opening Navi Appli List

[S! GPS Navi Menu] Navi Appli List

S %

, To activate Navi Appli, select one and press

%

.

Selecting a Navi-Appli for S! GPS Navi

[S! GPS Navi Menu] NAVI Settings

S

% S Select Navi Appli S % S


S %

11

11-

27

S! GPS Navi

11

11-

28

Opening Location Log

1

In S! GPS Navi menu,

Location Logs

S %

Using My Location

Saving Location Information

Saving as Home

In 2 , 自宅 S % S

From 4

Saving from Location Log

In 5 , From Location Logs

S % S

Select record S % S B

2

Select record

S %

.

Details appear.

3

$ S

List returns

Pinpointing Current Location

1


Locate Me

S %

.

To disable confirmation, press B before 2 .

2

Yes

S % S

Positioning starts

.

Map of your current location appears.

Follow these steps to save current location as a new entry:

1


My

Location List

S %

My LocationList Menu

2

New Entry

S %

3

Name

S % S

Enter name

S %

4

Location Info

S %

5

From Current Loc.

S % S

Positioning complete

6

%

.

When accuracy level is 1 or 2, choose No and press % to proceed

7

B to 7 .

3

Opening Entries

1

In My LocationList menu,

2 select entry

S %

Location Info

$ S

S %

Details closes


1

In My LocationList menu, select entry

2

B S

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

Advanced

0

( Sending current location via mail ( Changing map source URL ( Disabling positioning ( Selecting Location Information transmission option ( Using

My Location & Location Log

(

Saving Location Log records to My Location

(

Deleting Location Log records ( P.11-48

)

Using Ichi Navi (Japanese)

Locate other S! GPS Navi-compatible handset users or lost handset.

.

Ichi Navi requires a separate contract and initial settings.

.

If Double Number is active, service uses

Line A regardless of usage mode setting.

.

For more about Ichi Navi, see SoftBank

Mobile Website (

P.17-23

).

1


Location Navi

S %

.



Providing Location Information

Provide current location to administrator upon request.

.

Location may be provided automatically upon administrator's request without confirmation.

.

May be unavailable depending on subscription. For details, contact the nearest

SoftBank Shop or SoftBank Mobile Customer

Center, General Information (

P.17-42 ).

1

Location Information request arrives

S! GPS Navi

Information

Information window opens after your location is provided manually (by pressing

B

) upon Location Information request or automatically upon administrator's request.

Select the item and press

%

to open log.

11

.

A confirmation appears. (Message shown above is for reference only.)

2

B

(provide) or

A

(reject)

Advanced

0

( Suppressing Information window after sending Location Information automatically ( P.11-49

)

11-

29

Document Viewer

Opening PC Documents

Supported File Formats:

PDF (.pdf)

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Document

Viewer

S %

Microsoft

®

Excel

®

(.xls)

Microsoft ® Word (.doc)

Microsoft ® PowerPoint ® (.ppt)

.

Some files may not appear correctly.

.

Downloaded files are also supported.

.

When transferring files from PCs, save to

corresponding Memory Card folder ( P.17-24 ).

2

Select file

S %

Zooming In/Out with Loupe (Magnifier)

In open file,

&

(Long)

S

Specify portion S B S Zoom Out or Zoom

In

S %

11

Key Assignments

View Whole Page

Scroll

View Upper Left

Toggle Full Screen View

On/Off

View Upper Right

Zoom Out

Continuous Zoom Out

View Center

Zoom In

Continuous Zoom In

View Lower Left

Jump to Page

View Lower Right

Open Help

Next Page

Previous Page

Fit Width

Rotate 90 Degrees

% g

1

2 / )

3

4

/

F

4 (Long)

F (Long)

5

6 / E

6

(Long)

E

(Long)

7

8

9

0

#

(

!

A

11-

30

Notepad

Saving Text

New Notepad Entry

1

% S

Saved

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Notepad

S %

Notepad List

2


S %

3

Enter text

S %

4

Select Category

S % S

Sorting Entries Temporarily

[Notepad List]

A

, Press to toggle sort options (Modified,

Created, Category and Accessed).

Changing Landscape Notepad List View

[Notepad List] Select entry

S B S

Setting/Manage S % S Landscape

Display

S % S

Select option

S %

Inserting Notepad Text during Text Entry

[Text Entry Window]

B S

Notepad

S % S Call Notepad S % S

Select entry

S %

Opening Notepad

1

In Notepad list, select entry

S %

2

$ S

List returns


[ One Entry

1


S B

2

Delete Item

S % S

Yes

S %

[ Selected Entries

1


S

B S

Setting/Manage

S %

2

Multiple Selection

S % S

Select entry

S %

( / )

S


S B

3

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

Unchecking All

In 3 , Uncheck All S %

[ All Entries

1


S

B S


S %

2

Delete All

S % S

Enter

Handset Code

S % S

Yes

S %

Advanced

0

(

Editing Notepad

(

Searching text within all entries

(

Inserting Notepad text into message text

(

Sending entries via S! Mail

(

Creating text files

( Importing text files ( Checking memory status ( Opening properties ( P.11-49

)

11

11-

31

ASCII Art

Using ASCII Art

Inserting ASCII Art

1

In message text entry window,

B S

Call ASCII Art

S %

Editing Entries

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

ASCII Art

S %


1

In ASCII Art list, select entry

S B S

Delete

S %

2

Yes

S %

11

2

Select entry

S %

ASCII Art List

2

Select entry

S % S

Edit

S %

Opening Entries

In 2 , select entry

S B S

View

S %

Adding New Entries

In 2 , <Empty>

S % S

Create ASCII

Art S %

11-

32

Previewing ASCII Art

In 2 , select entry S B

, Press % to insert ASCII Art.

Voice Recorder

.

Recording/Playing Voice

Recording

Recording stops if battery runs low while recording.

2

% S


3

% S

Recording ends

.

Record conversations during calls via

Record Caller Voice .

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Voice Recorder

S %

.

For Extended Voice , recording is saved automatically.

4

Save

S %

Play Before Saving

In 4 , Playback

S % S

Playback starts S $ S Playback stops

Starting Over

In 4 , $ S From 2

Recording Window

Playback

1

In recording window,

B S

Ring Songs

·

Tones

S %

2

Select file

S %

Playing Files via Data Folder

% S Data Folder S % S Ring

Songs · Tones

S % S

Select file

S %

Playback Operations

Volume Control

Pause/Resume

Stop e

%

$

11

Advanced

0

( Saving longer recordings ( Sending Voice files via S! Mail ( Switching storage media ( P.11-49 )

11-

33

Scan Barcode

Scanning Barcodes

Scan UPC/JAN (1D barcodes) or QR

Codes (2D barcodes).

.

Membership file or password may be required when scanning barcodes.

.

Some barcodes may not be scanned.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan

S %

2

Scan Barcode

S %

3

Frame barcode in center of

Display

5

Tone sounds

S

Scan results appear

11

11-

34

Scan Window and barcode.

.


Foc u s

Adj u stment

Bar

.

Use Focus Adjustment Bar as a guide (better focus in darker blue).

4

% S

Scan starts

.

If recognition takes time, slowly adjust the distance between handset

Split Data

.

After scanning, a confirmation appears.

Follow onscreen prompt(s).

.

Scan results do not appear until all split data is scanned.

Starting Over

After 5 , A S Yes S % S From 3

Key Assignments in Scan Window

Toggle Focus Mode

Switch to Photo Camera

Focus Lock

Mobile Light On/Off


Open Help

3

7

!

# f

0

Advanced

0

(

Scanning during text entry

(

Scanning continuously

(

Reading saved barcode images

(

Saving scan results

(

Saving to Notepad

(

Saving linked info to Phone Book ( Opening saved scan results ( Using linked info

( Using images as Wallpaper ( Saving images & melodies ( Copying text (And more

on P.11-50

-

11-51

)

Create QR Code

Creating QR Codes

Create QR Codes from these items on handset:

Phone Book My Details

Text Input Ring Songs·Tones

Pictures Notepad

Large items are divided into multiple QR

Codes.

Procedure

Follow these steps to create QR Codes from Data Folder files:

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan

S %

3

Data Folder

S %

4

Select folder

S % S

Select file or entry

S %

.

5

%

QR Code is created.

.

QR Code is saved to Data Folder

(Pictures).

From Phone Book Entries

In 3 , Phone Book entry S % S 5

S % S

Select

From My Details

In 3 , My Details S % S B S 5

From Entered Text

In 3 , Text Input S % S Enter text

S % S 5

Switching Storage Media

In 5 ,

B S

Save to

S % S or Memory Card S % S %

Phone

Attaching to S! Mail

In 5 , B S Send As Message S %

S


S A

Incoming Calls

.

QR Code creation is not affected by incoming calls. End the call to return.

11

2

Create QR Code

S %

11-

35

Scan Card

11

Scanning Business Cards

Scan business cards and save names,

3

Frame card on Display addresses, etc. to Phone Book.

.

English business cards may not be scanned correctly.

.

Some cards may not be scanned.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan

S %

2

Scan Card

S %

Scan Window

4

%

.

To cancel, press

A

.

5

% S


If Text Exceeds Phone Book Entry Item

Character Limit

.

A confirmation appears. Follow these steps to delete overage:

Yes S %

Switching Storage Media

After 5 , B S Save to S % S

Select storage media

S % S %

Saving Scanned Image as Phone Book

Picture

After 5 , B S Add Image S % S

On

S % S 6

Starting Over

After 5 ,

A S

Yes

S % S

From 3




Focus Lock



Open Help

3

7

!

# f

0

6

% S A

.

New Phone Book entry is saved.

11-

36

Advanced

0

(

Saving to Notepad

(

Pasting to message text

(

Copying text ( P.11-52 )

Scan Text

Scanning Text

Scan text and save it to Notepad, etc.

Available Modes:

Full

Line

Capture text in full screen and scan a selected line

Capture a few lines of text and scan a selected line

.

To toggle mode, press A in scan window.

.

Some text may not be scanned.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan

S %

2

Scan Text

S %

.

To change mode, press A in scan window.

3

Frame text in center of

Display

Scan Window

4

% S

Scan starts

.


5

Select line

S % S


6

%

7

B S

Notepad

S %

Correcting Text Type

After 5 , B S Change Mode S %

S

Select type

S % S

From 6

Editing Scanned Text

After 5 ,

B S

Select/Edit

S % S

Select character S Select alternative from list or edit directly

S

From 6

Starting Over

In 6 ,

A S

Yes

S % S

From 3




Focus Lock



Open Help

3

7

!

# f

0

11

Advanced

0

(

Scanning and pasting during text entry

(

Scanning more text

(

Saving scan results

(

Saving linked info to Phone Book

(

Opening saved scan results

(

Using linked info

(

Pasting to message text

(

Copying text (

P.11-52 -

11-53

)

11-

37

Kanji Grabber

Using Kanji Grabber

Scan a word of up to ten kanji and look it up in dictionaries.

Some text may not be scanned.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan

S %

3

Frame kanji in Loupe

Lo u pe




Focus Lock



Open Help

3

7

!

# f

0

11

2

Kanji Grabber

S %

Scan Window

4

%

.

5

%

Scan results (kanji) appear.

6


S % S

Search

S %

7


S %

.


Starting Over

In 5 , A S From 3

11-

38

Advanced

0

( Scanning and pasting during text entry ( P.11-53

)

Calendar

[ View Settings

Changing default view

Jumping to specified date

Changing date color

Selecting task view option

Adding stamps

(1Month/3Month

View)

Hiding schedules

% S

Tools

S % S


Calendar S % S B S Calendar Settings S

% S Default View S % S Select type S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu,

Calendar

S % S 8 S

Enter date

S %

7


Calendar

S % S

See below

By Days of the Week

B S Calendar Settings S % S Set Color S

% S By Week S % S Select day S % S

Select color

S %

By Date

Select date S 4 S Select color S %

.

Not available in 6Month View.

Resetting "By Date" Colors

B S


S % S

Set Color

S

% S Reset Color S % S Select option S %

S Yes S %


Calendar

S % S B S


S

% S Tasks View S % S Select option S %


Calendar S % S Select date S 2 S Select stamp

S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Calendar

S % S Select date S % S Select entry S %

S % S Secret: S % S On S % S A

Saving additional holidays

Hiding/showing holidays


7

% S

Tools

S % S


Calendar S % S B S Calendar Settings S %

S Set Holiday S % S f Private S See below

Adding Holidays

<Empty>

S % S

Enter name

S % S

Enter date S % S Select frequency S % S A

Editing Added Holidays

Select holiday S B S Edit S % S Name: S

% S

Enter name

S % S

Date:

S % S

Enter date S % S Select frequency S % S A



% S

Set Holiday

S % S f

Private or Public

S Select holiday S % ( / )

11

11-

39

11


[ Saving/Editing Schedules

Setting Location

% S

Tools

S % S


Calendar S % S Select date S % S Select entry S % S % S Location: S % S Enter location S % S A

7



% S

Set Category

S % S

See below

Renaming Categories

Select Category S % S Edit Category Name

S % S Enter name S %

Creating Categories

Changing Icons



Saving repetitive schedules

Resetting

B S


S % S

Enter Handset

Code S % S Yes S %

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Calendar

S % S Select date S % S Select entry S %

S % S

Repeat:

S % S

Select frequency

% S Enter repeat time S % S A

S

.

Repeat time is not available for Every Year .

Saving S! Friend's

Status information

Editing entries

Changing Alarm tone/video & duration

Changing Alarm volume


7

% S

Tools

S % S


Calendar S % S Select date S % S Select entry S % S % S S! Friend'sStatus: S % S

Link Setting: S % S Linked S % S See below

Availability

Answer Status: S % S Edit S A S A S A

.

Set Category first.

Comment

Comment: S % S Enter text S % S A S A

.

Set Category first.

% S

Tools

S % S


Calendar S % S Select date S % S Select entry S % S % S Select item S % S Edit in the same manner as saving schedules S A

7


Calendar S % S Select date S % S Select entry

S % S % S

Alarm:

S % S

See below

Alarm Tone/Video

Assign Tone/Video: S % S Select folder S

% S Select tone/file S % S A S A

.

Select start point if required.

Duration

Duration: S % S Select time S % S A S A


Calendar S % S B S Alarm Settings S %

S

Alarm Volume:

S % S

Adjust level

S %



S Vibration: S % S Select option S %

11-

40

Sounding Alarm tone even in

Manner mode




S

For Manner Mode:

S % S

Ring

S % S

Yes S %

7

% S

Tools

S % S



S Effect Illumination: S % S See below

Setting Alarm Tone to Control Illumination

Switch On/Off

S % S

Link to Sound

S % S A




.




.


Sound.


Switch On/Off S % S Off S % S A

[ Managing Schedules

7


Calendar S % S See below

Searching entries


By Part of Subject

6 S Enter text S %

By Category

9 S Select Category S %

% S

Tools

S % S


Calendar S % S Select date S B S Memory

Status S %


Deleting all entries

Deleting entries by specifying week

(Week View)

Deleting entries by specifying month

(1Month/3Month

View)

Deleting entries in six months

(6Month View)


Calendar S % S B S Delete S % S All

Appointments

S

% S Yes S %

% S


S

7

% S

Tools

S % S



Within One Week

Select date S B S Delete S % S All This

Week

S % S

Yes

S %

Up to the End of Previous Week

Select date S B S Delete S % S Up to Last

Week S % S Yes S %

7



Within One Month

Select date S B S Delete S % S All This

Month S % S Yes S %

Up to the End of Previous Month

Select date

S B S

Delete

S % S

Up to Last

Month S % S Yes S %


Calendar S % S B S Delete S % S All

This 6Months

S % S

Yes

S %

11

11-

41


11

Tasks

[ Task List

Hiding tasks

% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Life menu, Tasks

S

% S Select task S B S Edit S % S Secret:

S % S On S % S A

[ Saving/Editing Tasks

Editing tasks

Setting priority

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Tasks S

% S

Select task

S B S

Edit

S % S

Select item S % S Edit in the same manner as saving tasks S A


% S

Select task

S B S

Edit

S % S

Priority: S % S Select priority S % S A

7

% S

Tools

S % S


Tasks S % S Select task S B S Edit S %

S Alarm: S % S See below

Changing Alarm tone/video & duration

Alarm Tone/Video

Assign Tone/Video:

S % S

Select folder

S

% S Select tone/file S % S A S A

.


Changing Alarm volume


Duration

Duration: S % S Select time S % S A S A

% S

Tools

S % S


% S B S Alarm Settings S % S Alarm

S

Volume: S % S Adjust level S %


% S B S

Alarm Settings

S % S Select option S %

S % S

Vibration:


Manner mode



% S B S Alarm Settings S % S For

Manner Mode:

S % S

Ring

S % S

Yes

S %

7


Tasks

S % S B S

Alarm Settings

S

Effect Illumination: S % S See below

% S


Switch On/Off S % S Link to Sound S % S A




.



Key Pattern

S % S

Select pattern

S % S A

.


Sound .



11-

42

[ Managing Tasks

7


Tasks S % S B S Find S % S See below

Searching tasks

Sorting tasks by priority


Deleting all tasks

By Part of Subject

By Subject S % S Enter text S %

By Due Date

By Due Date S % S Enter date S %

% S

Tools

S % S


S

% S B S Sort S % S Priority S %


% S B S Memory Status S %

% S

Tools

S % S


S

% S B S Delete S % S All Tasks S % S



Alarms

Editing entries

Saving entry name

Changing Alarm tone/video

Setting handset to vibrate at Alarm Time

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Alarms

S % S Select entry S % S Select item S %

S

Edit in the same manner as saving entries

S A


S % S Select entry S % S Subject: S % S

Enter name

S % S A

7


Alarms

S % S

Select entry

S

Tone/Video: S % S See below

% S

Assign

Using Preset Tone or Data Folder File

Select folder S % S Select tone/file S % S A

.


Using Customized Screen Tone/Video

Customized Screen S % S A


S % S Select entry S % S Vibration: S %

S


S % S A

.

Select Link to Sound to allow compatible SMAF files to control vibration.

11

11-

43

11




Manner mode

Activating Alarm based on World

Clock time

7

% S

Tools

S % S


Alarm S % S Select entry S % S Effect

Illumination: S % S See below


Switch On/Off

S % S

Link to Sound

S % S A




.




.


Sound .



% S

Tools

S % S

In PIM/Life menu, Alarms

S % S Settings S % S For Manner Mode S

% S Ring S % S Yes S %


S % S

Settings

S

% S On S %

% S

Link to World Clk

S

Wakeup TV

Editing entries

Changing Alarm tone/video



Manner mode

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Wakeup

TV S % S Select entry S % S Select item S

% S

Edit in the same manner as saving entries S A

7

% S

Tools

S % S


Wakeup TV S % S Select entry S % S

Assign Tone/Video: S % S See below

Using Preset Tone or Data Folder File

Select folder

S % S


S % S A

.


Using Customized Screen Tone/Video

Customized Screen S % S A

7


Wakeup TV S % S Select entry S % S






Select color

S % S A

.




.


Sound .


Switch On/Off

S % S

Off

S % S A

% S Tools S % S In PIM/Life menu, Wakeup

TV S % S For Manner Mode S % S Ring S

% S Yes S %

11-

44

Calculator

Copying calculation results

While result appears,

B S

Copy

S %

Changing exchange rate for currency conversion

Converting currencies

% S

Tools

S % S


Calculator S % S B S Money Converter S

% S Exchange Rate S % S Domestic or

Foreign S % S Enter rate S %

% S

Tools

S % S


Calculator S % S Enter amount of money S

B S Money Converter S % S To Domestic or To Foreign S %

.

Set Exchange Rate first.

Expenses Memo

Changing Category of saved entry

Changing amount

Renaming

Categories


Expenses Memo S % S Totals S % S

Select entry

S % S

Select Category

S %


Expenses Memo S % S Totals S % S

Select entry S B S Change Amount S % S

Edit

S %


Expenses Memo S % S Edit Category S %

S Select Category S % S Enter name S %


Osaifu-Keitai

®

Enabling to view e-money balances

Moving applications up/down Balance

Info list

Removing applications from

Balance Info list

Customizing handset response to reader/writer commands

Opening IC Card properties


Osaifu-Keitai S % S IC Card Settings S % S

Balance Info

S % S


S %

S <Empty> S % S S! Appli or Lifestyle-Appli

S % S Select application S %

.

For use with compatible Lifestyle-Applications.

.

Start Lifestyle-Appli once before adding it to Balance

Info list.


Osaifu-Keitai

S % S


S %

S Balance Info S % S Enter Handset Code

S % S Select application S B S Move S %

S Select target location S %

% S

Tools

S % S



Balance Info S % S Enter Handset Code S %

S Select application S B S Delete S %

% S

Tools

S % S


Osaifu-Keitai S % S IC Card Settings S %

S Interface Settings S % S Enter Handset

Code S % S Select item S % S Off S %

% S

Tools

S % S



S IC Card Status S %

11

11-

45

11


Changing IC Card

Lock notice recipient

Changing required

Missed Call count for Call Remote

Lock


Osaifu-Keitai

® settings

7

% S

Tools

S % S



Remote Lock S % S Enter Handset Code S %

S Mail Remote Lock S % S Notice Settings S

% S

Send Notice

S % S

See below

Changing Recipient

To Set Recipient S % S Set Recipient S %

S Select method S % S Select/enter number/address

S % S $ S A

.

Omit step of pressing

$

when selecting Phone

Book as setting method.

Disabling Notice

Off S % S $ S A


Osaifu-Keitai

S % S


S % S

Remote Lock S % S Enter Handset Code S

% S Call Remote Lock S % S Count for Lock

S % S Enter Missed Call count S % S A

% S

Tools

S % S



S Set to Default S % S Enter Handset Code

S % S Yes S %

Simulated Call

Starting via

Simulated Call menu

Clearing caller information

Overriding Silent volume setting


Simulated Call S % S Receive Simulated Call

S % S

Yes

S %

.

Simulated Call starts immediately regardless of

Receive Timing setting.

.

Settings remain even after starting Simulated Call during setup.


Simulated Call S % S Set Caller S % S B

S Yes S % S A S A

% S

Tools

S % S


Simulated Call S % S For Silent Mode S %

S Ring S % S Yes S % S A

Countdown Timer


7


S

Countdown Timer

S % S B S

Effect

Illumi.

S % S See below



Select color

S % S A

.





Switch On/Off

S % S

Off

S % S A

11-

46

Hour Minder

Changing Hour

Minder tone/video

Setting handset to vibrate at Hour

Minder Time


% S Tools S % S f Clock/Gauge S Hour

Minder S % S Advanced S % S Assign

Tone/Video:

S % S

Select folder

Select tone/file S % S A S A

S % S

.



Minder S % S Advanced S % S Vibration:

S % S


S % S A S A

.

Select Link to Sound to allow compatible SMAF files to control vibration.

7


S

Hour Minder

S % S

Advanced

S % S







.



Key Pattern

S % S

Select pattern

S % S A

.


Sound .



Sounding Hour

Minder tone even in Manner mode

Activating Hour

Minder based on

World Clock time



Minder S % S Advanced S % S For Manner

Mode:

S % S

Ring

S % S

Yes

S % S A

S A


Minder S % S Advanced S % S Link to

World Clk:

S % S

On

S % S A S A

Pedometer

Changing

Pedometer indicator

Using Pedometer

Calendar

Checking accumulated data

Resetting accumulated data


S % S


S %

S Pedometer S % S Select item S %

% S Tools S % S f Clock/Gauge S

Pedometer S % S Pedometer Calendar S %

S

Select date

S %

.

Degree of achievement appears.

.

Press

(

or

#

to view previous or next month.


Pedometer S % S Accumulated Data S %

.

Change in body information is reflected in the data.


Pedometer

S % S

Accumulated Data

S % S

B S Reset Walk Data S % S Enter Handset

Code S % S Yes S %

.

Averages are also reset.

11

11-

47


Customizing achievement notice

7

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

S Pedometer S % S Settings S % S Target

S % S Goal Announce S % S On S % S

See below

Changing Tone

Goal Sound S % S Select pattern S %

Changing Tone Volume

Goal Volume S % S Adjust level S %

Selecting Vibration Option

Vibration S % S Select option S %


Duration S % S Select time S %

.

For custom Duration, select Other and press

%

.

S! GPS Navi

11

Sending current location via mail

Changing map source URL

% S Tools S % S f Clock/Gauge S S! GPS

Navi S % S Location Mail S % S

Positioning complete

S % S message S A

Complete

.

When accuracy level is 1 or 2, choose No and press

% after positioning, then complete message.

7

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

S S! GPS Navi S % S NAVI Settings S % S

Map URL Settings S % S See below

Adding URLs

<Not set>

S % S

Enter URL

S %

Setting Destination URL

Select URL S %

Viewing/Editing/Deleting URLs

Select URL

S B S

Display , Edit or Delete

S %

.

Follow onscreen prompt.

Disabling positioning

Selecting Location

Information transmission option

Using My Location

& Location Log

Saving Location

Log records to My

Location

Deleting Location

Log records


Navi S % S NAVI Settings S % S

Positioning Lock

S % S

On

S % S

Enter

Handset Code S %


Navi S % S NAVI Settings S % S Send

Location Info

S % S

Select option

S %

7


S

S! GPS Navi

S % S

My Location List or

Location Logs S % S Select entry or record

S See below

Opening Map

A S

Yes

S %

Showing Routes via Navi Appli

B S Go to S % S Yes S %

.


Inserting into Message Text

B S

As Msg. Text

S % S


S A

Saving to Phone Book

B S Save to Ph.Book

S % S As New Entry

S % S

Complete other fields

S A

.



Navi S % S Location Logs S % S Select record S B S Set as My Location S % S

Name

S % S

Enter name

S % S B


Navi S % S Location Logs S % S Select record S B S Delete or Delete All S % S

Yes

S %

.

Omit record selection step when deleting all records.

11-

48

Suppressing

Information window after sending

Location Information automatically

% S

Tools

S % S f

Clock/Gauge

S

S! GPS

Navi S % S NAVI Settings S % S Inform

Location S % S Do not Show S % S Enter

Handset Code S %

Notepad

Editing Notepad

Searching text within all entries

Inserting Notepad text into message text

Sending entries via

S! Mail

Creating text files

7

% S Tools S % S f Doc./Rec.

S

Notepad

S % S

Select entry

S B S

See below

Editing Text

Edit Text S % S Edit S %

Changing Category

Change Category

S % S

Select Category

S %


S Notepad

S % S Select entry S B S Search S % S

Enter text S %

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Notepad

S % S Select entry S B S Send S % S As

Message Text S % S S! Mail or SMS S % S


.


% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Notepad

S % S Select entry S B S Send S % S

Via Message S % S Complete message S A


S Notepad

S % S

Select entry

S B S


S % S Create Text File S % S Enter name

S % S Save here S %


Importing text files




S Notepad S

% S Select entry S B S Setting/Manage S

% S

Import Text File

S % S

Select file

S %


S Notepad

S % S Select entry S B S Setting/Manage

S % S Memory Status S %

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Notepad

S % S Select entry S B S Details S %

Voice Recorder

Saving longer recordings

Sending Voice files via S! Mail

Switching storage media

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Voice

Recorder S % S B S Record Time S % S

Extended Voice S % S % S Recording starts S % S Recording ends

.

Insert Memory Card to record in Extended Voice mode. (Recording is saved automatically.)

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Voice

Recorder S % S % S Recording starts S %

S Recording ends S Save and Send S % S


.

Available in For Message mode.

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Voice

Recorder S % S B S Save Recording to S


.

Available in For Message mode.

.

Set to Ask Each Time to select media after every recording.

11

11-

49

11


Scan Barcode

Scanning during text entry

Scanning continuously

Reading saved barcode images

Saving scan results

Saving to Notepad

7


B S

Scan

S

% S Scan Code S % S Frame barcode in center of Display S % S See below

Pasting All Scan Results

%

Pasting a Part of Scan Results

B S Select first character S % S Highlight text range S %

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan S % S Scan Barcode S % S B S

Continuous Scan S % S On S % S Frame barcode in center of Display S %

.

Choose Yes to continue scanning or No and press

% to view scan results.

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan S % S Open Barcode S % S Select file S %


S Barcode/

Scan

S % S

Scan Barcode

S % S

Frame barcode in center of Display S % S B S

Save S %


S Barcode/

Scan

S % S

Scan Barcode

S % S

Frame barcode in center of Display S % S B S

Notepad S %

Saving linked info to Phone Book

Opening saved scan results



S Barcode/

Scan S % S Scan Barcode S % S Frame barcode in center of Display

S % S

Select number or mail address S B S Save to

Ph.Book

S % S As New Entry S % S

Complete other fields S A

.


.

When MEMORY: appears in scan results, press

% to enter the items underlined with a dotted line automatically in Phone Book entry window.

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/

Scan S % S Scanned Results S % S Select file S %

.

Select a file and press

B

to rename files, open properties or delete files.

.

Some files may not open.

7


S

Barcode/Scan S % S Scan Barcode S % S

Frame barcode in center of Display S % S

See below

Dialing Numbers

Select phone number S % S !


Select mail address

S % S


.

When MAILTO: appears in scan results, press

%

to enter the items underlined with a dotted line automatically in Mail Composition window.


Select URL S %

11-

50

Using images as

Wallpaper

Saving images & melodies

Opening or playing files

Using images for

System Graphics


S Barcode/

Scan S % S Scan Barcode S % S Frame barcode in center of Display

S % S

Select image S B S Set as Wallpaper S % S

Vertical or Horizontal S % S %

.

For images smaller or larger than Display, Wallpaper

Display options appear; follow onscreen prompts.


S Barcode/

Scan

S % S

Scan Barcode

S % S

Frame barcode in center of Display S % S Select file

S B S To Data Folder S %


S Barcode/

Scan

S % S

Scan Barcode

S % S

Frame barcode in center of Display S % S Select file

S %


S Barcode/

Scan

S % S

Scan Barcode

S % S

Frame barcode in center of Display S % S Select image S B S As System S % S Select item

S % S Specify image area S %

.

Some images may be usable without specifying image area.

Pasting to message text

Copying text


7

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S


Frame barcode in center of Display S % S B

S Send Message S % S See below

All Text

% S S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete message S A

.


Selected Text

B S


S % S

Highlight text range S % S S! Mail or SMS S % S


.


7


S


Frame barcode in center of Display S % S

See below

Text

B S Copy S % S Select first character S %

S Highlight text range S %

Number, Address or URL

Select number, mail address or URL S B S

Copy Telephone , Copy Address or Copy URL

S %

11

11-

51

11


Scan Card

Saving to Notepad


Copying text


S Barcode/

Scan S % S Scan Card S % S Frame card in center of Display

S

Notepad S %

% S % S B S

7

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan S % S Scan Card S % S

Frame card in center of Display S % S % S

B S Send Message S % S See below

All Text

% S S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete message S A

.


Selected Text

B S


S % S

Highlight text range S % S S! Mail or SMS S % S


.



S Barcode/

Scan

S % S

Scan Card

S % S

Frame card in center of Display S % S % S B S Copy

S % S Select first character S % S

Highlight text range S %

Scan Text

Scanning and pasting during text entry

Scanning more text

Saving scan results

Saving linked info to Phone Book

Opening saved scan results

In a text entry window, B S Scan S % S

Scan Text S % S Frame text in center of

Display

S % S

Select line

S % S %


S Barcode/

Scan S % S Scan Text S % S Frame text in center of Display S % S Select line S % S

% S B S

Continue Part or Scan More

S %

.

Select Continue Part to enter additional text or

Scan More to enter text after a line break.


S Barcode/


% S B S

Save

S %


S Barcode/


% S


S B S

Save to Ph.Book

S % S As New Entry S %

S Complete other fields S A

.



S Barcode/

Scan

S % S

Scanned Results

S % S

Select file S %

.

Select a file and press

B

to rename files, open properties or delete files.

.


11-

52



7

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S

Barcode/Scan S % S Scan Text S % S

Frame text in center of Display S % S Select line S % S % S See below

Dialing Numbers

Select phone number S % S !


Select mail address S % S Complete message

S A


Select URL S %

7


S


Frame text in center of Display S % S Select line

S % S % S B S

Send Message

S %

S See below

All Text

% S S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete message

S A

.


Selected Text

B S Select first character S % S Highlight text range S % S S! Mail or SMS S % S


S A

.


Copying text


7

% S

Tools

S % S f

Doc./Rec.

S


Frame text in center of Display S % S Select line S % S % S See below

Text

B S Copy S % S Select first character S %

S Highlight text range S %

Number, Address or URL

Select number, mail address or URL

S B S

Copy Telephone , Copy Address or Copy URL

S %

Kanji Grabber

Scanning and pasting during text entry

In a text entry window, B S Scan S % S

Kanji Grabber S % S Frame kanji in Loupe S

% S Scan results appear S %

11

11-

53

Troubleshooting

11

Osaifu-Keitai

®

3

Cannot use Osaifu-Keitai

®

(S! FeliCa)

.


3 Recognition via reader/writer takes time

.

Check m

logo area. Foreign articles can block/hamper recognition.

3 Call Remote Lock does not activate even after specified number of Missed Calls

.

Missed Call count is reset by calls from other numbers. If series is interrupted, start over from the beginning.

.

When Call Forwarding is active,

Missed Calls may not be recorded.

Wakeup TV

3 TV does not activate with specified channel

.

If Wakeup TV Time arrives while TV is active, channel does not switch to the specified one.

Voice Recorder

3

Cannot record properly

.

If incompatible microphone is connected, recording may fail.

3

Noise/skipping occurs

.

Avoid shocks to handset while recording; may cause noise or skipping.

3

Recording takes time to start

.

Recording window may take longer to open as more Voice files are saved on

Memory Card.

Scanning Barcode/Card/Text

3

Cannot read barcodes properly

.

Scan may fail if barcode is dirty or unclear.

.

Scan may fail if barcode is scanned under inadequate light.

.

Scan may fail if multiple barcodes are captured at one time.

3 Cannot read barcodes during text entry

.

Scanning is not available during calls or when mobile camera is active.

3 Cannot read barcode images in

Data Folder automatically

.

When scan fails, follow onscreen instructions and select next barcode image manually.

3 Cannot scan business cards properly

.

Scan fails if business card is printed in light-colored text on a dark background, handwritten or printed in casual/decorative fonts, decorated with a background pattern, or designed with both vertical and horizontal text.

.

Scan may fail if business card is printed in light-colored text on a light background, printed in italics or extremely small fonts, decorated with a logo or logo-like text, printed on a glossy paper or other material, or dirty/folded.

3

Cannot scan text properly

.

Scanning over 35 characters at one time may yield poor results.

.

Adjust to frame text in [ ]. Letters at the ends may be distorted.

11-

54

S! Quick News .............................. 12-2

Receiving Content Updates

(Japanese) .................................... 12-2

S! Information Channel ............... 12-3

S! Information Channel & Weather

Indicator (Japanese) ...................... 12-3

Content Downloads ..................... 12-4

Downloading Content (Japanese)

....................................................... 12-4

e-Books......................................... 12-5

Reading e-Books (Japanese) ........ 12-5

S! Friend's Status ........................ 12-6

Using S! Friend's Status .................12-6

S! Circle Talk ................................ 12-9

Using S! Circle Talk ........................12-9

Near Chat.................................... 12-11

Using Near Chat (Japanese) ........12-11

Blog Tool .................................... 12-12

Blogging .......................................12-12



12

Entertainment

12-

1

S! Quick News

Receiving Content Updates (Japanese)

View content updates or breaking news.

Packet transmission fees apply (except

3

登録はこちら

S % S

Yes

S % when downloading via Wi-Fi).

Registering S! Quick News Items

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S

S! Quick News

S %

.


4

Select item

S %

.


Opening Information

1

In S! Quick News List, select item

S %

S! Quick News Menu

2

S! Quick News List

S %

.

Title list appears.

2

Select title

S %

12

.

Press

B

to return to title list, or

A

to open next title.

S! Quick News List

Updating Items Manually

[S! Quick News List] Select item

S

A S 更新 S % S 一件 or 全件 S %

Indicators

Unread Special news

Read Special news

Unread News

Flash

Read News Flash

Unread

General news

Read General news

Auto update disabled

12-

2

Advanced

0

(

Updating S! Quick News List automatically

(

Checking update schedule

(

Deleting S! Quick News items

(

Resetting S! Quick News List

(

Changing background image

(

Accessing source sites

(

Disabling image download ( P.12-14 )

S! Information Channel

S! Information Channel & Weather Indicator (Japanese)

Subscribe to Japanese mobile periodicals that download to handset automatically; use Weather Indicator as needed.

Packet transmission fees apply.

Service Registration & Content

Subscription

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S

S! Information Channel/

Weather

S %

S! Information Channel Menu

2

Registration/Cancel

S %

.



New Received Information

Information window opens for new

S! Information Channel info delivery.

1

While Information window appears,

S! Info. Channel

S %

.

S! Information Channel page opens.


.

S! Information Channel page handling is similar to that of Yahoo! Keitai.

2

" S

Standby returns

Opening Unread Latest Issue

[S! Information Channel Menu]

What's New S %

Opening Back Issues

[S! Information Channel Menu] Back

Issue S % S Select date S %

Using Weather Indicator

After S! Information Channel registration, local area weather indicator appears in

Standby.

Manual Update

[S! Information Channel Menu]

Weather Indicator

S % S

Manual

Update S % S Yes S %

12

Advanced

0

( Suppressing Information window for new received info ( Changing Display Size ( Changing scroll unit

( Copying text ( Hiding Weather Indicator in

Standby

(

Canceling Weather Indicator automatic updates

(

Suppressing Information window for weather updates (And more on

P.12-14 -

12-15

)

12-

3

Content Downloads

Downloading Content (Japanese)

Download media content via Yahoo! Keitai.

Via S! Contents Store

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

Via Free Content Providers

Download free Graphic Mail templates, e-Books, games, etc.

Content downloads are free, however, they require Internet connection incurring packet transmission fees (except when downloading via Wi-Fi).

1

In Entertainment menu,

Free Contents

S %

12

Entertainment Menu

2

S! Contents Store

S %

.



2

Select provider

S %

.



12-

4

e-Books

Reading e-Books (Japanese)

Downloading e-Books

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

Entertainment Menu

2

S! Contents Store

S %

.


.

Downloaded e-Books are saved to

Data Folder (Books).

Note

.

Alternatively, go to SH-web Mobile

Internet site ( ｼｬｰﾌﾟﾒｰｶｰｻｲﾄ SH-web in

Bookmarks; see

P.6-9 ) for e-Books.

Downloading Free E-Books

In 2 , Free Contents

S % S

Tada-Hon or Tada-Komi S %


e-Book Viewer

Read XMDF books and dictionary files.

Some files may not be supported.

1


e-Book Viewer

S %

.

e-Book Viewer starts. Refer to the e-Book Viewer help menu for operational instructions.

Digital Media Viewer

Read digital magazines and newspapers.


1


Digital Media Viewer

S %

.

Digital Media Viewer starts. Refer to the Digital Media Viewer help menu for operational instructions.

BookSurfing

®

Download Contents Keys and read CCF files.


1


BookSurfing

S %

.

BookSurfing

®

S! Application starts.

Refer to the BookSurfing ® help menu for operational instructions.

Moving CCF Files via Memory Card

.

When purchasing a new handset, move

CCF files and retrieve Contents Keys to open the files. Some files may need to be re-downloaded.

12

Advanced

0

( Copying text ( Opening non-940SH e-Books (Library) ( Using Library ( P.12-15

)

12-

5

S! Friend's Status

.

Using S! Friend's Status

Exchange current usage status, mood, etc. with compatible handsets.

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S

S! Friend's Status

S %

Save and organize members in Groups.

.

S! Friend's Status requires a separate contract and basic monthly fee.

.


First S! Friend's Status Use

Follow these steps to register a number saved in Phone Book; Status, Availability and Comment are sent to the members.

2

Yes

S %

12

3

4

Yes

S %

Phone Book

S %

5

Select entry

S % S


S %

.

Omit number selection step if only one number is saved.

6

Yes

S %

.

Registration request is sent to the number.

When Request is Accepted

.

An acceptance notice arrives; My Status is sent and member's status appears on handset.

Direct Entry

In 4 , Add New Entry S % S Enter phone number

S % S 6

12-

6

Advanced

0

( Adding members ( Deleting members ( Moving members ( Renaming Groups ( Rejecting requests ( Updating manually ( Opening notices

(

Sending My Details image (And more on P.12-16

- 12-17 )

Opening Member Status

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S


S %

S f

Select Group

My Stat u s

Mem b er

Stat u s

2

Select member

S %

Changing My Status

Follow these steps to change Status,

Availability and Comment; new status is sent to the members.

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S


S %

S

私の状況

S %

Connection

Stat u s

My Status Window

2

Select Status, e.g.,

ごきげん

S %


3

Select new Status

S %

4

Select Availability, e.g.,

Answer OK

S % S

Select new Availability

S %

5

<Add Comment>

S % S

Enter text

S %

6

A S

Update starts

Changing Connection Status

[My Status Window] Online (or

Offline )

S % S

Select status

S %

Changing Status Icon/Label

[Status Template Window] Select

Status S A S Status Icon or Status

Label

S % S

Select Pictogram or enter text S % S A

Changing Availability Settings at Once

In 4 , Answer Status S % S Select new Answer Status

S % S

From 5

Editing My Status Name

[My Status Window]

B S

Edit Name

S % S Edit S %

12

When Cancellation Notice Arrives

.

Member is deleted from S! Friend's

Status member list.

Status Template Window

12-

7


Receiving Request from Unsaved

Numbers

When a registration request arrives, a confirmation appears.

12

1

Yes

S %

.

Acceptance notice is sent; the number is registered.

Rejecting

In 1 , No

S % S

Yes

S %

, Rejection notice is sent; the number cannot be registered for 24 hours.

, For ConfirmLater , Information window opens.

Creating Status Templates

Save custom combinations of Status Icon and Status Label to each template.

1

2

3

In Status Template window,

B S

New Entry

S %

Enter name

<未定>

S %

S %

4

Status Icon

S % S

Select

Pictogram

S %

5

Status Label

S % S

Enter text

S % S A

6

Repeat 3 - 5 S A S

Saved

Saving to Data Folder

[Status Template Window] f Select template S B S Save to DF S %

S Save here S %

Loading Templates via Data Folder

[Status Template Window] B S Add

Template S % S Select template

S %

Renaming Templates

[Status Template Window] f Select template S B S Edit Temp. Name

S % S

Enter name

S %

12-

8

Advanced

0

( Resetting templates ( P.12-16 )

S! Circle Talk

Using S! Circle Talk

Use handset like a walkie-talkie to speak to multiple parties simultaneously.

.

A subscription to S! Friend's Status is required.

.

Packet transmission fees apply during

S! Circle Talk.

Registering Members

Follow these steps to register a number saved in Phone Book:

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S

S! Circle Talk

S %

.

When registering a member for the first time, a confirmation appears.

Choose Yes and press

%

, then skip ahead to 3 .

2


S %

3

Group

S % S

Group

Name:

S % S

Enter name

S %

4

Select number, e.g.,

No.1:

S %

5

Phone Book

S %

6

Select entry

S % S


S %

7

A S

Saved

Saving as Individuals

In 3 , Individual S % S 5 - 6

Saving from S! Friend's Status Member List

In 5 , Members List S % S Select member S % S 7

, Omit 7 when Individual is selected in 3 .

12

Advanced

0

( Editing individual members ( Editing Groups ( P.12-17

)

.

Omit number selection step if only

.

one number is saved.

Repeat 4 - 6 to add members.

12-

9

S! Circle Talk

Initiating S! Circle Talk

Follow these steps to send S! Circle Talk requests to members:

(First, set Connection status to Online

(

P.12-7

).)

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S


S %

12

2

Select member or Group

S %

3

% S


.

S! Circle Talk starts when request is accepted by a receiver.

.

Loudspeaker activates automatically.

Direct Entry


S %

S! Circle Talk S % S %

S

Call

S! Circle Talk Operations

[ Speaking

1

Press and hold

!

when

Press and Hold

appears

S

You have the floor

[ Exiting S! Circle Talk

1

" S

Connection ends

.

S! Circle Talk ends automatically when there is only one participant left, including yourself.

Rejoining S! Circle Talk c

/ d S

Select most recent S! Circle

Talk record S B S Rejoin Circle

Talk

S %

, Not available when S! Circle Talk has ended or maximum number of participants are already engaged.

.

:My Turn appears when you have the floor.

2

Keep holding

!

to speak

S

Release

!

S

Floor is released

.

Warning tone sounds before time limit.

Incoming Calls during S! Circle Talk

.

Incoming calls are rejected. Set handset to exit S! Circle Talk to answer incoming calls as needed.

Canceling Loudspeaker

During S! Circle Talk, %

, To reactivate, follow these steps:

% S While message appears, %

Accepting S! Circle Talk Request

1

While handset is ringing/ vibrating,

% S

S! Circle

Talk starts

.

Alternatively, press !

.

.

S! Circle Talk Operations: left

12-

10

Advanced

0

( Disabling Loudspeaker ( Exiting S! Circle Talk for incoming calls ( P.12-17 )

Near Chat

Using Near Chat (Japanese)

Exchange real-time text messages wirelessly with compatible Bluetooth

® devices within ten meters. (Available even when handset is out-of-range.)

Because this application employs

Bluetooth

®

wireless technology transmission/connection fees do not apply.

Access Restriction

.

In the event that this handset may be used by a minor, access to this application may be password restricted by a supervising adult. In this case,

Handset Code access must also be managed to prevent the execution of

Memory All Clear that may be used to reset the application password.

Sending Near Chat Request

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S

Near chat

S %

2

Yes

S %

.

Near Chat S! Application starts.

.

A confirmation appears. Read the message and press B ( はい ) or

A ( いいえ ).

.

For more, see Near Chat

S! Application instructions.

Receiving Near Chat Request

When a Near Chat request arrives, a tone sounds and S! Appli Notification appears.

After a period of inactivity, Information window opens, tone sounds and notification appears.

1

Yes

S %

.

Near Chat S! Application starts.

.

A confirmation appears. Read the message and press

B

( はい ) or

A ( いいえ ).

.

For more, see Near Chat

S! Application instructions.

Rejecting Request

In 1 , No S %

12

12-

11

Blog Tool

Blogging

Save blog details to view or update blogs easily on handset.

Saving Blog Details

Setup for Posting via Mail

Follow these steps to save blog name and address for posting:

1

% S

Entertainment

S %

S

Blog Tool

S %

3

Blog Title

S % S

Enter name

S %

4

Blog by send Mail

S %

12

Blog Tool Window

2

Add New Entry

S %

Blog Setting Menu

Blog Setting Menu (Mail)

5

Blog's Email Address

S %

S

Enter mail address

S %

6

$ S A

Saving Title/Text for Posts

After 5 , Blog's Title or Blog's Text

S % S

Enter title or text

S % S 6

, Saved title/text is entered automatically when posting.

Setting Image Size for Posting

After 5 , Picture Size size S % S 6

S % S

Select

Setup for Posting via the Internet

Save URL for Yahoo! Keitai or PC sites, or both.

1

In Blog Setting menu,

Refer/

Send by Yahoo! Keitai

or

Refer/Send by PCSite/Direct

Browser

S %

2

Blog's URL

S % S

Enter

URL

S %

3

Refer Blog's URL

S % S

Enter URL

S %

4

$ S A

12-

12

Advanced

0

( Editing entries ( Deleting entries ( P.12-17 )

Posting to Blogs

Complete setup for posting via mail/

Internet beforehand.

Posting via Mail

1

In Blog Tool window, select entry

S %

2

Blog by send Mail

S %

.

S! Mail Composition window opens with address entered.

.

Omit 2 if no URL is saved for posting.

3


S A

Posting via the Internet

1


S %

2

Blog by send Browser

S %

.

Page of URL saved in Blog's URL

.

opens.

Omit 2 if no address is saved for posting.

.

If PC Site Browser message appears, follow onscreen prompts.

When URLs for Yahoo! Keitai & PC Sites are Saved

After 2 , select browser S %

Blog Tool

Opening Blog Page

1


S A

.

Page of URL saved in Refer Blog's

URL opens.

.

If PC Site Browser message appears, follow onscreen prompts.

When URLs for Yahoo! Keitai & PC Sites are Saved

After 1 , select browser S %

12

12-

13


12

S! Quick News

[ Opening/Updating Items

Updating S! Quick

News List automatically

Checking update schedule

% S

Entertainment

S % S

S! Quick News

S

% S Settings S % S Automatic Update S

% S Select item S % S Select interval or choose On S %

.

If a confirmation appears after completing above, press

%

.

.

When selecting an item set to Off , a confirmation appears.

.

When Special is set to On , items are updated every four hours.

.

When General is set to On , items are updated once a day.

.

Updating items may incur high packet transmission fees.

.

Only available in Japan.

% S

Entertainment

S % S

S! Quick News

S

% S Settings S % S Check Schedule S %

7

% S

Entertainment

S % S

S! Quick

News S % S S! Quick News List S % S

Select item S B S See below

Deleting S! Quick

News items

Resetting S! Quick

News List

One Entry

一件 S % S

Yes

S %

All Entries

全件 S % S Enter Handset Code S % S Yes

S %

% S

Entertainment

S % S

S! Quick News

S

% S Settings S % S Delete S! Quick News

Lists S % S Enter Handset Code S % S Yes

S %

.

Not available during automatic updates.

[ Other

Changing background image

Accessing source sites

Disabling image download

% S

Entertainment

S % S

S! Quick News

S

% S Settings S % S Change Skin S % S

Select pattern S %

% S Entertainment S % S S! Quick News S

% S

S! Quick News List

S % S

Select item

S % S Select title S % S Select linked title

S % S Yes S %

% S Entertainment S % S S! Quick News S

% S

Settings

S % S

Show Image

S % S

Off S %

S! Information Channel

[ Receiving Information

Suppressing

Information window for new received info

% S

Entertainment

S % S

S! Information

Channel/Weather S % S Notification S % S

Off S %

Requesting re-delivery

% S Entertainment S % S S! Information

Channel/Weather S % S Get Latest Contents

S % S

Yes

S %

[ Information Pages

Changing Display

Size


On a page, B S Settings S % S Display Size

S % S Select size S %

On a page, B S Settings S % S Scroll Unit

S % S

Select unit

S %

12-

14

Copying text

Saving files to Data

Folder

On a page, B S Copy Text S % S Select first character S % S Highlight text range S %

On a page,

B S

Save Items

S % S

Select file S % S Save S % S Enter name S % S

Save here S %

.

Some files are saved automatically.


On a page, B S Details S %

[ Weather Indicators

Checking weather forecast


Channel/Weather S % S Weather Indicator S

% S Weather S %

Changing weather forecast page font size

On a page, B S Settings S % S Font Size S

% S Select size S %

Hiding Weather

Indicator in

Standby

Canceling Weather

Indicator automatic updates

Suppressing

Information window for weather updates


Channel/Weather

S % S


S

% S Settings S % S Standby Setting S %

S Off S %



S % S


S

% S Settings S % S Icon Update S % S

Off S %



S % S


S

% S Settings S % S Weather Notif.

S % S

Off S %

Additional Functions e-Books

Copying text

Opening non-940SH e-Books (Library)

Using Library

In open page, A S 文字列をｺﾋﾟｰ S % S

Select first character S % S Highlight text range

S %

% S

Entertainment

S % S e-Book Viewer

S

B S

Select file

S %

.


7

% S Entertainment S % S e-Book

Viewer S B S See below

Adding Folders

B S New Folder S % S Enter name S %

Switching Folders

B S Switch Folders S % S Select folder S %

Renaming Folders/Files

Select folder/file S B S Rename S % S

Enter name S %

Moving Files

Select file

S B S

Move

S % S

Select folder

S % S Move here S %

Deleting Folders/Files

Select folder/file S B S Delete S % S Yes

S %

Opening File Properties

Select file S B S Details S %

12

12-

15


12


[ Members & Groups

Adding members

Deleting members

Moving members

Renaming Groups

% S

Entertainment

S % S


S % S f Select Group S B S Add Member

S % S Select method S % S Select entry or enter phone number S % S Yes S %

% S

Entertainment

S % S

S! Friend's

Status S % S f Select Group S Select member S B S Registration Release S % S

Yes S % S Yes S %

.

Cancellation notice is sent; deleted members cannot be re-registered for 24 hours.

% S

Entertainment

S % S

S! Friend's

Status S % S f Select Group S Select member S B S Change Group S % S

Select target Group S %

% S

Entertainment

S % S

S! Friend's

Status S % S f Select Group S B S Edit

Group Name S % S Enter name S %

7

% S Entertainment S % S

S! Friend's Status S % S B S Settings S

% S Request Reply S % S See below

Rejecting requests

Rejecting Requests from Unsaved Numbers

Confirm if Registered S %

.

Rejection notice is sent to rejected numbers automatically.

Rejecting All Requests

Always Ignore S %

.

Rejection notice is sent to all requesters automatically.

[ Status & Availability

Saving custom

Availability combinations

Changing Status

Icon Pictogram or

Status Label description

% S

Entertainment

S % S

S! Friend's

Status S % S B S Settings S % S Answer

Status S % S User Setting S % S Select type S % S Select Availability S % S A

% S

Entertainment

S % S

S! Friend's

Status S % S B S Settings S % S Status

Setting S % S f Select template S Select

Status S % S Status Icon S % S Select

Pictogram

S % text S % S A

S

Status Label

S % S

Enter

[ Status Templates

7

% S

Entertainment

S % S

S! Friend's Status S % S 私の状況

Select Status S % S See below

S % S

Resetting templates

One Template f

Select template

S %

S B S

Reset

S % S

Yes

All Templates

B S Reset All S % S Yes S %

[ Member Status & Notices

Updating manually

Opening notices

% S

Entertainment

S % S

S! Friend's

Status S % S B S Settings S % S Status

Update S %

% S Entertainment S % S S! Friend's

Status

S % S B

Select notice S %

S

Status Notif. List

S % S

12-

16

[ My Details

Sending My Details image

% S

Entertainment

S % S


S % S f Select Group S Select member S

B S Send Image S % S Yes S %

.

Available when your handset number is saved in

Phone Book on member's handset.

S! Circle Talk

[ Member List

Editing individual members

Editing Groups

7

% S Entertainment S % S S! Circle

Talk S % S Select member S B S See below

Replacing Members

Edit S % S % S Select method S % S

Select entry S %


Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

7

% S Entertainment S % S S! Circle

Talk

S % S

Select Group

S B S

See below

Editing Group Name/Members

Edit S % S Select target S % S Edit/enter

S % S A

Deleting Group Members

Edit S % S Select member S B S Delete S

% S Yes S % S A

Deleting Groups

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %


[ Settings

Disabling

Loudspeaker

Exiting S! Circle

Talk for incoming calls

Blog Tool

% S

Entertainment

S % S


S

% S B S Loudspeaker S % S Off S %

% S Entertainment S % S S! Circle Talk S

% S B S Incoming Calls S % S Voice Calls or Video Calls

S % S

Accept Calls

S %

Editing entries

Deleting entries

% S Entertainment S % S Blog Tool S %

S

Select entry

S B S

Edit

S % S

Select item S % S Edit S $ S A

.

For Blog Title , omit step of pressing

$

after editing.

% S Entertainment S % S Blog Tool S % S

Select entry S B S Delete S % S Yes S %

12

12-

17

Troubleshooting

12


3

Cannot use S! Friend's Status

.

Set IP Service Setting to On .

3 Handset rejected a registration request automatically

.

Rejection notice is sent automatically when 30 members are already registered or handset fails to respond within two hours.

3 Registration request arrived from a deleted member

.

Registration request arrives when a member fails to receive cancellation notice within 24 hours.

3 Registration request was sent to a member automatically

.

Registration request is sent automatically when handset fails to receive rejection/cancellation notice within 24 hours.

3

Cannot create Status Templates

.

Three templates may already be added; reset one and retry.

S! Circle Talk

3

Cannot use S! Circle Talk

.

Set IP Service Setting to On .

3

S! Circle Talk starts automatically

.

Check My Status; handset accepts

S! Circle Talk requests automatically if

S! Circle Talk Availability is set to Auto

Join .

3 Cannot accept S! Circle Talk requests

.

Check My Status; handset rejects S! Circle

Talk requests automatically if S! Circle Talk

Availability is set to Join NG .

Near Chat

3

Cannot receive Near Chat requests

.

S! Appli Request may be set to Off .

S! Quick News

3

Cannot receive content updates

.

Update may fail out-of-range or in poor signal conditions.

.

Automatic Update does not affect

S! Quick News List News Flash update items overnight.

.

USIM Card replacement cancels

Automatic Update.

12-

18

Handset Security.......................... 13-2

Operations Security ....................... 13-2

Information Security....................... 13-3

Function Control.......................... 13-4

Using Function Control...................13-4


13


13-

1


Operations Security

Function Lock

Restrict access to handset functions.

Auto

Once

At Power On

Lock when Display turns off or handset is closed

(clamshell closed)

Lock immediately; setting is canceled once handset is unlocked

Lock when handset is powered on; Handset Code entry window opens

13

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Locks

S %

Locks Menu

2

Function Lock

S %

3

Select option

S % S

Enter

Handset Code

S %

Unlocking Temporarily

While handset is locked, enter

Handset Code S %

When Function Lock is Active

.

Press corresponding key to power handset on/off, answer calls, place callers on hold, end calls, etc.

PIN Entry

Activate PIN Entry to require PIN entry each time handset is powered on.

1

In Locks menu,

PIN Entry

S

% S

Switch On/Off

S %

2

On

S % S

Enter PIN

S %

Secure Remote Lock

Lock a lost handset remotely via PC or another handset. Secure Remote Lock disables all operations except powering handset on, and activates IC Card Lock.

For more about Secure Remote Lock, see

SoftBank Mobile Website (

P.17-23

) or contact SoftBank Mobile Customer

Center, General Information ( P.17-42

).

13-

2

Advanced

0

(

Changing PIN

(

Setting Secure Remote Lock activation message ( P.13-5 )


Information Security

Application Lock

Restrict access to these functions:

Phone Book Mail

Calendar/Tasks Notepad

Yahoo! Keitai

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Locks

S %

Locks Menu

2

Application Lock

S %

3

Select item

S %

( )

For Phone Book, select No Refer (to hide entry names in message lists, Call

Log, etc.) or Refer and press % .

4

A S


S %

Temporary Access to Functions

.

When accessing functions, enter

Handset Code and press % .

History Lock

Restrict access to Call Log and sent/ received mail records.

1

In Locks menu,

History

Lock

S %

Temporary Access to Records

.

When accessing records, enter Handset

Code and press % .

Show Secret Data

Activate Show Secret Data to access

Secret entries.

1

In Locks menu,

Show Secret

Data

S %

2

On

S % S

Enter Handset

Code

S %

Activating Temporarily with

Motion Control

1


S

Shake handset left or right

S %

.

Show Secret Data is canceled when handset is closed (clamshell closed) or Display goes dark in Standby.

13

2

Select item

S %

( )

3

A S


S %

13-

3

Function Control

13

Using Function Control

Restrict access to the following functions remotely. (Available for administrators.)

Camera Attach File

Infrared Wi-Fi

[ When Accessing Restricted Functions

A message (example shown below) appears; the function is inaccessible.

Bluetooth

Memory Card

USB

Digital TV

Messaging

Voice Call (placing)

Video Call (placing)

Yahoo! Keitai

PC Site Browser

IP Service

S! Appli

Osaifu-Keitai

PC Mail

Streaming

USIM (writing) Flash®

S! Mail Mobile Widget

.

A message appears while Function Control is in progress.

.

May be unavailable depending on subscription. For details, contact the nearest SoftBank Shop or SoftBank Mobile

Customer Center, General Information

(

P.17-42

).

Message may not appear for some functions.

Checking Restriction Status

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Locks

S %

2

Function Control

S %

.

Restriction status appears for each function.

13-

4

PIN Entry

Changing PIN

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G S Locks

S % S PIN Entry S % S Change PIN S %

S

Enter current PIN

S % S

Enter new PIN

S

% S Re-enter new PIN S %

.

Activate PIN Entry first.

Secure Remote Lock

Setting Secure

Remote Lock activation message

7

% S Settings S % S f Phone/ G

S Locks S % S Set Lock Message S % S

See below

Saving Message

Message S % S Enter Handset Code S % S

Enter message S % S Yes S %

Checking Message

Check Message S %

Suppressing Message

Display Setting S % S Don't Show S % S


S %


13

13-

5

Data Folder ................................... 14-2

Opening Files ................................ 14-3

Managing Files & Folders .............. 14-4

Memory Card................................ 14-5

Using Memory Card .......................14-5



14

Data Folder &

Memory Card

14-

1

Data Folder

14

Data Folder

Handset files are organized in folders by file format.

[ Preset Folders

Pictures

DCIM

*

Ring Songs·Tones

S! Appli *

Widget

*

Music

Books

*

Videos

*

*

Lifestyle-Appli

*


Status Templates

Decoration Call *

*

*

Contents

Still images

Large still images on Memory Card (images captured with save location set to DCIM )

Downloaded melodies and other sound files

S! Applications

Widgets

Downloaded Chaku-Uta Full

®

files

Video images

Lifestyle-Appli required to use Osaifu-Keitai

®

Downloaded e-Books, etc.

Downloaded Customized Screen files

Combinations of Status Icon and Status

Label for S! Friend's Status

Decoration Call files created on handset or obtained via mail

Downloaded Flash ® (animation) files

Other files (Dictionary files, etc.)

Flash®

Other Documents

*

Contains corresponding Yahoo! Keitai menu shortcut.

Checking Memory Status

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Memory Status

S % S

Phone

Memory or Memory Card S %

, The category Others: includes Data Folder management files,

Saved Pages, etc.

.

Delete messages/files when memory is low. Handset performance may be affected when memory is full.

14-

2

Data Folder

Opening Files

1

% S

Data Folder

S %

3

Select file

S %

Slide Show

Available for Pictures or DCIM folder.

1

In file list, select file

S B

.

Unselectable files/folders appear in gray.

.

To show/hide sub folders, select a folder and press

A

.

2

Select folder

S %

To open a sub folder, select it and press

%

.

File List

.

The content plays or appears.

.

To return to file list, press

$

.

Handling Open Images

.

Press % to enlarge, or press # / d or

(

/ c

to open next or previous image.

Press A to rotate 90 degrees clockwise.

Attaching to Mail

After 2 , select file S B S Send/

Blog

S % S

As Message

S %

, If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen instructions.

Copy Protected Files (

.

or )

Some functions may be unavailable.

2

Slide Show

S %

.

Slide Show starts.

3

% S

Slide Show stops

Changing Interval

After 2 , B S Speed S % S Select speed

S %

, When Speed is set to Manual , press % /

#

or

(

to advance or reverse frame.

Note

.

Backlight stays on during Slide Show; exit to save battery power.

14

Advanced

0

(

Switching file list view

(

Changing image quality

(

Changing Slide Show settings

(

Using files as Wallpaper

(

Using files as ringtones

(

Using files as ringvideos (And more on

P.14-7 -

14-8 )

14-

3

14

Data Folder

Managing Files & Folders

Adding Folders

May be unavailable for some folders.

1

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Select folder

S %

File List

2

B

If Download is selected or folder is empty, skip ahead to 4 .

3

Manage Items

S %

Moving/Copying Files

Some files may not be moved/copied.

1


S B

2

Move

or

Copy

S % S

Phone

or

Memory Card

S %

.

For still images, select Pictures or

Mail Art and press

%

.

3

Select folder

S %

4

Move here

or

Copy here

S %

Selecting Multiple Files

1

In file list,

A

2

Select file

S %

.

Repeat 2 as needed. (To uncheck, select a file with and press

%

.)

Hiding Folders

Restrict access to created folders.

Only handset folders can be hidden.

1

In file list, select folder

S B

2

Set Secret

S % S

Enter

Handset Code

S %

Accessing Secret Folders (Unlock

Temporarily)

[File List] B S Unlock Temporarily

S % S


S %

Canceling Secret

Unlock Secret folders temporarily and select Secret folder S B S

Unset Secret

S % S

Enter Handset

Code S %

4

Create Folder

S % S

Enter name

S %

14-

4

Advanced

0

( Renaming folders ( Opening file properties ( Renaming files ( Sorting files ( Deleting files & created folders

( Handling SVG files (

P.14-8

-

14-9

)

Memory Card

Using Memory Card

Use microSD = /microSDHC = Memory

Card (hereafter "Memory Card") to save and organize files for use on 940SH.

Use recommended Memory Cards only.

For details, see

P.17-23 "microSD

=

Memory Card Compatibility."

Important Memory Card Usage Notes

.

Do not force Memory Card into or out of

.

handset.

Keep Memory Cards out of infant's reach;

.

may cause suffocation if swallowed.

Do not touch terminals or expose them to

.

metal objects.

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from accidental loss/ alteration of information. Keep a copy of

.

Phone Book entries, etc. in a separate place.

Never remove Memory Card or battery

.

while files are being accessed.

Be careful not to erase or overwrite files accidentally.

Inserting & Removing

First, power handset off.

1

Open Slot Cover

2

Insert card

.

With terminal side down, insert card until it clicks.

.

Do not insert other objects into

Memory Card Slot.

3

Close cover

If Appears after Power On

.

Memory Card may not be inserted properly; reinsert the card.

Removing Memory Card

.

Gently push in card and release it; card pops out. Pull card straight out gently.

14

14-

5

14

Memory Card

Format Card

When using a new Memory Card for the first time, format it on the handset before trying to save files, etc. Format Card deletes all Memory Card files, even those created on other devices.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Memory

Card

S %

3


S %

4

Yes

S %

.

To cancel, choose No and press

%

.

Precaution

.

Never remove Memory Card or battery while formatting; may cause damage.

2

Format Card

S %

.

S

Offline Mode is set. Handset transmissions are suspended until format is complete.

% S

Yes

Opening Memory Card Files

1

% S

Data Folder

S %

2

B S

Change to

MemoryCard

S %

.

Memory Card Data Folder opens.

3

Select folder

S %

To open a sub folder, select it and press

%

.

4

Select file

S %

14-

6

Advanced

0

( Using HTML files on Memory Card ( P.14-9 )

File/Folder View Settings

Switching file list view


Changing transition effect when using f

Changing Slide

Show settings

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder S %

S B S Manage Items S % S Change List

View

S % S

Select option

S %


S Select file S % S B S Switch Display

( Picture Quality for Flash

®

files) S % S Select quality

S %


S Select file S % S B S Switch Effect S %

S Select effect S %

7

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder

S % S Select file S B S Slide Show S %

S B S

See below

Playing Once

Repeat S % S Off S %

Playing Music

BGM Settings

S

On S %

% S

Switch On/Off

S % S

Changing Music

BGM Settings S % S Play Ring Tones S %

S

Select folder

S % S

Select file

S %

Setting Music to Control Illumination

Illumination S % S Switch On/Off S % S

Link to Sound S % S A


Illumination S % S Illumi. Pattern S % S

Select pattern S % S Select color S % S A

.


Changing Slide

Show settings

Showing Softkeys in image view


7

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Select folder

S % S Select file S B S Slide Show S %

S B S See below


Illumination

S % S

Key Pattern

S % S

Select pattern S % S A


Illumination S % S Switch On/Off S % S

Off

S % S A

Hiding Softkeys

SW Guide Display S % S Off S %

Setting Backlight to Turn Off after a Period of Time

Always Backlight

S % S

Off

S %

.

Choosing Off applies Display Backlight settings.

(Display remains on during Slide Show regardless of

Display Saving setting.)

Changing Image Transition Effect

Switch S % S Select effect S %


S

Select file

S % S B S

S % S On S %

SW Guide Display

14

14-

7

14


Using Files/Folders

Using files as

Wallpaper

Using files as ringtones

Using files as ringvideos

Saving Phone

Book entries

Activating mobile camera, etc. in corresponding folders


S Select file S B S Set as Wallpaper S %

S

Vertical or Horizontal

S % S %

.

For images smaller or larger than Display, select an option and press

%

.


S Select file S B S Set as Ringtone S % S

Select item S %

.

If prompted, enter ring time and press

%

.

.

If a confirmation appears, follow onscreen instructions.

% S

Data Folder

S % S

Videos

S % S

Select file S B S Set as Ring Video S % S

Select item S %

.

If prompted, enter ring time and press

%

.


S

Select file

S B S

Save to Phone Book

S

% S As New Entry S % S Complete other fields S A

.



S B S Take Picture , Record Video or Record

Voice S %

Managing Files/Folders

Renaming folders

Opening file properties

Renaming files

Sorting files

Deleting files & created folders


S Select folder S B S Manage Items S %

S

Rename

S % S

Enter name

S %

.

Assign different names to folders within a layer.


S Select file S B S Details S %


S

Select file

S B S

Manage Items

S % S

Rename S % S Enter name S %


S B S Manage Items S % S Sort S % S

Select method

S %

7

% S Data Folder S % S Select folder

S % S

See below

Single Files


Folder & Files Within

Select folder

S B S

Delete

S %


S

Enter

14-

8

Handling SVG files

Line Scroll g

Page Scroll

2 (Up), 8 (Down), 6 (Right), 4 (Left)

Zoom

1 (Zoom out), 3 (Zoom in)

Rotate

7 (Counterclockwise), 9 (Clockwise)

Key Action Mode

0

Default View

5

Memory Card

Using HTML files on Memory Card

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Memory Card S % S SD Local Contents S

% S Select title S %


14

14-

9

Troubleshooting

14

Managing Files/Folders

3

Cannot copy files

.

Files may be copy/forward protected.

(If a copy/forward protected file is included in selected files, only the remaining files are copied.)

3 Copied/moved files cannot be used on PCs, etc.

.

Some files may not be usable on other

SoftBank handsets or PCs, etc.

3

Cannot sort files properly

.

Check the number of files/folders in the folder. Files/folders in folders containing

961 or more files/folders are sorted per

240 files/folders in the order they were saved. The order may change when a file/folder is deleted, etc.

3 Cannot use some characters in file/folder names

.

Single-byte Symbols m

, / , : , ; , .

, < , > , | ,

?

, n

and " are not supported.

14-

10

Wi-Fi .............................................. 15-2

Wi-Fi (Wireless LAN) ..................... 15-2

Registering Private Access Points ... 15-3

Using Public Wireless LAN Services...15-6

Infrared.......................................... 15-7

Transferring Files via Infrared ........ 15-8

IC Transmission ......................... 15-10

Transferring Files via IC Transmission

..................................................... 15-11

Bluetooth

®

.................................. 15-12

Transferring Files via Bluetooth ® ... 15-13

External Device Connection ..... 15-16

Connecting PC or Blu-ray Disc

Recorder.......................................15-16

Backup........................................ 15-17

Basics...........................................15-17

Backup & Restore ........................15-18

S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB) ...15-19

About SAB....................................15-19

Using Sync Commands................15-21



15

Connectivity &

File Backup

15-

1

Wi-Fi

15

Wi-Fi (Wireless LAN)

940SH supports wireless LAN (hereafter "Wi-Fi") that enables Internet connection via private Wi-Fi network, public wireless LAN service, etc.

Handset connects to the Internet via Wi-Fi automatically whenever possible, allowing high-speed communication without switching networks.

Subscription to Keitai Wi-Fi is required to use Yahoo! Keitai and PC Site Browser over Wi-Fi.

Service Usage Outline

3G

Network

Pri v ate

W i-Fi net w ork

P ub lic w ireless

LA N ser v ice

S w itcha b le

PC Sites

Prepare de v ices, contract w ith ISP, etc.

S ub scri b e to ser v ice, etc.

Wi-Fi

Mobile

Internet Sites

Register access point on handset

Private

Wi-Fi Network

Public Wireless

LAN Service

Registered Access

Point

Yahoo!

Keitai

Internet

Connected to W i-Fi w ithin access point range

Registering Access Points

.

Save access point information to handset to use Wi-Fi.

, Handset connects to registered access points automatically.

.

Access point search may take some time depending on the number of registered access points.

Important Wi-Fi Usage Note

.

Depending on signal conditions, connection may automatically switch from Wi-Fi to 3G incurring packet transmission fees; set confirmation to appear as needed.

Advanced

0

( Disabling Wi-Fi ( Showing confirmation when switching networks ( Protecting access point information by Handset Code ( Specifying channel range

( Opening access point properties ( Opening Wi-Fi-related handset properties ( P.15-22 )

15-

2

Wi-Fi

Registering Private Access Points

.

Broadband connection, ISP subscription and Wi-Fi access point are required.

.

To connect to corporate access points, consult the system administrator for settings.

.

Configure settings on Wi-Fi access points beforehand. (For details, see the access point guide.)

.

Access point information (SSID, authentication method, encryption method, security key, etc.) is unique to each access point. Check it beforehand.

Using AOSS = or WPS

AOSS = and WPS are systems/standards for easy access point registration and security configuration; available on compatible Wi-Fi access points.

Using AOSS =

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Connectivity

S

Wi-Fi

S %

2

Create Profile

S %

Wi-Fi Menu

Create Profile Menu

.

A confirmation appears if no access point is registered. Read the message and press

%

.

3

Create by AOSS

S %

.

If not using Yahoo! Keitai or PC Site

Browser over Wi-Fi, press

B

4

%

.


before 4 .

.

To cancel, press

A

.

.

Handset connects to Wi-Fi upon completion of registration (Switch

On/Off: On ).

15

Advanced

0

( Managing registered access points ( P.15-22 )

15-

3

15

Wi-Fi

Using WPS

Example: Push Button Configuration

(PBC) method

1

In Create Profile menu,

Create by WPS

S %

.

If not using Yahoo! Keitai or PC Site

2

%

Browser over Wi-Fi, press B before 2 .

.


.


.

Handset connects to Wi-Fi upon completion of registration (Switch

On/Off: On ).

Using PIN Method

.

Enter an eight-digit number (PIN) generated by handset into the access point.

After 1 , A S PIN entry S % S

S Enter number on Display into

% access point S %

Access Point Search

1


Search Access Point

S %

.

To cancel, press

A

.

2

Select access point

S %

3

Enter corresponding security key

S %

4

Use

or

Not Use

S %

5

Yes

S %

.

Handset connects to Wi-Fi (Switch

On/Off: On ).

If Encryption Method is WEP

.

After 3 , authentication method selection window opens. Select a method according to the access point.

15-

4

Advanced

0

( Setting IP address

( Setting DNS server addresses ( Disabling Wi-Fi when using Yahoo! Keitai/PC Site Browser (

P.15-22 -

15-23

)

Registering Access Points Manually

Check access point information beforehand.

Major Items

[ Access Point Profile

Profile Name

SSID

Enter a name

Enter the same SSID as the access point

[ Security

Authentication

Method

Supported authentication methods vary by access point; set accordingly

Encryption

Method

Security Key

Supported encryption methods vary by authentication method; set according to access point

Enter the security key

(also called "encryption key," "network key" or

"passphrase") set on the access point


Example: Authentication Method is

WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK.

1


Manual

S %

2

Profile Name

S % S

Enter name

S %

3

SSID

S % S

Enter SSID

S %

4

Security

S %

Wi-Fi

5

Authentication Method

S

% S

Select method

S %

6

Encryption Method

S % S

Select method

S %

7

Security Key

S % S

Enter security key

S %

8

A S A

9

Yes

S %

.


On/Off: On ).

If Authentication Method is Open System

& Encryption Method is No Authentication

.

Omit security key entry.

If Encryption Method is WEP

In 7 , <Empty> S % S Enter WEP key

S % S A S

From 8

15

Security Menu

15-

5

15

Wi-Fi

.

Using Public Wireless LAN Services

Subscription with the corresponding

3

BB Mobile Point

S % service provider, etc. is required.

.

Access point information (SSID, authentication method, encryption method, security key, etc.) is unique to each access point. Check it beforehand.

.

Subscription to Keitai Wi-Fi provides access to BB mobilepoint service. For more about BB mobilepoint, see

SOFTBANK TELECOM Website ( P.17-23 ).

Using BB mobilepoint

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Connectivity

S

Wi-Fi

S %

2

Create Profile

S %

4

Password

S % S

Enter password

S %

5

A

6

Yes

S %

.


On/Off: On ).

Create Profile Menu

.

A confirmation appears if no access point is registered. Read the message and press

%

.

Using Other Public Wireless LAN Services

.

Check public wireless LAN service information beforehand.

.

Connection to some public wireless

LAN services may not be possible.

1


Manual

S %

2

Complete fields

.

For details, see P.15-5 "Entering

Information."

3

Advanced Settings

S % S

WISPr Settings

S %

4

Use ID

S % S

Enter ID

S %

5

Password

S % S

Enter password

S %

6

Switch On/Off

S % S

On

S %

7

A S A S A

8

Yes

S %

.


On/Off: On ).

15-

6

Infrared

Infrared

Wirelessly transfer files between 940SH and compatible devices.

940SH supports IrSimple = high-speed wireless communications protocol; exchange large image files instantly with compatible mobile phones, printers, etc.

Transferable Files

Phone Book

Calendar

Tasks

Notepad

Received Msg.

Sent Messages

Drafts

Templates

(Messaging)

Bookmarks Data Folder

.

Copy/forward protected files are not transferable.

.

Some files may not be transferable; some settings may be lost, or files may not be saved properly. For details, see

"Troubleshooting" at the end of this chapter.

Getting Started

Infrared Precautions

Align Infrared Ports of both devices.

.

Handset cannot receive connection requests during Software Update.

.

Do not place objects between devices.

.

Keep Infrared Ports aligned during transfer.

.

Do not look into Infrared Port during infrared transmissions. Eyesight may be affected.

.

940SH complies with IrMC 1.1, however, some files may not transfer properly.

Transfer Options

One File

Transfer

All File

Transfer

Transfer single files

Transfer all files by function

IrSS

Transfer

Exchange single image files with compatible devices at high speed

.

Some transfer options may be unavailable depending on file type.

.

Transfer Memory Card files one by one.

Authorization Code

.

Four-digit code required for Infrared transfers. All File Transfers possible when codes match. (Authorization Code is changeable for each transfer.)

15

15-

7

15

Infrared

Transferring Files via Infrared

Receiving Files

1 d

(Long)

.

Infrared is activated. (Alternatively, activate it via Main Menu.)

.

Handset receives files if sent within three minutes.

.

Handset must be in Standby to accept connection requests.

.

To cancel Infrared, Long Press d

.

2

Connection request arrives

Request Window

3

Perform subsequent operations

.

To cancel transfer, press

A

.

Subsequent Operations

[ One File Transfer

Yes

S % S

Yes

S %

.

If storage media confirmation appears, select media and press % .

[ All File Transfer (Adding Files)

Yes

S % S


S

% S


S

% S As New Items S %

[ All File Transfer (Overwriting

Existing Files)

Yes

S % S


S

% S Enter Authorization Code S

% S

Delete All & Save

S % S

Yes

S %

.

For Phone Book, My Details except handset phone number is overwritten as well.

[ IrSS Transfer

Yes

S %

.

Files are saved to Data Folder (Pictures).

15-

8

Advanced

0

( Activating Infrared via Main Menu ( Sending images via IrSS Transfer without reducing size ( P.15-23

)

Sending Files

One File Transfer

Example: Phone Book entry

1 b S

Select entry

S B S

Send Entry

S %

All File Transfer

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Connectivity

S

Infrared

S %

2

Send All

S %

3

Yes

S % S

Enter Handset

Code

S %

Infrared

Sending JPEG Images at High Speed

1

% S

Data Folder

S %

2

Pictures

or

DCIM

S %

For DCIM , select a folder and press % .

3

Select image

S A

(Long)

2

Via Infrared

S %

3

Yes

S % S

Transfer starts

.

When complete, entry search window returns.

4

Select item

S %

( / )

S


S A

5


S

% S

Transfer starts

S %

Sending Phone Book

.

In 5 , Picture transfer confirmation appears; follow these steps:

Yes or No S %

4

Yes

or

No

S % S

Transfer starts

.

Images may be reduced automatically before transfer depending on the size.

.

When complete, file list returns.

.

Transfers are one-way; end even if files are not received.

15

Advanced

0

(

Sending My Details

(

Sending non-Phone Book files ( P.15-23 )

15-

9

IC Transmission

IC Transmission

Wirelessly transfer files between 940SH and compatible devices.

.

For transferable files, see P.15-7 .

.

Cancel IC Card Lock beforehand.

.

Disconnect Headphones, USB Cable and

AC Charger beforehand.

Getting Started

IC Transmission Precautions

Align m

logos of both devices.

Align m

logos

Keep m logos aligned during transfer.

Transfer Options

One File

Transfer

All File

Transfer

Transfer single files

Transfer all files by function

.

Some transfer options may be unavailable depending on file type.

.

Transfer Memory Card files one by one.


.

Four-digit code required for IC transfers.

All File Transfers possible when codes match. (Authorization Code is changeable for each transfer.)

15

15-

10

Advanced

0

(

Disabling one file reception ( P.15-23 )

IC Transmission

Transferring Files via IC Transmission

Receiving Files

1


[ All File Transfer (Overwriting

Existing Files)

Yes

S % S


S %

S Enter Authorization Code S % S


S % S

Yes

S %

.

For Phone Book, My Details except handset phone number is overwritten as well.

Sending Files

Request Window

.

Handset must be in Standby to accept connection requests.

2


.

To cancel transfer, press A .

Subsequent Operations


Yes

S % S

Yes

S %

.


[ All File Transfer (Adding Files)

Yes

S % S


S

% S


S

% S As New Items S %

One File Transfer


1 b S

Select entry

S B S

2

Send Entry

S %

Via IC Transmission

S %

3

Yes

S % S

Transfer starts

Advanced

0

(

Sending My Details

(


All File Transfer

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Connectivity

S

IC

Transmission

S %

IC Transmission Menu

2

Send All

S %

3

Yes

S % S

Enter Handset

Code

S %

4

Select item

S %

( / )

S


S A

5


S

% S

Transfer starts

S %


.


Yes or No

S %

15

15-

11

Bluetooth

®

15

Bluetooth

®

Wirelessly transfer files/data between

940SH and compatible devices (watches, handsfree devices, etc.).

.


.

940SH supports simultaneous connection with two devices. (May be unavailable depending on the device type.)

.

Bluetooth ® connection may not be possible with some Bluetooth

®

devices.

, Handset shall be connected to certified

Bluetooth ® devices that meet the specification standards developed by

Bluetooth SIG.

, Data transfers may fail depending on characteristics or specifications of the certified Bluetooth ® devices.

, Noise may interfere with wireless or handsfree conversations.

.

TV audio is supported only on SCMS-T

DRM scheme compliant Bluetooth

®

devices.

Getting Started

Bluetooth

®

Precautions

Check transmission range of your Bluetooth

® device to use with handset properly.

Maximum transmission range for transfers between 940SH handsets is ten meters.

(Bluetooth

®

connection/transfer rate may vary depending on conditions.)

Important Handsfree Device Usage Note

.

Handle call operations on the device in use.

Bluetooth

®

Watches

.

Compatible Bluetooth

®

watches support these functions:

, Time Correction

, News Notice

, Remote Shutter

, Quick Silent

,

,

,

Alarm Notice

Mail Notice

Mode Settings

, Caller ID Notice

, Hold Calls , Operator Notice

.

For details about functions/operations, see the Bluetooth

®

watch guide.

Bluetooth

®

Connection

Sender

Search for devices

Select device

Re q uest connection

(Enter

Authorization Code)

Recipient

Activate

Bluetooth ®

Accept

Enter


Connection complete


.

4 to 16-digit code required for Bluetooth ® connections. Pairing possible when codes match.

.

For handsfree devices, enter specified

Authorization Code.

.

Authorization Code entry may not be required depending on the other device.

Advanced

0

( Cloaking handset to avoid connection requests ( Setting idle time after which Bluetooth ® is canceled ( Switching audio output to wireless device

( Changing Bluetooth ® name for handset

( Opening Bluetooth ® -related handset properties (And more on

P.15-23 -

15-24

)

( Synchronizing Bluetooth

®

watch with handset ( Enabling/disabling Bluetooth

®

watch responses ( P.15-24

)

15-

12

Bluetooth ®

Transferring Files via Bluetooth

®

Activating Bluetooth

®

1 c

(Long)

Connecting Bluetooth

®

Devices

.

Bluetooth

®

is activated.

.

Handset must be in Standby to

.

accept connection requests from unpaired handsfree devices, etc.

To cancel Bluetooth

®

, Long Press c

.

Device Search & Pairing

Activate Bluetooth

®

on devices to be paired with.

1

% S

Tools

S % S f

Connectivity

S

Bluetooth

S %

Bluetooth Menu

2

Add Device

S %

3

%

.

Found devices are listed after search.

.

To cancel search, press

A

.

4

Select device

S %

If a confirmation appears, choose Yes and press

%

.

5

Enter the same Authorization

Code for handset and the other device

S % S

Pairing complete

.

On the other device, complete code entry within 30 seconds.

.

Authorization Codes are not necessary for paired devices.


®

Specification

Ver. 2.1 Compliant Devices

In 5 , Yes S % S Pairing complete

, If the other device is a keyboard, follow onscreen instructions.

15

.

To disable confirmation, press B before 3 .

Advanced

0

( Activating Bluetooth ® via Main Menu ( Editing Paired Device list ( Disconnecting devices ( Connecting devices supporting handsfree telephony and audio output by service ( Specifying a preferred device for wireless connection ( P.15-24

)

15-

13

Bluetooth ®

Connecting Paired Devices

1

In Bluetooth menu,

Paired

Devices

S %

Accepting Connection Requests

Follow these steps to accept connection requests from unpaired devices:

1


15

Paired Device List

2

Select device

S %

If handset is already connected to another device, disconnection confirmation may appear; choose Yes and press % .

.

The device is connected and

(preferred) appears.

Request Window

2

Yes

S %

3

Enter the same Authorization

Code as sender's

S %

.

Complete code entry within 30 seconds.


®

Specification

Ver. 2.1 Compliant Devices

In 3 , Yes

S %

, If the other device is a keyboard, follow onscreen instructions.

15-

14

Transferring Files

Follow the steps below to exchange files with paired devices.

.


.

When requested, enter Authorization Code.

Receiving Files

1


2


.

To cancel transfer, press A .

[ Subsequent Operations

● One File Transfer

Yes

S % S

Yes

S %

.


● All File Transfer (Adding Files)

Yes S % S Enter Handset Code

S % S

As New Items

S %

● All File Transfer (Overwriting

Existing Files)

Yes S % S Enter Handset Code

S % S


S % S

Yes

S %

Sending Files



1 b S

Select entry

S B S

Send Entry

S %

Bluetooth ®

4

Yes

S % S

Transfer starts

.

When complete, entry search window returns.

[ All File Transfer

1

In Bluetooth menu,

Send All

S %

2

Select device

S % S

Yes

S %

3


S %

4

Select item

S %

( / )

S


S A S

Transfer starts

S %


.


Yes or No S %

15

2

Via Bluetooth

S %

3

Select device

S %

Advanced

0

(

Sending My Details

(


15-

15

External Device Connection

Connecting PC or Blu-ray Disc Recorder

15

Connecting PC

Accessing Memory Card

Connect handset to a PC via USB Cable to access Memory Card from the PC without removing card from handset.


1

Connect handset to a PC via

USB Cable

2

Mass Storage

S %

.

Use PC to access Memory Card.

3

A S

Yes

S % S

Connection ends

.

Disconnect USB Cable.

If Menu in 1

.

Does Not Appear

Follow these steps:

% S

Tools

S % S f

Connectivity

S USB Mode S % S From 2

, Operations on the PC may be required; if prompted, follow onscreen instructions.

Utility Software (Japanese)

For more PC-related operations, download Utility Software (including USB

Cable driver) from the following URL.

Utility Software http://k-tai.sharp.co.jp/download/tools/utility/

Mobile Data Communication Fees

.

Using the Internet by connecting handset to PC/PDA via USB Cable or Bluetooth

® may incur high charges as large-volume packet transmissions tend to occur in a short period of time.

Connecting Blu-ray Disc Recorder

Connect handset to a Blu-ray Disc recorder via USB Cable to transfer recorded programs to Memory Card without removing card from handset.

.

Compatible only with SHARP Blu-ray Disc recorders. For details, see

P.17-23

"Compatible Blu-ray Disc Recorders."

.


1

Connect handset to a

Blu-ray Disc recorder via

USB Cable

2

Recorder Link

S %

.

Transfer files from Blu-ray Disc recorder to Memory Card.

3

A S

Yes

S % S

Connection ends

.

Open transferred files via Recorder

Contents in TV menu or Media

Player menu (Videos).

If Menu in 1 Does Not Appear

.

Follow these steps:

,

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity

S

USB Mode

S % S

From 2

Operations on the PC may be required; if prompted, follow onscreen instructions.

15-

16

Basics

Back up information to Memory Card, and restore to handset as needed.

Supported Items

Select items to back up, or transfer all at once.

Items with

*

are selectable at once via

Check Selection in Options menu.

Phone Book

*

Sent Messages

*

Calendar * Drafts *

Tasks

*

Bookmarks *

Notepad

*

Mail Groups *

Received Msg.

*

Templates

(Messaging)

Contents Keys

Data Folder

User Dictionary

Precautions

.

Not available if battery is low.

.

Some items may not be transferable; some settings may be lost, or files may not transfer properly. For details, see

"Troubleshooting" at the end of this chapter.

Transferring All Items

.

Use blank Memory Card for Backup All

Items . Do not use the card to save other files after Backup All Items ; backed up content may not be restored properly.

Contents Keys

.

Moving Keys to Memory Card creates a special file. Performing Backup again on the same Memory Card overwrites that file. Perform Restore beforehand.

Backup

15

15-

17

Backup

Backup & Restore

Handset to Memory Card

Follow these steps to back up selected items at once:

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Backup/

Restore

S %

15

Backup/Restore Menu

2

Backup Selected Items

S

% S


S %

3

Yes

S %

4

Select item

S %

( / )

S


.

For Phone Book , a confirmation appears. Choose Yes or No and press

%

.

5

A S

Yes

S %

.


6

Backup complete

S % S %

Selecting Multiple Items at Once

In 4 , B S Select option S % S

From 5

Selecting/Canceling All Items

In 4 ,

B S


S %

Memory Card to Handset

Follow these steps to restore selected items:

(Restoring backed up content to handset overwrites current--with the exception of

Contents Keys--handset content.)

1

In Backup/Restore menu,

Restore Selected Items

S

% S


S %

2

Yes

S %

3

Select item

S %

( / )

S


15-

18

Advanced

0

( Backing up all items ( Encoding data for backup ( Restoring all items ( Deleting backup files ( P.15-25

)

4

A

.

If no file list appears, skip ahead to 7

5

Select file

S %

.


6

A

7

Yes

S %

.


8

Restore complete

S % S %

.

Selecting Multiple Items at Once

In 3 , B S Select option S % S

From 4

Selecting/Canceling All Items

In 3 ,

B S


S %

Changing Restoration Method

After 3 , select item S B S Change to Add Mode or Chg. to Overwrite

Mode S % S From 4

S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)

About SAB

Back up Phone Book content in SAB; add Phone Book changes to SAB anytime. Edit SAB online via PC; add SAB changes to

Phone Book anytime. Restore lost or altered Phone Book content from SAB.

Phone

Book

Edit on PC

Synchronize

Ser v er

Import from/Export to PC

.

SAB requires a separate contract and basic monthly fee.

.

Use SAB to add Phone Book content to a new compatible SoftBank

handset; some conditions apply ( P.15-20 ).

.

Use a PC to edit SAB online.

.

For more about SAB, see SoftBank Mobile Website (

P.17-23

).

.

Synchronization incurs packet transmission fees.

Auto Synchronization

.

When subscribed to SAB, Network Information retrieval activates auto synchronization (Auto Sync Settings: On , Set Frequency:

After Editing Ph.Book(10 min.) , Sync Mode Setting: Normal );

Phone Book changes are added to SAB automatically.

.

Cancel auto synchronization as needed. However, it reactivates after Network Information retrieval.

SAB Sync Commands & Features

Synchronization

Edit on PC

Send

Notice

6

Spam Filter

Normal Synchronize Phone Book and SAB 1

Sync from Client Add Phone Book changes to SAB 2

Backup Export Phone Book content to SAB

3

Sync from Server Add SAB changes to Phone Book

4

Restore Import SAB content to Phone Book 5

Import from PC Upload PC address book info to SAB

Export to PC Export SAB content to PC address book

Sync Lock

Birthday

Notification

Prevent synchronization from handset

SAB sends reminders via SMS to handset

Send new handset mail address to specified addresses

Email Address

Notification 7

"Disaster Message

Board" Message

Notification

8

Tomodachi

Email Filter 9

Send emergency message board update to specified addresses

Always accept messages from mail addresses saved in SAB

1

If the same entry item is edited in Phone Book and SAB, SAB content is referenced.

2

Unrelated SAB changes remain.

3 Any existing SAB content is deleted.

4

Unrelated Phone Book changes remain.

5 Any existing Phone Book content is deleted.

6

Access this function via handset (My SoftBank; Japanese) or a PC.

7 Backup resets notification setting; handset address is sent to all addresses.

8

Backup resets notification setting; updates are not sent to any address.

9 Export Phone Book content to SAB beforehand.

15

15-

19


Service Usage Outline

Complete Contract

Visit a SoftBank Shop, dial 157 from a SoftBank handset for SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General

Information or access My SoftBank (Japanese).

15

Receive User ID & Password

After subscription, user ID and password arrive via SMS.

.

User ID and password are required to use SAB via a PC.

Use SAB

Export Phone Book content to SAB.

Precautions

[ Unsynchronizable Items

These Phone Book settings are lost:

, Picture, Tone/Video, Vibration, Illumination

[ Unintentional Phone Book or SAB Content Deletion

.

When no Phone Book content exists, performing synchronization via

Normal , Sync from Client or Backup deletes all SAB content.

.

When no SAB content exists, performing synchronization via

Normal , Sync from Server or Restore deletes all Phone Book content.

[ Phone Book ⇔ SAB Content Capacity Disparities

When the number of savable items varies between Phone

Book and SAB entries, synchronization reflects lower limit.

[ Contract Termination

SAB content is deleted upon contract termination.

[ SAB Transfers to New Handsets

.

SAB-Compatible 3G Handsets

SAB remains as last saved and is fully accessible.

.

Other 3G Handsets

SAB remains as last saved and is accessible via PC.

.

V3/V4/V5/V6/V8 Series

Service contract is terminated and SAB content is deleted.

[ When Double Number is Active

Regardless of usage mode setting, all Phone Book content is backed up.

15-

20

Advanced

0

(

Canceling auto synchronization ( P.15-25

)


Using Sync Commands

Normal (Start Sync)

Synchronize Phone Book and SAB via

Normal.

1

% S

Phone

S % S

S! Addressbook Back-up

S %

S! Addressbook Menu

2

Start Sync

S %

.

Synchronization starts; when complete, details appear.

3

% S

Synchronization complete

Canceling Synchronization

A S

Yes

S %

Other Sync Commands

Available Commands:

Sync from

Client

Backup

Sync from

Server

Restore

Add Phone Book changes to

SAB

Export Phone Book content to SAB; any existing SAB content is deleted

Add SAB changes to Phone

Book

Import SAB content to Phone

Book; any existing Phone

Book content is deleted

If this is your first use of SAB (new handset), synchronization is performed via Normal regardless of selection.

1

In S! Addressbook menu,

Details

S %

2

Backup/Restore

S %

3

Select command

S %

.

Synchronization starts; when complete, details appear.

4

% S

Synchronization complete

Canceling Synchronization

A S Yes S %

15

Advanced

0

( Changing auto synchronization settings ( Confirming password ( Opening log ( Deleting log records ( P.15-25

)

15-

21


15

Wi-Fi

[ General

Disabling Wi-Fi

Showing confirmation when switching networks

Protecting access point information by Handset Code

Specifying channel range

Opening access point properties

Opening

Wi-Fi-related handset properties

% S

Tools

S % S f

Connectivity

S

Wi-Fi

S % S Switch On/Off S % S Off S %

.

Set to Off when not using Wi-Fi to extend Battery Time.

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S Wi-Fi

S % S Common Settings S % S Switch

Notification

S % S

Switch from 3G to Wi-Fi or

Switch from Wi-Fi to 3G S % S On S %


S % S Common Settings S % S Handset

Code Lock Setting

S % S

Handset Code S %

On

S % S

Enter


S % S Common Settings S % S Channel

Range

S % S

Select range

S %

.

In some countries, there are restrictions on available channels. Select channel range accordingly while outside Japan.


S % S Connect Information S %

%

S

S

%

Tools

S

S % S f Connectivity

Show MAC Address S %

S Wi-Fi

[ Managing Access Points

7

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S

Wi-Fi S % S Profile List S % S Select access point

S B S

See below

Managing registered access points

Changing Priority

Change Priority S % S Select target location

S %

Editing

Edit S % S Complete fields S A

Deleting


[ Advanced Settings

When finished with Advanced Settings, complete other fields to register an access point.

7

% S

Tools

S % S f

Connectivity

S

Wi-Fi S % S Create Profile S % S Manual

S % S Advanced Settings S % S IP

Settings S % S IP Address S % S Manual

S % S

See below

Setting IP address

Entering IP Address

IP Address S % S Enter numbers S % S A

Entering Subnet Mask

Subnet Mask

S % S

Enter numbers

S % S A

Entering Default Gateway

Default Gateway S % S Enter numbers S %

S A

15-

22

Setting DNS server addresses

Disabling Wi-Fi when using Yahoo!

Keitai/PC Site

Browser

7

% S

Tools

S % S f

Connectivity

S

Wi-Fi S % S Create Profile S % S Manual

S % S Advanced Settings S % S IP

Settings S % S DNS Server Address S % S

Manual

S % S

See below

Entering Primary DNS

Primary DNS S % S Enter numbers S % S A

Entering Secondary DNS

Secondary DNS

S % S

Enter numbers

S %

S A


S % S Create Profile S % S Manual S %

S

Advanced Settings

S % S

Yahoo! Keitai

Use Setting S % S Not Use S % S A

Infrared

Activating Infrared via Main Menu

Sending My Details

Sending non-Phone

Book files

% S

Tools

S % S f

Connectivity

S

Infrared S % S Switch On/Off S % S

On(3 min.) S %

% S 0 S B S Send My Card S % S Via

Infrared

S % S

Yes

S % S

Transfer starts

In file list, select file S B S Send (or Send/

Blog ) S % S Via Infrared S % S Yes S %

S Transfer starts

Sending images via IrSS Transfer without reducing size

% S Tools S %

Send via IrSS

S

S

% f Connectivity

Infrared

S % S

IrSS Key Setting

S

S

% S


IC Transmission

Disabling one file reception



Book files

% S Tools S % S f Connectivity S IC

Transmission S % S 1 File Reception S %

S

Off(Disabled)

S %

% S 0 S B S Send My Card S % S Via

IC Transmission S % S Yes S % S Transfer starts


S B S

Send (or Send/

Blog ) S % S Via IC Transmission S % S

Yes S % S Transfer starts

Bluetooth

®

[ General

Cloaking handset to avoid connection requests

Setting idle time after which Bluetooth ® is canceled


Changing

Bluetooth ® name for handset

Talking on handsfree device


Bluetooth

S % S

My Device Settings

S

Visibility S % S Hide My Phone S %

% S


Bluetooth S % S My Device Settings S % S

Bluetooth Timeout

S % S

Select time

S %


Bluetooth S % S My Device Settings S % S g Sound Output S % S Bluetooth Device S %

.

Bluetooth Device is set automatically when connection is made from wireless Headphones.

% S

Tools

S % S f

Connectivity

S

Bluetooth S % S My Device Settings S % S

Device Name S % S Enter name S %


Bluetooth

S % S


S % S

Handsfree Setting S % S Handsfree Mode S %

15

15-

23


15

Avoiding connection requests from

Bluetooth

®

-compatible

S! Applications in

Standby, etc.

Receiving connection requests while connected to a device


Bluetooth

S % S


S % S

S! Appli Request S % S Off S %

% S Tools

Bluetooth S

S %

% S

S f

Plural Connect Standby

Connectivity


S % S On

S

S

S %

%

S

Opening

Bluetooth

®

-related handset properties

Activating

Bluetooth

®

via

Main Menu


Bluetooth S % S My Device Details S %

.

Press

A

to view service details.


Bluetooth S % S Switch On/Off S % S On

S %

[ Bluetooth ® Watches

Synchronizing

Bluetooth ® watch with handset

Enabling/disabling

Bluetooth

®

watch responses


Bluetooth S % S Setting Watch S % S Set

BT-Watch Time S % S Yes S %

.

Connect handset to a Bluetooth

®

watch beforehand.

% S

Tools

S % S f

Connectivity

S

Bluetooth S % S Setting Watch S % S

Notification S % S Select item S % S

Permit or Prohibit S %

.

Register a Bluetooth

®

watch beforehand.

[ Paired Devices

Editing Paired

Device list

Disconnecting devices

7


Bluetooth S % S Paired Devices S % S

Select device

S B S

See below

Renaming Paired Devices

Change Name S % S Enter name S %

Deleting Paired Devices

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

.

To delete a device connected to handset, choose

Yes and press

%

.



Select connected device S %

Connecting devices supporting handsfree telephony and audio output by service

Specifying a preferred device for wireless connection



Select device

S B S

Select Service

S %

Handsfree function or Audio function S %

S

7


Bluetooth

S % S

Paired Devices

S % S

Select device S B S Set to Prior Connect S

% S See below

For Handsfree Telephony

Handsfree On

S %

.

For Handsfree On , specified device reconnects to handset when placing/receiving calls.

For Audio Output

Audio On S %

.

For Audio On , Media Player/TV audio output is redirected to specified device automatically when g Sound Output is set to Bluetooth Device .

15-

24

[ Sending Files



Book files

% S 0 S B S

Send My Card

S % S

Via

Bluetooth S % S Select device S % S Yes

S % S Transfer starts

In file list, select file S B S Send (or Send/

Blog )

S % S

Via Bluetooth

S % S

Select device S % S Yes S % S Transfer starts

Backup

[ Backup & Restore

Backing up all items

Encoding data for backup

Restoring all items


Backup/Restore S % S Backup All Items S

% S


S % S

Yes

S %

S Yes S % S Backup complete S % S %


Backup/Restore S % S Settings/Manage S

% S

Encode Settings

% S On S %

S % S

Select item

S

.

Available for Phone Book, Messaging folders,

Calendar and Tasks.


Backup/Restore S % S Restore All Items S

% S


S % S

Yes

S %

S Yes S % S Restore complete S % S %

[ Backup Files

Deleting backup files


Backup/Restore S % S Settings/Manage S

% S

File Management

S % S

Select item

S

% S Select file S % ( / ) S Complete selection S A S Yes S %


S! Addressbook Back-up

Canceling auto synchronization

Changing auto synchronization settings

Confirming password

Opening log

Deleting log records

% S Phone S % S S! Addressbook Back-up

S % S Details S % S Auto Sync Settings S

% S

Set On/Off

S % S

Off

S %

7

% S Phone S % S S! Addressbook

Back-up

S % S

Details

S % S

Auto Sync

Settings S % S See below

.

Set Set On/Off to On beforehand.

Changing Auto Sync Frequency

Set Frequency S % S Select frequency S %

S

Enter/select date/time/day of the week

S %

.

For After Editing Ph.Book(10 min.) , omit steps for date, time, etc.

Changing Auto Sync Command

Sync Mode Setting S % S Select command

S %

A S メニューリスト S % S

My SoftBank

S

% S English S % S Password confirmation for S! Address Book S %

.


% S Phone S % S S! Addressbook Back-up

S % S

Details

S

Select record S %

% S

Sync Log

S % S

7

% S

Phone

S % S

S! Addressbook

Back-up S % S Details S % S Sync Log S

% S See below

One Record

Select record

S B S

Delete

S % S

Yes

S %

All Records

B S Delete All S % S Yes S %

15

15-

25

Troubleshooting

15

Wi-Fi

3

Wi-Fi disconnects

.

Connection is interrupted automatically if Display goes dark after a period of inactivity; restored when Display reactivates.

3

Cannot connect to Wi-Fi

.

Depending on access point settings, handset may not connect to Wi-Fi when powered on outside 3G range. In this case, pass through the 3G service area carrying the handset and retry.

3 Login page opens when using public wireless LAN service

.

Some public wireless LAN services require authentication via Direct

Browser. Enter corresponding user ID/ password.

File Transfer

3

Some files are not received

.

If storage limit is reached during transfers, remaining files will not be received.

3 Cannot receive/accept connection requests even when Infrared/

Bluetooth

®

is On

.

Handset may not be in Standby.

.

Keypad Lock/Function Lock may be active.

.

Software Update may be in progress.

3

Phone Book settings are lost

.

One file transfer resets these settings:

, Category, Tone/Video, Illumination,

Vibration, Secret

.

Picture setting may be lost depending on image; send the image separately and reassign it.

3

Calendar/Tasks settings are lost

.

One file transfer resets these settings:

,

Alarm Tone/Video, Secret,

S! Friend's Status

3

Bookmarks are not saved properly

.

Large Bookmarks may not be received correctly.

.

Streaming Bookmarks are saved as

Yahoo! Keitai Bookmarks.

3 Messages are not saved properly on handset

.

Messages may not be received depending on the size.

.

Messages received via One File Transfer are saved to Other Documents folder and cannot be used as messages.

.

Sky Mail may be received as S! Mail when transferred from other SoftBank handsets via All File Transfer.

.

In All File Transfers, overwriting messaging folders deletes sort keys.

3 Messages are not saved properly on recipient devices

.

Mail Notices are saved as messages, invalidating complete message retrieval.

.

When sending messages to other handset models via All File Transfer,

Spam Folder messages may be saved to the incoming message folder.

.

When sending messages in Drafts to other handset models via All File

Transfer, only the first entered recipient may remain or SMS addressed to multiple recipients may not be saved.

3

Cannot find files in DCIM folder

.

Received files in DCIM folder are saved to Pictures folder.

15-

26

Troubleshooting

Infrared

3

Infrared transfer fails

.

Infrared Port may be obstructed by dust, etc.; clean with soft cloth.

.

Transfers may fail in direct sunlight, under fluorescent lighting or near infrared equipment.

Backup & Restore

3

Backup fails

.

Check handset/Memory Card memory; backup may fail if the memory is low.

3

Some files are not restored

.

If storage limit is reached during

Restore, remaining files will not be restored.

3 Cannot use backup files on other

SoftBank handsets or PCs

.

Some backup files may not be usable on other SoftBank handsets or PCs.

3

Cannot open backup files

.

Some backup files may open only after being restored to handset.

3

Phone Book settings are lost

.

Picture setting may be lost depending on image; send the image separately and reassign it.

3

Messages are not saved properly

.

Transfer may delete sort keys.

.

Mail Notices are restored as messages, invalidating complete message retrieval.

3

Bookmarks are not saved properly

.

Yahoo! Keitai, Streaming and PC Site

Browser/Direct Browser Bookmarks are all backed up as a single file.

.

Streaming Bookmarks are saved as

Yahoo! Keitai Bookmarks.

[ Exporting Backed Up Data to Other

SoftBank Handsets

3


.

If spam filter is available on recipient handset, Spam Folder messages are saved in spam folder regardless of the setting. (If unavailable, they are saved as normal received messages.)

.

When restoring draft messages, only the first entered recipient may remain or SMS addressed to multiple recipients may not be saved.

[ Importing Data Backed Up on Other

SoftBank Handsets

3


.

Messages may not be restored depending on the size.

.

Sky Mail may be restored as S! Mail.

15

15-

27

Date & Time .................................. 16-2

Display & Illumination ................. 16-3

Language....................................... 16-3

Image & Text.................................. 16-3

Display & Backlight ........................ 16-3

Standby Display............................. 16-4

Collective Illumination .................... 16-4

Key Backlight ................................. 16-4

Effect Illumination .......................... 16-4

Incoming Transmissions............. 16-5

Handset Response.........................16-5

Sounds ......................................... 16-6

System Sounds ..............................16-6

Additional Sound Settings ..............16-6

Connectivity ................................. 16-7

Network ..........................................16-7

IP Service .......................................16-7

Reset ............................................. 16-8

Restoring Default Settings..............16-8

16

Handset

Customization

16-

1

16

16-

2

Date & Time

1

Date & Time Settings

Date & Time

7

% S

Settings

S % S

In Sound/Display menu, Date & Time

S %

Setting the date and time

Correcting Clock manually

Disabling auto Clock correction

Setting auto Clock correction timing

Activating Daylight Saving

Changing Time Zone

Adding custom time zone

Changing time format to 12 hour

Changing date format

Starting the Calendar week on Monday

Set Date/Time

S % S

Enter the year

S

Enter the month

Enter the time

S %

S

Enter the day

S

Time Correction S % S Manual S % S Yes S % S Yes S %

Time Correction

S % S

Auto Corr. Setting

S % S

Off

S %

Time Correction S % S Auto Corr. Setting S % S On S B S Select item

S % ( / ) S A S $

Daylight Saving

S % S

On

S %

Set Time Zone S % S f Select area S %

Set Time Zone S % S B S Enter city name S % S e + or S d S Enter time difference

S %

Time Format S % S 12 Hour S %

Date Format

S % S

Select option

S %

Calendar Format

S % S

Monday-Sunday

S %

Display & Illumination

1

Display & Illumination Settings

1

Language

7

% S

Settings

S % S

Sound/Display menu

Switching interface between Japanese and English

Image & Text

Language or 言語選択 S % S

English or 日本語 S %

7

% S

Settings

S % S

In Sound/Display menu, Display

S %

Showing preloaded images for incoming calls, etc.

Showing Data Folder images for incoming calls, etc.

Showing Customized Screen for incoming calls, etc.

System Graphics

S % S

Select item

S to Pattern 3 )

S %

% S

Preset Animation (or Pattern 1

System Graphics S % S Select item S % S Select folder S % S Select image S % S Specify image area S %

.

Some images may be usable without specifying image area.

System Graphics S % S Select item S % S Customized Screen S % S %

.

Not available for Power On or Power Off .

Selecting image enhancement option for Standby and video playback

Changing font of numbers entered in Standby

Showing a message each time handset is powered on

Hiding caller info in Viewer position

Display & Backlight

Vivid Mode S % S Select option S %

Dial Number S % S Select pattern S %

Greeting Message

S % S

Edit Message

S % S

Enter message

S

Switch On/Off S % S On S %

% S

Caller Display S % S Off S %

7

% S Settings S % S In Sound/Display menu, Display S %

Disabling display transition effects

Changing Display/key Backlight illumination time

Changing Display Brightness

Canceling/activating Light Sensor

Changing inactivity time after which Display turns off

Display Effects S % S Off S %

Backlight

S % S

Time Out

S % S

Select time

S %

Backlight S % S Brightness S % S Adjust level S %

Backlight

S % S

Brightness

S % S B

( / )

S %

Display Saving

S % S

Select period

S %

16

16-

3

16

Display & Illumination

1

Display & Illumination Settings

2

Standby Display

7

% S

Settings

S % S

In Sound/Display menu, Display

S % S


S %

Changing Clock/Calendar

Showing Network service provider name in Standby

Selecting Mobile Widget display option

Hiding Pedometer in Standby

Collective Illumination

Clock/Calendar

S % S

Select type

S %

Show Operator Name

S % S

On

S %

Show Widget S % S Select option S %

Pedometer

S % S

Off

S %

7

% S

Settings

S % S

In Sound/Display menu, Sounds & Alerts

S %

Changing Separate illumination patterns at once

Key Backlight

Set Illumination

S

S %

% S

Collective

S % S

Select theme

S % S

Yes or No

7

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/ G

Disabling key Backlight illumination

Effect Illumination

Setting illumination pattern by action

Setting Key Illumination pattern by action

Disabling illumination by action

Keeping Illumination Light on during calls

Set Key Light

S % S

Off

S %

7

% S

Settings

S % S


S %


S % S

Separate

S action

S % S

Illumi. Pattern

S %

% S

S


S %

Select pattern

S % S

S

Select

Select color

S %

.



S action

S % S

% S

Separate

Key Pattern

S %

S

S

% S


S

Select pattern

S %

% S

Select

Set Illumination S % S Separate S % S Effect Illumination S % S Select action

S % S

Switch On/Off

S % S

Off

S %


S % S

Separate

S % S


S

S % S Switch On/Off S % S Always On S %

% S

Calling

16-

4

Changing ringtone volume

Selecting illumination option

Changing Illumination Light patterns

Changing Key Illumination patterns

Enabling/disabling illumination for missed transmissions

Setting illumination pattern for missed transmissions

Answering calls with other keys

Muting ringer with other keys

Incoming Transmissions

1

Incoming Transmission Settings

Handset Response

7

% S

Settings

S % S


S %

Volume

S % S

Select item

S % S

Adjust level

S %


S % S

Separate

S % S

Event Illumination

S item S Switch On/Off S % S On , Link to Sound or Off S %

% S

Select


S % S

Separate

S item

% S


S

Illumi. Pattern

S % S

Select pattern

S % S

S % S

Select color

S

Select

%

.


Set Illumination item

S %

S

Key Pattern

S

S

Separate

S % S

% S

Select pattern


S

S %

% S

Select

.

Not effective when Switch On/Off is set to Link to Sound .

Set Illumination S % S Separate S % S Status Illumination S % S Select item

S % S

Switch On/Off

S % S

On or Off

S %

Set Illumination S % S Separate S % S Status Illumination S % S Select item S % S Illumi. Pattern S % S Select pattern S % S Select color S %

.


.

After Information window opens, Illumination Light flashes for up to 24 hours, then goes out (to save battery power).

Any Key Answer S % S On S %

.

Use

0

-

9

,

(

,

#

,

~

, g

,

'

or

&

in addition to

!

.

Any Key Answer S % S Only Mute S %

.

Use 0 - 9 , ( , # , ~ , g , ' or & in addition to ) .

16

16-

5

Sounds

1

Sound Settings

System Sounds

Enabling Keypad Tones

Changing S! Circle Talk tone

Changing other System Sounds

Disabling System Sounds

Changing System Sound duration

Changing System Sound volume

Additional Sound Settings

Disabling Speaker when using Headphones

Activating Speaker surround

7

% S

Settings

S % S


S %

System Sounds

S % S

Keypad Tones

S % S

Select tone

S %

System Sounds

S % S


S % S

Select tone

S %

System Sounds S % S Select item S % S Tone or Sound S % S Select folder

.

S % S


S %

For files with limited usage period, choose Yes and press

%

.

System Sounds S % S Select item S % S Tone or Sound S % S Off S %

.

Not available for S! Circle Talk .

System Sounds

S time S %

% S

Select item

S % S

Duration

S % S

.

Not available for Keypad Tones or S! Circle Talk .

Select/enter

Volume

S % S

General Volume

S % S

Adjust level

S %

7

% S

Settings

S % S

Sound/Display menu

Ringer Output

S % S

Earphone

S %

Sounds & Alerts S % S Surround S % S On S %

16

16-

6

Connectivity

1

Connectivity Settings

Network

7

% S

Settings

S % S f

Network

Selecting a Network manually

Adding preferred Networks

Adding preferred Networks to the end

Deleting preferred Networks

Adding Networks

Editing Networks

Deleting Networks

Switching Network service between 3G and GSM manually

Refreshing Network connection

Retrieving Network Information

Checking Network status

Editing connection names for mobile data communication

Clearing connection names for mobile data communication

Select Network S % S Manual S % S Select Network S %

Select Network S % S Set Preferred S % S Select target location S % S

Insert S % S Select Network S %

Select Network S % S Set Preferred S % S % S Add to End S % S

Select Network S %

Select Network S % S Set Preferred S % S Select Network S % S Delete

S %

Select Network S % S Add New Network S % S Add S % S Enter country code S % S Enter Network code S % S Enter name S % S

Select NW Type S % S Select type S %

.

After selecting Add New Network and pressing % , Network list appears if

Network has already been added. To add more, press % again and proceed.

Select Network S % S Add New Network S % S Select Network S % S

Change S % S Edit in the same manner as adding Networks S %

Select Network S % S Add New Network S % S Select Network S % S

Delete S %

Select Service S % S Manual S % S Select service S %

Re-search Signal

S %

Retrieve NW Info

S % S

Yes

S %

Network Info

S %

External Device

S % S

Select name

S % S

Edit

S %

External Device

S % S B

Yes

S %

S

Reset

S % S


S % S

IP Service

7

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/ G S

Locks

S %

Disabling IP Service

IP Service Setting S % S Off S % S Enter Handset Code S %

.

When Off , S! Friend's Status, S! Circle Talk, Decoration Call, S! Appli Notification

Setting and Mobile Widget Notification Setting are disabled.

16

16-

7

16

16-

8

Reset

1

Reset Settings

Restoring Default Settings

7

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/ G S

Master Reset

S %

Restoring default handset settings

Clearing all Phone Book entries, Data Folder files, etc.


S % S

Enter Administrator Code

S % S

Yes

S % S

Yes

S %

.

Some default settings may not be restored.

Reset All S % S Enter Administrator Code S % S Yes S % S Yes S %

.

Delete IC Card data beforehand. (Procedures to delete IC Card data vary by

Lifestyle-Appli; contact Osaifu-Keitai

®

service providers for details.)

.

Files and records deleted by Reset All cannot be restored. Reset All deletes all downloaded S! Applications and Lifestyle-Applications.

.

Handset Code and Administrator Code return to the default settings.

.

A confirmation may appear before entering Administrator Code; end the current function to proceed.

.

When Double Number is active, regardless of usage mode setting, Reset Settings restores all default settings (Double Number is canceled), and Reset All clears all user files.

USIM Card ..................................... 17-2

About USIM Card .......................... 17-2

USIM Card Installation................... 17-3

Battery........................................... 17-4

Battery Installation ......................... 17-4

Software Update........................... 17-5

Troubleshooting ........................... 17-6

Key Assignments ......................... 17-8

Pager Codes ............................... 17-10

Pager Code List ........................... 17-10

Character Codes ........................ 17-11

Character Code List .....................17-11

Weather Indicators .................... 17-17

Weather Indicator List ..................17-17

Specifications ............................ 17-18

Memory Card Structure & Contents ...17-24

Menu List .................................... 17-25

Index ........................................... 17-33

Warranty & Service.................... 17-41

Customer Service ...................... 17-42

17

Appendix

17-

1

USIM Card

About USIM Card

USIM Card is an IC card containing customer and authentication information, including the handset number. USIM Card must be inserted to use this handset.

Save Phone Book entries on USIM Card

Phone Book to use them on other

SoftBank handsets. Depending on the

USIM Card in use, some entry items may not be supported, and some limits

(character entry, etc.) may be lower.

Precautions

IC Chip

17

.

Do not insert USIM Card into any other IC card device. SoftBank Mobile is not liable for resulting damages.

.

Keep the USIM Card IC chip clean; malfunction may result. Clean with soft dry cloth.

.

Do not attach labels to USIM Card.

Malfunction may result.

Important

.

USIM Card is the property of SoftBank Mobile.

.

USIM Card will be reissued for a fee if lost or damaged.

.

Return USIM Card to SoftBank Mobile upon subscription termination.

.

Returned USIM Cards are recycled.

.

USIM Card specifications may change without prior notice.

.

Back up USIM Card files. SoftBank

Mobile is not liable for lost files.

.

If your USIM Card or handset (with USIM

Card inserted) is lost or stolen, suspend your service immediately. For details, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer

Center, General Information ( P.17-42 ).

USIM PIN

4-digit code ( 9999 by default); activate

PIN Entry to restrict usage.

PUK Lock

.

Entering incorrect PIN three consecutive times activates PIN Lock, limiting handset use.

Canceling PIN Lock

.

Contact SoftBank Mobile Customer

Center, General Information (

P.17-42

) for your Personal Unblocking Key (PUK

Code) and follow these steps:

Enter PUK Code

S % S

Enter new

PIN S % S Re-enter new PIN S %

, Write down PUK code.

PUK Lock

.

Entering incorrect PUK Code ten consecutive times activates PUK Lock, disabling handset. Contact SoftBank

Mobile Customer Center, General

Information (

P.17-42

) for recovery.

17-

2

USIM Card

USIM Card Installation

.

Do not apply excessive force to insert/remove USIM Card.

.

USIM Card must be inserted to use this handset.

Inserting

1

Remove battery (P.17-4)

2

Using Tab, pull out Tray as shown until it clicks

4

Push in Tray fully

.

Reinstall battery ( P.17-4 ).

Removing

1

Remove battery

2

Using Tab, pull out Tray as shown until it clicks

Tray

Ta b

3

Slide in USIM Card with IC chip facing up

N otch

Ta b

3

Lift and slide out USIM Card as shown

.

Reinstall battery.

.

Take care not to lose removed USIM

Card.

After Repairs, USIM Card Replacement or Handset Upgrade/Replacement

.

Some downloaded files may be inaccessible. In addition, S! Applications,

BookSurfing ® and Near Chat may be disabled after USIM Card replacement.

17

17-

3

Battery

Battery Installation

About Battery

.

Charge battery at least once every six months; an uncharged battery may become unusable or affect files/settings.

.

Depending on usage, bulges may appear near end of battery life; this does not affect safety.

.

Replace battery if operating time shortens noticeably.

.

Clean device charging terminals with a dry cotton swab.

Lithium-ion Battery

.

This product requires a lithium-ion battery.

Lithium-ion batteries are a recyclable resource.

, To recycle a used lithium-ion battery, take it to any shop

, displaying the symbol shown above.

To avoid fire or electric shock, do not short-circuit or disassemble battery.

Inserting & Removing

1

Remove cover

Battery Co v er

.

Press and slide as shown.

2

Insert battery

.

With logo side up, fit tabs into battery cavity slots.

3

Close cover

.

Position and slide the cover gently as shown until it stops.

Removing

.

Power handset off and lift battery as shown.

17

17-

4

Software Update

Software Update

Check for firmware updates and download as required.

Precautions

.

Handset is disabled until update is complete. Update may take up to approximately 30 minutes.

.

Update failure may disable handset. To reduce failure risk, make sure signal is strong and stable, and charge battery beforehand.

.

Update will not start if other functions are in use. Before updating software (or before scheduled update time), end all active functions/applications.

.

Disconnect USB Cable beforehand to reduce failure risk.

.

Always back up important information.

SoftBank Mobile cannot be held liable for damages from lost information, etc.

Updating Software

.

Packet transmission fees do not apply to updates (including checking, downloading

.

and rewriting).

Touch Panel operations may be unavailable during updates; use handset keys.

1

% S

Settings

S % S f

Phone/

G S

Software

Update

S %

2

Software Update

S %

Scheduled Update

A confirmation appears at scheduled update time. Press

%

or wait a while for update to start.

When Updated

Update success notification appears and handset reboots.

After reboot, completion message appears and Information window opens.

Update Result

While Information window appears,

Update Result

S %

Reboot Failure

.

If handset does not return to Standby after update, power handset off, reinsert battery, then restart it. If it still does not restart, contact SoftBank Mobile Customer Center,

Customer Assistance (

P.17-42 ).

.


Setting Update Period (Japanese)

In 2 , Update Period

S %


Update Result

In 2 , Update Result S % 17

17-

5

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting

[ General

Problem

Handset won't power on

Handset won't respond

Possible Cause

Was

"

pressed long enough?

Battery may need to be charged or replaced.

Battery may not be properly installed.

Is Switch On/Off in

PIN Entry On ?

Solution

Press

"

longer.

Charge battery or install a charged battery.

Install battery properly (

P.17-4 ).

Insert USIM Card appears

USIM Card may not be properly inserted.

The correct USIM Card may not be inserted.

There may be debris on

IC chip/terminals.

If On , PIN is required. Enter PIN according to onscreen prompt.

Power handset off and check that USIM Card is properly inserted, then restart handset.

If the message still appears,

USIM may be damaged.

Make sure the correct USIM

Card is inserted. The inserted

USIM Card may not be valid.

Clean relevant parts with dry cloth and re-insert.

REFRESH appears and handset returns to Standby

Handset may have been dropped or subjected to shocks.

Handset failed to recognize

USIM Card temporarily. This is not a malfunction.

Keypad won't respond

Keypad Lock may be active ( appears).

Function Lock may be active ( appears).

Cancel Keypad Lock (

P.2-19

).

Cancel Function Lock ( P.13-2 ).

17

Problem

Battery strength indicator flashes when not charging

Saved entry/folder does not appear on handset

Possible Cause

Ambient temperature may be outside 5 o C to

35 o C.

Entry/folder may be set to Secret.

Solution

Use within an ambient temperature of 5 o

C - 35 o

C.

Activate Show Secret Data

(

P.13-3

).

Handset/AC

Charger feels warm

Cannot access

Memory Card files

Handset/AC Charger may warm while charging.

Handset may warm during extended periods of use.

Handset may warm during Video Calls.

Memory Card may not be properly formatted.

Unless handset/AC Charger is too hot to touch, warmth is considered normal. Always avoid prolonged skin contact to prevent burn injuries.

Clock settings are lost

Did you leave handset without battery?

Use 940SH-formatted Memory

Cards.

Clock settings remain even when removing battery for replacement, etc. However, if handset is left with no battery or an exhausted one for an extended period of time

(approximately one hour),

Clock will need to be reset.

17-

6

Troubleshooting

[ Charger/Battery

Problem

Battery charges quickly

Battery charges slowly

Battery won't charge

Possible Cause

Remaining charge shortens charging time.

Battery may be terminally exhausted or defective. (Illumination

Light flashes red.)

Charging slows during

Video Calls.

Battery may be charging via USB.

AC Charger may not be properly connected to handset.

AC Charger may not be firmly plugged in to AC outlet.

Battery may not be properly installed.

Battery, AC Charger, or

Charging Terminals, or

Device Port may be obstructed by dust, etc.

Charger, etc. may not be supported.

Solution

This is normal.

Replace battery with a new one.

End the call to charge faster.

Use AC Charger.

Make sure connector is securely inserted and retry.

Remove plug from outlet, re-insert and retry.

Install battery properly ( P.17-4 ).

Clean terminals, connector and

Port with a dry cotton swab and retry.

Use specified AC Charger, etc. only; others may damage battery.

Problem

Battery Time seems shorter than usual

Possible Cause

High power consuming operations are in use.

Using handset in poor conditions may shorten

Battery Time.

Power hungry settings may be active.

Solution

Keep handset closed in Standby; reduce TV, S! Application,

Media Player and camera use, and limit transmissions/external connections.

Avoid prolonged use of handset out-of-range or in poor signal conditions.

Lower Brightness, select shorter Display Saving/

Backlight time, etc.

17

17-

7

Key Assignments

Key Assignments

Key

Kanji (Hiragana)

[Double-byte]

Katakana

[Double & Single-byte]

Alphanumerics


2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

(

#

あいうえお

ぁぃぅぇぉ

かきくけこ

さしすせそ

たちつてとっ

アイウエオ

ァィゥェォ

カキクケコ

サシスセソ

タチツテトッ

@./̲-1

J (space)

ABCabc2

DEFdef3

GHIghi4

なにぬねの

はひふへほ

まみむめも

ナニヌネノ

ハヒフヘホ

マミムメモ

JKLjkl5

MNOmno6

PQRSpqrs7

やゆよゃゅょ

らりるれろ

ヤユヨャュョ

ラリルレロ

TUVtuv8

WXYZwxyz9

わをんー

゛゜

、。 L (line break)

ワヲンー

゛゜-

1

0

─────

Log, Pictogram List (double-byte), Symbol List 3

？！ K (space)

,.

L

?!

(line break)

J (space)

1 is available only in single-byte katakana entry.

2 Available for phone number entry; some characters may not be enterable in some windows.

3 May not be enterable in some windows.

Numbers

[Single-byte]

1

7

8

5

6

2

3

4

9

0

N

+ P (pause) ? -

2

#

17

Character Codes

1

7

8

5

6

9

0

2

3

4

─────

─────

17-

8

Key Assignments

Key e f

Kanji (Hiragana)

[Double-byte]

Conversion

4

Katakana


Alphanumerics


Cursor left/right

Numbers

[Single-byte]

Character Codes

Cursor up/down; L (line break) when b

is pressed at the end of text

&

Search Word 5

Switch entry modes (except during conversion)

─────

&

(Long)

Toggle Personal Mode

5

─────

Toggle Personal Mode

5,6

─────

Toggle case (for some characters)

'

$

─────

Cancel conversion

─────

Toggle mode (upper/ lower and lower case)

Delete one character

Cancel conversion

6

$

(Long)

Delete before or after cursor

!

Re-convert 7

─────

Recover characters deleted with $

Re-convert 6, 7

%

B

A

Non-Predictive suggestions 5

Hiragana to Katakana/

Alphanumeric

Conversion

5

A

(Long)

Single Kanji Conversion 5

4

Cursor moves up/down except during conversion.

5 Available during conversion.

6 Available only in single-byte alphanumeric entry.

7

Press

!

immediately after inserting characters to re-convert them.

OK

─────

─────

─────

─────

─────

─────

Delete code

17

17-

9

Pager Codes

17

Pager Code List

Gray background indicates upper and lower case available. Press

'

to switch immediately after character entry.

[ Double-byte Upper Case [ Single-byte Upper Case

1 2

Second Digit (Press Next)

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

1 あいうえおＡＢＣＤＥ

2 かきくけこＦＧＨＩＪ

3 さしすせそＫＬＭＮＯ

4 たちつてとＰＱＲＳＴ

5 なにぬねのＵＶＷＸＹ

6 はひふへほＺ？！ − ／

7

8

ま

や

み

（

む

ゆ

め

）

も

よ m

N

＆

＃ Space

1

*1

2

*2

9 らりるれろ１２３４５

0 わをん゛゜６７８９０

2

ﾐ

(

ﾘ

ｦ

ﾆ

ﾋ

ｲ

ｷ

ｼ

ﾁ

1

ﾏ

ﾔ

ﾗ

ﾜ

ﾅ

ﾊ

ｱ

ｶ

ｻ

ﾀ

7

8

9

0

5

6

1

2

3

4

ﾑ

ﾕ

ﾙ

ﾝ

ﾇ

ﾌ

ｳ

ｸ

ｽ

ﾂ


3 4 5 6 7 8

ｴ

ｹ

ｾ

ﾃ

ﾈ

ﾍ

ﾒ

)

ﾚ

ﾓ

゛゜

ﾖ

ﾛ

ﾉ

ﾎ

ｵ

ｺ

ｿ

ﾄ

K

P

U

A

F

1

6

Z m

N

&

#

2

7

V

?

B

G

L

Q

M

R

C

H

W

!

Space

3

8

[ Double-byte Lower Case [ Single-byte Lower Case

1

8 ゃ

9

2


3

ゅ

4 5

ょ

6 7 8 9 0

1 ぁぃぅぇぉａｂｃｄｅ

2 ｆｇｈｉｊ

3 ｋｌｍｎｏ

4

5

っｐｑｒｓｔｕｖｗｘｙ

6 ｚ

7 *1

*2

0

*1 Press 70 to insert

0

、。

(line break) in mail message text, Notepad, etc.

*2 Press 80 to toggle upper and lower case modes.

3

4

5

1

2

8

9

6

7

0

1

ｧ

ｬ

2

ｨ

ｭ


3 4 5 6 7 8

ｩｪｫ

ｯ k p u z a f l q v b g m r w c h

,

ｮ

.

9 n s x d i

9 0

D

I

N O

S T

E

J

4

9

X Y

/

1

*1

2

*2

5

0

0 o t y e j

*1

*2

17-

10

Character Codes

Character Code List

First Three

Digits

Space

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

17

17-

11

17

17-

12

Character Codes

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Character Codes

Last Digit

17

17-

13

17

17-

14

Character Codes

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Character Codes

Last Digit

17

17-

15

17

17-

16

Character Codes

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

First Three

Digits

Last Digit

Weather Indicator List

■ Basic Status

Clear skies (day)

Clear skies (night)

Clo u dy

Rain

Sno w

Th u nder sho w ers

Chance of rain: 0 %

Chance of rain: 10 %







Chance of rain: 8 0 %



Then

Partly/chance of

■ Pollen Count

Lo w

Moderate

High

Extreme

■ Cherry Blossom

Flo w ering

Almost f u ll b loom

F u ll b loom

Beginning of petal fall

■ Fall Folia g e

N o color change

Colors appearing

Peak

Defoliating

Weather Indicators

■ Ultraviolet

Lo w

Moderate

High

Extreme

■ Typhoon

Forming

Approaching

Ca u tion necessary

■ Other

Hea v y rain

Gale

N otification

17

17-

17

Specifications

Specifications

17

SoftBank 940SH

Weight *

Continuous

Talk Time *

Continuous

Standby Time

Dimensions

(W x H x D)

Maximum

Output

*

*

Charging Time

(power off) *

130 g

200 minutes (3G)

210 minutes (GSM)

340 hours (3G)

300 hours (GSM)

(clamshell closed)

AC Charger: 140 minutes

In-Car Charger: 140 minutes

51 x 111 x 16 mm

(clamshell closed, without protruding parts)

0.25 W (3G)

2.0 W (GSM)

*

Approximate value.

.

Above values calculated with battery installed and Backlight Brightness set to Level:2 .

.

Continuous Talk Time is an average measured with a new, fully charged battery, in strong signal conditions without moving handset.

.

Continuous Standby Time is an average measured with a new, fully charged battery, with clamshell closed without calls or operations, in strong signal conditions without moving handset. In Japan (3G service area), the value is calculated with

IP Service Setting, Decoration Call,

S! Appli Notification Setting and Mobile

Widget Notification Setting set to Off .

.

Talk Time/Standby Time may vary with environment, status, settings, etc.

17-

18

.

Display employs precision technology, however, some pixels may appear brighter/darker.

[ Handset Materials

Parts

Housing (Display side)

Housing (side belt)

Housing (Keypad side)

ABS resin/

Discontinuous deposition, acrylic

UV painting

Nylon resin/Acrylic

UV painting

ABS resin/Acrylic

UV painting

Housing (battery side),

Battery Cover

Display window, lens cover,

Mobile Light cover,

Earpiece cover

Acrylic resin

External Display panel

PC resin & acrylic resin

Multi Selector (Cursor Keys) Aluminum, paint

Center Key, Mail Key,

Shortcuts & A/a Key,

Dictionary Key, Multi Job &

Manner Key, Yahoo! Keitai

Key, TV & Text Key, Camera

Key, key ornament sheets

(Keypad side), camera ring

Clear/Back Key, Start Key,

Keypad,

N

Key, Power On/

Off Key, # Key

Materials & Finishing

Magnesium/Chemical conversion treatment, baking finish

PC/UV curing resin

PC resin

Memory Card Slot Cover,

External Device Port Cover

Battery

Screws

USIM pin

Parts

Side Keys (Volume Up Key,

Volume Down Key, Keypad

Lock & Camera Key)

Infrared Port

Charging Terminals

Materials & Finishing

PC resin/

Discontinuous deposition, acrylic

UV painting

PC resin (back: infrared permeable printing)

Elastomeric resin/

Acrylic UV painting

PC & ABS resin

SUS/Gold plating

(sealer: nickel)

SWCH16A/Black Ni plating

Copper alloy/Gold plating (sealer: nickel)

Accessory

[ Battery

Voltage

Battery Type

Capacity

Dimensions

(W x H x D) *

3.7V

Lithium-ion

770 mAh

37.2 x 37 x 5.4 mm

(without protruding parts)

* Approximate value.


[ Standby Shortcut

Savable Items 19 per sheet (shared with widgets)


[ Text Entry

User

Dictionary

250 entries (5 per reading)

Word: 30 characters

Reading: 8 hiragana

Acquire

Dictionary

Paste List

5 dictionaries

10 text strings

Recoverable

Deleted

Characters

30,720 single-byte characters

Dictionary

Meikyo Japanese Dictionary:

Approximately 47,100 words/phrases

Genius English-Japanese Dictionary:


Genius Japanese-English Dictionary:


[ Phone Book

Entry 1,000 entries

Name/Reading Last/First: 32 characters each

Phone Number 5 numbers (32 digits each)

Mail Address 5 addresses (128 characters each)

Category

Address

Office

Homepage

Note

Mail Groups

16 Categories

Postal Code: 20 characters

Country: 32 characters

Others: 64 characters each

Office Name/Division/Post:

32 characters each

1,024 bytes

256 characters

20 Groups (20 members each)

Group name: 16 characters

Calling

Dialed Numbers

Dialed Numbers: 30 records

Dialed Ranking: 10 records

Received Calls 30 records

Answer Phone/

Caller Voice

20 messages or 90 seconds

Auto Answer List 10 numbers

Decoration Call 100 KB including 20 characters

Speed Dial/Mail 100 numbers/addresses

Messaging

Received

Msg.

Drafts

10 MB or

3,000 messages

Memory

Sent

Messages

Unsent

Messages

5 MB (or

1,000 messages for

Sent Messages)

Templates

220 MB (shared with Data Folder and S! Appli Library)

PC Mail/S! Mail

Subject

PC Mail/S! Mail

Message

512 single-byte characters

Approximately 30,000 single-byte characters

SMS Message 160 single-byte alphanumerics

Auto Resend

Attachment

2 times

20 files or 2 MB

Send Reservation 10 messages

*

Signature

Recipient

Folder

256 single-byte characters

20 numbers/addresses

20 folders (20 sort keys each)

Memory

300 messages per folder

Chat Folders

Folder

10 folders

(20 members each)

Specifications

Graphic Mail

Auto Reply

Anti Spam

Measures

1 sound or Flash ® file, or

40 images/My Pictograms (with

1 sound or Flash ® file)

20 numbers/addresses

Reply Message: 256 single-byte characters per mode

Individual 20 entries

Permitted List 20 entries

* Limit may be lower depending on message text, etc.

[ PC Mail Settings

PC Mail

Account

Account

Account Name

User Name

3 accounts

20 characters

128 characters

Set Receiving

Password 40 characters

ReceivingServer 128 characters

Port Number 1 to 65535

Set Sending

PC Mail DL

Sender Name

Mail Address

20 characters

128 characters

Individual Address 20 addresses

Internet

Download

(Yahoo! Keitai &

PC Site Browser)

Yahoo! Keitai

Download

(Direct Browser)

*

300 KB per page

10 MB (100 MB via Keitai Wi-Fi) for progressive downloads

PC Site

Browser

1 MB per file

JPEG Images 5,000 KB

Flash ® Files 2 MB

* 1 MB each for files other than JPEG images and Flash ® files. (Some media files are playable beyond 1 MB.)

17

17-

19

Specifications

17

History

URL Entry Log

300 pages for Yahoo! Keitai

300 pages between PC Site

Browser and Direct Browser

10 URLs

Bookmarks * &

Saved Pages

100 pages for Yahoo! Keitai

100 pages between PC Site

Browser and Direct Browser

3 tabs at one time Tab

Input Memory 20 entries

Streaming History 20 URLs

RSS Feeds 30 entries (60 KB per entry)

* Folders are counted as pages.

Digital TV

Recorded File

Recording Time

(example)

Marker

Split File

Time Shift

Recording

Reservation List

ISDB-T mobile Video profile

(SD-Video standard)

Handset

Approximately

70 minutes

Memory

Card

Approximately

80 minutes on

256 MB Memory Card

99 Markers (10 per file)

99 portions per file

30 minutes

5 entries (24 hours each on

1 GB or larger Memory Card)


[ Mobile Camera

Effective Pixels

Auto Shut-off Time

12.1 Megapixels

Approximately 3 minutes

[ Photo Camera

Zoom

Picture Size

(W x H dots)

1x - 25x

12M

8M

5M

3M

Full HD

1.2M

*

Wallpaper

VGA

3000 x 4000

2448 x 3264

1944 x 2592

1536 x 2048

1080 x 1920

960 x 1280

480 x 854

480 x 640

QVGA

Free, 1200 x 640, 480 x 1488,

1280 x 960

240 x 320

Scanner Image

Size (W x H dots)

File Format

Memory

JPEG

Approximately 49 files (at 12M,

High Quality) on handset with no other files yymmdd_hhmmss File Name

Shooting Distance Macro: 10 cm

Background Save 3 files

Portrait Auto

Focus

VGA or larger

* Rapid Shooting Camera only.

[ Video Camera

Zoom 1x - 5.7x

Record Size

(W x H dots)

Extended

Video

For Message

864 x 480 (Wide)

640 x 480 (VGA)

320 x 240 (QVGA)

176 x 144 (QCIF)

128 x 96 (SubQCIF)

320 x 240 (QVGA)

176 x 144 (QCIF)

128 x 96 (SubQCIF)

File Format 3GP

Recording

Capacity per

Shot

Extended

Video

Approximately

30 minutes * on

Memory Card

For Message 2 MB or 295 KB yymmdd_hhmmss File Name

Recording

Distance

Still Image

Capture

Recording

Pause

Supported

1.5 m in good light

3 images

QVGA or larger

(Extended Video sizes only)

* Varies with handset usage, location or settings.

[ Editing Images

Picture

Editor

Composite

Resize

(W x H dots)

Retouch

Paste

Correction

Merge

Panorama

Wallpaper (480 x 854)

Power On/Off (480 x 854)

Incoming Call (320 x 320)

Alarm (480 x 208)

Pictogram (96 x 96)

VGA (480 x 640)

QVGA (240 x 320)

Cut

52 x 52 dots or larger

JPEG/PNG images

16 characters

52 x 52 dots or larger

JPEG/PNG images

JPEG images between

W 48 x H 64 dots and

240 x 320 dots

Video & Music

Supported

Formats

WMA (.wma), AAC (.mp4/.3gp/.m4a),

Secure AAC (SD-Audio standard)

(Some files may not play depending on sampling frequency and bit rate)

17-

20

All Music

List

Music

Chaku-Uta

®

WMA

SD AUDIO

Shows up to

350 files each

Shows up to

999 files


[ S! Applications

Memory

100 items or 220 MB (shared with Messaging Templates folder and other folders in Data Folder)

Remote Control Approximately 5 m

[ Mobile Widget

Savable Items

4 widgets (S! Quick News &

S! Friend's Status: 1, others: 3) per sheet x 4 sheets

Handy Extras

[ PIM/Life

Calendar

Alarms

*

/Tasks

Schedule: 1,000 entries

Tasks: 300 entries

Subject: 32 characters

Description: 128 characters

Location: 16 characters

Set Holiday: 10 holidays

5 entries, Subject: 9 characters

Wakeup TV Auto Shut-off

999,999,999,999

Approximately

30 minutes

Calculator

Expenses Memo 30 entries (999,999.99 yen each)

Osaifu-Keitai

®

Remote Lock password:

5 - 16 single-byte alphanumerics

* Preset holidays are based on Japanese calendar as of September 2009.

[ Clock/Gauge

Stopwatch

23 hours 59 minutes 59.9 seconds in

0.1-second increments

Lap time: 4 records

Countdown

Timer

99 minutes 59 seconds in 1-second increments

World Clock City name: 16 characters

Steps: 99,999

Time: 23 hours

59 minutes 59 seconds

Today's

Walking

Exercise: 71.9 Ex

Calories: 9,999.9 kcal

Distance: 179.9 km

Fat burned: 999.9 g

2 years

Pedometer

Log

Daily view:

9,999 steps per hour

Weekly view:

99,999 steps per day

All Days: 999 days

Steps: 99,999,999

Time: 99,999 hours


Accumulated

Data

Exercise: 99,999.9 Ex

Calories:

9,999,999.9 kcal

Distance: 999,999.9 km

Fat burned: 999,999.9 g

Steps: 99,999

Average

Time: 23 hours


Exercise: 71.9 Ex

Calories: 9,999.9 kcal

Distance: 179.9 km

Fat burned: 999.9 g

S! GPS Navi My Location 50 entries

Specifications

[ Doc./Rec.

Document

Viewer

Notepad

Voice

Recorder

Supported

Formats

PDF (.pdf)

Microsoft ® Excel ® (.xls)

Microsoft ® Word (.doc)

Microsoft ® PowerPoint ®

(.ppt)

File Size 10 MB

500 entries (8,192 characters each)

Approximately

For

Message

20 minutes (message size limit: 2 MB) or

3 minutes (message size limit: 300 KB) per file

Extended

Voice

99 hours 59 minutes

59 seconds

Scan Barcode

(Continuous

Mode)

UPC/JAN 50 codes

QR Code 16 codes

Create QR

Code

Scan Text

Equivalent of 513 digits,

311 alphanumerics or 131 kanji

256 characters

Entertainment

[ S! Quick News

Savable Items

1 item for Special

5 items between News Flash and General

[ e-Books

Text Copy 20 characters

[ S! Friend's Status

Member 30 members

Name: 7 characters

Comment: 15 characters My Status

Status Label: 4 characters

Status Templates Template name: 12 characters

17

17-

21

17

Specifications

[ S! Circle Talk

Participant 11 members

Speak Time 30 seconds each

Member List 30 entries (10 members per Group)

[ Blog Tool

Blog Details 5 entries

Blog Title 16 characters

Email Address 128 characters

Title 32 characters

Blog Settings

(Mail)

Text

Picture Size

128 characters

S (320 x 320)

M (640 x 640)

L (1024 x 1024)

Send

URL for Posting 1,024 characters Blog Settings

(Yahoo!

Keitai & PC

Site Browser)

URL for Viewing 1,024 characters

Data Folder

Memory

220 MB (shared with Messaging

Templates folder and S! Appli Library)

Memory Card

Backup File Name yymmddXX

*

(XX: 2 digits/letters)

* yymmdd for Contents Keys.


[ Wi-Fi

Profile

Authentication

Method

10 entries

Open System, Shared Key, WPA-PSK,

WPA2-PSK, WPA/WPA2-PSK Auto

Encryption

Method

WEP Key

No Authentication, WEP, TKIP,

AES, TKIP/AES Auto

4 keys

17-

22

[ Infrared

Infrared

Transfer

IrSS Transfer

(JPEG images)

[ Bluetooth

®

IrMC 1.1

Range Within 20 cm

Receive 2,500 KB or less; send

5,000 KB or less (after resizing)

Communication

System

Bluetooth ® specification Ver. 2.1

Supported

Profiles

Headset Profile

Hands-Free Profile

Dial-Up Networking Profile

Object Push Profile

File Transfer Profile

Basic Imaging Profile

Advanced Audio Distribution Profile

Audio/Video Remote Control Profile

Bluetooth ® Power Class 2 Output

Range Within 10 m

Device Search 16 devices

Pairing

Device Name

Printing

32 devices

16 characters

JPEG/PNG images

[ S! Addressbook Back-up

Log 10 synchronization records

Network

Add Network

5 Networks

Country/Network code: 3 digits

Name: 25 single-byte characters

Reference URLs

[ SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.

http://mb.softbank.jp/en/

[ S! Addressbook Back-up http://mb.softbank.jp/en/price_plans/basic_option.html

[ Messaging Basics http://mb.softbank.jp/en/customer_support/mail.html

[ Custom Handset Address https://www.email.softbank.ne.jp/help/e/address.html

[ Yahoo! Keitai http://mb.softbank.jp/en/customer_support/web.html

[ Ichi Navi http://mb.softbank.jp/en/price_plans/basic_option.html

[ Secure Remote Lock http://mb.softbank.jp/en/price_plans/basic_option.html

[ microSD = Memory Card

Compatibility

From PC (Japanese) http://k-tai.sharp.co.jp/peripherals/sd_support.html

From Handset (Japanese) http://shweb.sharp.co.jp/

[ Compatible Blu-ray Disc Recorders

From PC (Japanese) http://www.sharp.co.jp/bd/spec/index.html

[ SVG-T

From Handset (Japanese) http://shweb.sharp.co.jp/svgt/index_pdc.html

[ Association for Promotion of Digital

Broadcasting

From PC http://www.dpa.or.jp/english/

From Handset (Japanese) http://www.dpa.or.jp/1seg/k/

[ SOFTBANK TELECOM Corp. (BB mobilepoint)

From PC http://tm.softbank.jp/english/consumer/wlan/index.html

Specifications

17

17-

23

17

Specifications

Memory Card Structure & Contents

DCIM

PRIVATE

SD_AUDIO

Memory Card Structure

XXXSHARP

Local Contents

Mail

MYFOLDER My Items

Book

Bookmarks

Character

CSI

Custom Screens

Flash(R)

Flash(R) Ringtones

Games and More

Hot Status Template

Mail Art

Message Templates

Music

Other Documents

Pictograms

Pictures

Sounds & Ringtones

Videos

Widget

WMAudio

SHARP

SH_Folder

Utility

MOBILE

Contents (Location when Viewed on Handset)

Still images in DCIM

SD Local Contents

Messaging folder backups (Received Msg., Sent Messages and Drafts) e-Book files in Data Folder (Books)

Yahoo! Keitai Bookmarks

PNG files in Data Folder (Character)

Decoration Call files in Data Folder (Decoration Call)

Customized Screen files in Data Folder (Customized Screen)

Flash ® Wallpaper files in Data Folder (Flash®)

Flash

®

ringtones in Data Folder (Flash® Ringtones)

S! Applications

Template files in Data Folder (Status Templates)

Files in Data Folder (Mail Art)

Graphic Mail templates in Templates folder

Music files in Data Folder (Music)

Other files in Data Folder (Other Documents)

GIF files in Data Folder (My Pictograms)

Still images in Data Folder (Pictures)

Melodies and other sound files in Data Folder (Ring Songs·Tones)

Video files in Data Folder (Videos)

Widget files in Data Folder (Widget)

WMA files for Media Player (WMA)

Application management files

Backup files (Phone Book), etc.

Backup files (User Dictionary), etc.

SD-Audio files for Media Player (SD AUDIO)

17-

24

Menu List

Menu List

Messaging

Function

Received Msg.

Create Message

Retrieve New Msg.

Drafts

Templates

Sent Messages

Unsent Messages

Chat Folders

Mail List

Server Mail

Box

Retrieve All

Delete All

Mailbox Volume

Create New SMS

Settings

Address Settings

General Settings

S! Mail Settings

PC Mail Settings

SMS Settings

Speed Dial/Mail

Memory Status

Set Mail Group

P.5-15

P.5-23

P.5-23

P.5-27

P.5-29

P.5-7

P.5-3

P.5-30

Refer to

P.5-12

P.5-4

P.5-23

P.5-29

P.5-22

P.5-12

P.5-29

P.5-32

P.5-18

P.5-34

P.5-20

P.5-16

P.5-26

[ Settings: General Settings

Send/

Compose

Function

Delivery Report

Reply to Settings

Reply With Text

Auto Reply

Set Quick Reply

Auto Resend

Sending Status

Restrictions Setting

Message Notice

Link to Feeling Receive

Animation View

Anti Spam Measures

Report Spam

Scroll Unit

Message List View

Address View

Received Msg. View

Sent Msg. View

Auto Delete

Received Msg.

Sent Messages

P.5-30

P.5-8

P.5-31

P.5-31

P.5-31

P.5-14

P.5-30

P.5-30

Refer to

P.5-30

P.5-30

P.5-30

P.5-25

P.5-25

P.5-30

P.5-30

P.5-30

P.5-30

P.5-30

P.5-30

P.5-30

[ Settings: S! Mail Settings

Function

Message DL

Signature

Picture Appearance

Pictures

Auto Play File

Sounds

Create Msg. Size

Send File Settings

Picture Auto Resize

[ Settings: PC Mail Settings

Function

PC Mail Account

PC Mail DL

Check New Mail

Word wrap

[ Settings: SMS Settings

Function

Expiry Time

Message Center

Char-code

Refer to

P.5-11

P.5-20

P.5-32

P.5-32

P.5-32

P.5-32

P.5-32

P.5-32

Refer to

P.5-18

P.5-33

P.5-33

P.5-33

Refer to

P.5-34

P.5-34

P.5-34

17

17-

25

17

Menu List

Yahoo!

Function

Yahoo! Keitai

Menu List

Bookmarks

Saved Pages

Web Search

Enter URL

History

PC Site Browser

Direct Browser

Browser Settings

[ PC Site Browser

Function

Homepage

Bookmarks

Saved Pages

Web Search

Enter URL

History

RSS Feed

Yahoo! Keitai

Direct Browser

Refer to

P.6-5

P.6-9

P.6-9

P.6-12

P.6-5

P.6-5

P.6-10

P.6-3

P.6-5

Refer to

P.6-3

P.6-3

P.6-9

P.6-9

P.6-12

P.6-4

P.6-4

P.6-5

P.6-5

P.6-13

PC Site

Browser

Settings

Function

Font Size

Scroll Settings

Cursor Settings

Downloads

Memory Operation


Download to

Initialized Browser

Reset Settings

Warning Message

Zoom Factor

Softkey Area

[ Direct Browser

Function

Homepage

Bookmarks

Saved Pages

Web Search

Enter URL

History

RSS Feed

Yahoo! Keitai

PC Site Browser

Refer to

P.6-13

P.6-14

P.6-13

P.6-13

P.6-11

P.6-18

P.6-13

P.6-18

P.6-18

P.6-14

P.6-13

P.6-5

Refer to

P.6-5

P.6-9

P.6-9

P.6-12

P.6-5

P.6-5

P.6-10

P.6-3

P.6-5

Set Direct

Browser

Function

Font Size

Scroll Settings

Cursor Settings

Downloads


Refer to

P.6-13

P.6-14

P.6-13

P.6-13

P.6-11


Download to


Reset Settings

P.6-18

P.6-13

P.6-18

P.6-18

Zoom Factor

Softkey Area

P.6-13

P.6-5

Direct Browser Lock

P.6-14

Proxy Setting

P.6-14

Homepage Settings

Search Page

P.6-14

P.6-14

[ Browser Settings

Function

Font Size

Scroll Unit

Cursor Settings

Downloads



Download to


Reset Settings

Refer to

P.6-13

P.6-14

P.6-13

P.6-13

P.6-11

P.6-18

P.6-13

P.6-18

P.6-18

17-

26

S! Appli

Function

S! Appli Library

Osaifu-Keitai

Notification History

Settings

Information

[ Settings

Function

Application Volume

Backlight

Vibration

Synchronization

Notification Setting

Calls & Alarms

Switch On/Off

Screensaver Activation Time

Stop Auto Start

Surround

Set to Default

Memory All Clear

Refer to

P.10-2

P.11-15

P.10-2

P.10-7

P.10-7

Refer to

P.10-6

P.10-7

P.10-7

P.10-7

P.10-7

P.10-6

P.10-6

P.10-6

P.10-6

P.10-6

P.10-7

P.10-7

Entertainment

S! Information

Channel/

Weather

Function

What's New

Back Issue

Registration/Cancel

Get Latest Contents

Notification

S! Quick News

Weather Indicator

Free

Contents

Tada-Melody

Tada-Deco

Tada-Hon

Tada-Komi

Tada-Game

Tada-Utaban

S! Contents Store

Music

Media Player

Videos

Streaming

MTP Mode


S! Circle Talk

Near chat

Blog Tool

Digital Media Viewer

BookSurfing e-Book Viewer

P.12-4

P.12-4

P.12-4

P.12-4

P.12-4

P.12-4

P.12-4

P.9-5

Refer to

P.12-3

P.12-3

P.12-3

P.12-14

P.12-14

P.12-3

P.12-2

P.9-6

P.6-4

P.9-4

P.12-6

P.12-9

P.12-11

P.12-12

P.12-5

P.12-5

P.12-5

Menu List

[ S! Information Channel/Weather:

Weather Indicator

Function

Weather

Manual Update

Standby Setting

Settings Weather Notif.

Icon Update

[ S! Quick News

Refer to

P.12-15

P.12-3

P.12-15

P.12-15

P.12-15

Function

S! Quick News List

Automatic Update

Show Image

Settings

Check Schedule

Change Skin

Delete S! Quick News

Lists

[ Media Player: Music

Function

Last Played Music

My Music

SD AUDIO

WMA

Download Music

Sound Effects

Playback Mode

Settings Music Illumination g Sound Output

Delete All WMA

Refer to

P.12-2

P.12-14

P.12-14

P.12-14

P.12-14

P.12-14

Refer to

P.9-8

P.9-5

P.9-5

P.9-5

P.9-4

P.9-8

P.9-8

P.9-8

P.9-8

P.9-10

17

17-

27

17

Menu List

[ Media Player: Videos

Function

Last Played Video

My Videos

Recorder Contents

SD VIDEO

Download Videos

Playback Mode

Settings

Backlight

Display Size

Sound Effects

Web Link Setting g

Sound Output

Camera

Function

Easy Auto Camera

Pro Auto Camera

Quick Camera

Rapid Shooting Camera

Three-Shot Camera

Fine Video Camera

Video Camera for Mail

Various Cameras

Album

Scan Barcode

Scan Card

Kanji Grabber

Review

Set Camera Key

Refer to

P.9-8

P.9-6

P.9-6

P.9-6

P.9-4

P.9-8

P.9-9

P.9-9

P.9-9

P.9-9

P.9-8

Refer to

P.8-3

P.8-5

P.8-6

P.8-8

P.8-10

P.8-16

P.8-17

P.8-8

P.8-18

P.11-34

P.11-36

P.11-38

P.8-21

P.8-28

[ Photo Camera (Example: Pro Auto

Camera)

Function

Switch Camera

Detect Personal

Self-timer

Picture Size

Focus Setting

Shutter

Setting

Settings

Egao level

Shutter Mode

Shutter Sound

Set Remote Shutter

Picture Quality

ISO Sensitivity

White Balance

Exposure

Shake Reducing

Long Exposure

Display Setting

Set Send Key

Album

Save Setting

Save Pictures to

Auto Save

Background Save

Scene

Help

Mobile Light

P.8-29

P.8-29

P.8-18

P.8-29

P.8-29

P.8-29

P.8-8

P.8-28

P.8-29

P.8-29

P.8-28

P.8-29

P.8-29

P.8-29

P.8-29

P.8-29

P.8-29

Refer to

P.8-6

P.8-14

P.8-28

P.8-28

P.8-28

P.8-29

P.8-29

[ Video Camera

Function

Switch Camera

Simple Setting

Self-timer

Record Time/Size

Focus Setting

Shake Reducing

Settings

Video Quality

Exposure

Microphone

Review

Save Setting

Save Videos to

Auto Save

Video Encode

Audio Encode

Picture Setting

Display Size

Help

Mobile Light

Videos/Music

Videos/Music

Function

P.8-31

P.8-30

P.8-31

P.8-21

P.8-31

P.8-31

P.8-31

P.8-31

Refer to

P.8-17

P.8-16

P.8-30

P.8-31

P.8-30

P.8-31

P.8-31

P.8-31

P.8-30

P.8-31

Refer to

P.9-2

17-

28

Tools

[ PIM/Life

Function

Calendar

Alarms

Wakeup TV

Relaxation Time

Tasks

Calculator

Expenses Memo

Osaifu-Keitai

Simulated Call

Receive Simulated

Call

Switch On/Off

Set Caller

Assign Tone

Receive Timing

For Silent Mode

P.11-46

P.11-19

P.11-19

P.11-19

P.11-19

P.11-46

[ PIM/Life: Osaifu-Keitai

Function

Lifestyle-Appli

IC Card Status

IC Card Settings

Refer to

P.11-15

P.11-45

IC Card Lock

Remote Lock

P.11-16

P.11-17

Interface Settings

P.11-45

Balance Info

P.11-45

Set to Default

P.11-46

Refer to

P.11-2

P.11-8

P.11-10

P.11-12

P.11-6

P.11-13

P.11-14

P.11-15

[ Clock/Gauge

Function

Stopwatch

Countdown Timer

World Clock

Hour Minder

Pedometer

Compass

S! GPS Navi

Battery Meter

[ Doc./Rec.

Refer to

P.11-20

P.11-21

P.11-22

P.11-23

P.11-24

P.11-26

P.11-27

P.2-22

Function

Dictionary

Search

Document Viewer

Notepad

Scratch Pad

ASCII Art

Voice Recorder

Refer to

P.3-13

P.3-16

P.11-30

P.11-31

P.3-17

P.11-32

P.11-49

Record Time


P.11-33

Save Recording to

P.11-49

Barcode/Scan

Phone Help

Scan Barcode

Open Barcode

Create QR Code

Scan Card

Kanji Grabber

Scan Text

Scanned Results

P.11-34

P.11-50

P.11-35

P.11-36

P.11-38

P.11-37

P.11-50

P.2-22

[ Connectivity

Function

Wi-Fi

Bluetooth

Infrared

IC Transmission

USB Mode

Switch On/Off

Send All

IrSS Key Setting

1 File Reception

Send All

Mass Storage

Recorder Link

MTP Mode

USB Charge

Memory Card

Backup/Restore

[ Connectivity: Wi-Fi

Switch On/Off

Create Profile

Function

Profile List

Common Settings

Connect Information

Show MAC Address

[ Connectivity: Bluetooth

Switch On/Off

Function

Add Device

Paired Devices

Send All

Setting Watch

My Device Settings

My Device Details

Menu List

Refer to

P.15-22

P.15-3

P.15-22

P.15-22

P.15-22

P.15-22

Refer to

P.15-24

P.15-13

P.15-14

P.15-15

P.15-24

P.15-23

P.15-24

Refer to

P.15-3

P.15-12

P.15-23

P.15-9

P.15-23

P.15-23

P.15-11

P.15-16

P.15-16

P.9-4

P.1-12

P.14-6

P.15-25

17

17-

29

17

Menu List

Data Folder

Function

Pictures

DCIM


S! Appli

Widget

Music

Videos

Lifestyle-Appli

Books


Status Templates

Decoration Call

Flash®

Other Documents

Memory Status

Widget

Function

Widget Store

Widget Contents

Refer to

P.10-3

P.10-3

Widget History

Remove Contents

P.10-8

P.10-5

Remove All Contents

P.10-9

Auto Refresh

P.10-8

Settings

AutoConnect Abroad

P.10-8

Set Use Abroad

P.10-8

Notification Setting

Cookies

Delete Cookies

P.10-8

P.10-8

P.10-8

P.11-15

P.14-2

P.3-4

P.14-2

P.4-16

P.14-2

P.14-2

P.14-2

Refer to

P.8-22

P.14-2

P.11-33

P.10-2

P.10-3

P.14-2

P.14-2

17-

30

TV

Function

Digital TV

TV Player

TV-Image Folder

TV Link

TV Listing

Familink Remote

Reservation List

Settings

Recorder Contents

[ Settings

TV Alarm

Broadcast

Data

Function

Set Recording

Image Location

Notify Connection

Location

Refer to

P.7-17

P.7-15

P.7-15

P.7-14

P.7-14

Manufacture Number

P.7-14

Delete StationData

P.7-14

Screen Size(Portrait)

Display Icon

Sound Output g Sound Output

P.7-12

P.7-13

P.7-13

P.7-13

Set Call Time Shift

Calls & Alarms

TV Reserve Prior

Save Recording to

Auto Exit

Auto Exit Time

Close Action

Smooth Mode

P.7-15

P.7-13

P.7-17

P.7-15

P.7-13

P.7-13

P.7-12

Refer to

P.7-4

P.7-9

P.7-6

P.7-14

P.7-7

P.1-3

P.7-10

P.7-13

P.7-16

Phone

Function

Phone Book

Add New Entry

Information

Call Log

Play Messages

Call Voicemail

S! Addressbook Back-up

My Details

Set Category

Mail Groups

Speed Dial/Mail

Ph.Book

Settings

P.2-22

P.3-19

P.5-16

P.4-7

Sort Entries

Select Phone Book

P.3-20

P.3-25

Save New Entry

P.3-25

New Number Prompt

P.3-23

Refer to

P.3-18

P.3-18

P.1-7

P.4-8

P.4-4

P.4-13

P.15-19

Vertical Display

Horizontal Display

Call Log Setting

Copy All

Manage

Entries

Memory Status

Change Mode(All)

Delete All

P.3-23

P.3-23

P.4-17

P.3-25

P.3-25

P.3-25

P.3-25

Settings

[ Sound/Display

Mode Settings

Display

Function


Sounds & Alerts

Date & Time

言語選択 (Language)

Ringer Output

Earpiece Volume

Change Menu

[ Sound/Display: Display

Function

Wallpaper

System Graphics

VeilView

Display Effects

Font Settings

Clock/Calendar

Refer to

P.3-3

P.16-3

P.2-29

P.16-3

P.3-2

P.16-4

Standby

Display

Show Widget

P.16-4

Show Operator Name

P.16-4

Pedometer

P.11-47

P.16-3

Vivid Mode

Mini Battery

Greeting Message

P.2-29

P.16-3


Backlight

Display Saving

Caller Display

Dial Number

P.1-12

P.16-3

P.16-3

P.16-3

P.16-3

Refer to

P.2-28

P.16-3

P.3-4

P.3-5

P.16-2

P.16-3

P.16-6

P.4-15

P.2-9

[ Sound/Display: Sounds & Alerts

Function

Volume

Ringtone/videos

Machi-Uta

System Sounds

Vibration

Set Illumination

Any Key Answer

Surround

[ Sound/Display: Date & Time

Refer to

P.16-5

P.3-5

P.3-21

P.16-6

P.3-5

P.16-4

P.16-5

P.16-6

Set Date/Time

Function

Time Correction

Daylight Saving

Set Time Zone

Clock/Calendar

World Clock

Alarms

Set Holiday

Time Format

Date Format

Calendar Format

Refer to

P.16-2

P.16-2

P.16-2

P.16-2

P.16-4

P.11-22

P.11-8

P.11-39

P.16-2

P.16-2

P.16-2

[ Phone/ G

Function

User Dictionary

Set Key Shortcut

Move Settings

Viewer

Position

Set Appli

Set Bookmark

Motion Control

Refer to

P.3-12

P.2-13

P.2-18

P.2-27

P.2-27

P.2-17

Menu List

Vector Pad

Settings

Touch Panel

Set Key Light

Double

Number

Function

Scroll Speed

Refer to

P.2-26

Launch Spinguru

Menu by

Jog Speed

P.2-26

Correct Vector Pad

Touch Reaction

P.2-26

P.2-26

P.2-26

Keypad Lock

P.2-28

Correct Touch Panel

P.2-8

Switch On/Off

Double Mode

Password Entry

Mode Name

Reject By Line

Show Missed

Packet Warning

P.16-4

P.2-23

P.2-25

P.2-29

P.2-29

P.2-29

P.2-29

P.2-29

Send Priority

Video/Music Menu Updates

Memory Card

Backup All Items

Backup/

Restore

P.2-29

P.9-2

P.14-6

P.15-25

Backup Selected Items

P.15-18

Restore All Items

P.15-25

Restore Selected Items

P.15-18

Settings/Manage

P.15-25

Locks

Software Update

Master Reset

Reset Settings

Reset All

P.13-2

P.17-5

P.16-8

P.16-8

17

17-

31

17

Menu List

[ Phone/ G : Memory Card

Function

Number of Copies

Settings

DPOF

SD Local Contents

Format Card

Memory Status

Check Settings

Reset Settings

[ Phone/ G : Locks

PIN Entry

Function Lock

Function

IP Service Setting

Function Control

Application Lock

History Lock

Show Secret Data

Set Lock Message

Chg. Handset Code

Administrator Setting

Refer to

P.8-27

P.8-32

P.8-27

P.8-32

P.14-9

P.14-6

P.14-2

Refer to

P.13-2

P.13-2

P.16-7

P.13-4

P.13-3

P.13-3

P.13-3

P.13-5

P.2-21

P.2-21

[ Call

Call Time/

Data Counter

Function

Call Timers

Data Counter

Call Time Counter

Minute Minder

Answer

Phone

Switch On/Off

Answer Time

Outgoing Message

Volume

Voicemail/

Divert

Int'l Calling

Voicemail

Diverts

Cancel All

Status

Camera Picture

Incoming Picture

Outgoing Picture

Hold Guidance Pict

Video Call

Backlight

Loudspeaker

Mute Microphone

Remote Monitor

Show My Number

) Missed Calls

Int'l Prefix

Country Codes

Call Barring

P.4-20

P.4-20

P.4-20

P.4-20

P.4-20

P.4-14

P.4-20

P.4-13

P.4-15

P.4-15

Roaming Dial

Assistant

Bar Outgoing Calls

P.4-15

P.4-19


P.4-10

Bar Incoming Calls

P.4-20

P.4-14

P.4-14

P.4-13

P.4-12

P.4-13

P.4-19

P.4-20

P.4-20

Refer to

P.4-9

P.4-18

P.4-17

P.4-17

P.4-4

P.4-14

Reject Numbers

P.4-18

Change NW Password

P.4-19

17-

32

Decoration

Call

Function

Switch On/Off

Play in Receiving

Notice

Auto Answer

Call Waiting

[ Network

Function

Select Network

Select Service

Re-search Signal

Offline Mode

Retrieve NW Info

Network Info

Wi-Fi

External Device

Refer to

P.4-16

P.4-16

P.4-17

P.4-20

P.4-19

Refer to

P.16-7

P.16-7

P.16-7

P.2-20

P.16-7

P.16-7

P.15-3

P.16-7

Index

Index

A

AC Charger ..................................................1-4

Accessing Functions .................................2-3

Accessory ...................................................... v

Administrator Code ..................................2-21

After-Sales Services ...............................17-41

Alarms .......................................................11-8

Canceling ................................................11-9

Deleting...................................................11-9

Editing entries .......................................11-43

For Manner Mode..................................11-44

Link to World Clk ...................................11-44

Album.........................................................8-18

Animation View ...........................................5-9

Answer Phone................................... 4-4, 4-14

Antenna (for TV reception) ........................7-3

Anti Spam Measures ...................... 5-14, 5-28

Any Key Answer .......................................16-5

AOSS

=

.......................................................15-3

Application Lock.......................................13-3

ASCII Art..................................................11-32

Auto Reply....................................... 5-10, 5-25

Auto Resend...................................... 5-2, 5-30

Auto Retry Function ...................................5-2

B

Backlight....................................................16-3

Backup.....................................................15-17

Settings/Manage ...................................15-25

Bar Incoming Calls ...................................4-20

Bar Outgoing Calls ...................................4-19

Battery ............................................... 1-4, 17-4

Battery Cover ..............................................1-2

Battery Meter.............................................2-22

Blog Tool ..................................... 12-12, 12-17

Bluetooth ® ...............................................15-12

Blu-ray Disc recorders ...........................15-16

Bookmarks ..................................................6-9

BookSurfing ® ............................................12-5

C

Calculator .................................... 11-13, 11-45

Calendar ....................................................11-2

Calendar Settings..................................11-39

Editing schedules ..................................11-40

Call Barring ..................................... 4-12, 4-19

Call Forwarding.........................................4-12

Call Log.............................................. 4-8, 4-17

Call Time Counter .....................................4-17

Call Waiting ..................................... 4-12, 4-19

Call Waiting (answering Line 2)...............4-19

Caller ID ........................................... 4-12, 4-20

Camera.........................................................8-2

Album ......................................................8-18

Capturing Still Images ...............................8-5

Changing/saving camera settings ...........8-11

Photo Camera settings............................8-28

Detect Personal.......................................8-14

Recording Video......................................8-16

Review ....................................................8-21

Center Access Code.................................2-21

Change NW Password ..............................4-19

Change PIN................................................13-5

Character Code List................................17-11

Charging ......................................................1-4

Charging Terminals ....................................1-2

Chat Folder...................................... 5-15, 5-28

Clamshell Closed........................................1-2

Clamshell Open...........................................1-2

Clock/Calendar..........................................16-4

Compass..................................................11-26

Composite .................................................8-26

Countdown Timer ...................................11-21

Create QR Code ......................................11-35

Customer Service .................................. 17-42

Customized Screen (Japanese)................ 3-4

D

Data Broadcast (Japanese)....................... 7-6

Change View (Data) ............................... 7-14

Returning to initial window ..................... 7-14

Set Recording ........................................ 7-15

Data Counter ............................................ 4-18

Data Folder ............................................... 14-2

Files (attaching)............................... 5-5, 14-3

Files (moving/copying) ........................... 14-4

Files (opening) ....................................... 14-3

Files (renaming) ..................................... 14-8

Folders (adding) ..................................... 14-4

Selecting Multiple Files .......................... 14-4

Set Secret (folders) ................................ 14-4

Slide Show ............................................. 14-3

Date & Time .............................................. 16-2

Daylight Saving ............................. 11-22, 16-2

Decoration Call ................................. 4-6, 4-16

Delivery Report ........................ 5-9, 5-21, 5-30

Dialing from Call Log records................. 4-17

Dictionary ................................................. 3-13

Digital Media Viewer ................................ 12-5

Digital TV ( > TV) ....................................... 7-2

Adding Reception Areas .......................... 7-3

Area Setup ............................................... 7-3

Auto Exit ................................................. 7-13

AV Settings............................................. 7-12

Calls & Alarms........................................ 7-13

Change Area .......................................... 7-12

Program Info. Search ............................. 7-12

Screen Size ............................................ 7-12

Set Channels................................... 7-3, 7-12

Set Call Time Shift ................................. 7-15

Smooth Mode......................................... 7-12 g Sound Output ...................................... 7-13

17

17-

33

17

Index

Sound Output ......................................... 7-13

Subtitle/Sound ........................................ 7-15

TV Alarm ................................................ 7-17

Display ................................................. 1-2, 1-7

Display (settings) ..................................... 16-3

Display Effects ......................................... 16-3

Display Positions ....................................... 1-2

Display Saving.......................................... 16-3

Document Viewer ................................... 11-30

Double Number ............................... 2-23, 2-29

Download Dictionary ............................... 3-12

DPOF ......................................................... 8-27

Add Date ................................................ 8-32

Check Settings ....................................... 8-27

For All Pictures ....................................... 8-27

Index Print .............................................. 8-32

Dual Mode ................................................. 2-25

E

Earpiece ...................................................... 1-2

Earpiece Volume ...................................... 4-15 e-Book Library........................................ 12-15 e-Book Viewer .......................................... 12-5 e-Books (Japanese) ...................... 12-5, 12-15

Emergency Calls ........................................ 4-2

English ...................................................... 16-3

Expenses Memo ..................................... 11-14

External Device Connection.................. 15-16

External Device Port .................................. 1-2

External Display ................................ 1-2, 1-11

F

Face Arrange ............................................ 8-25

Feeling Mail (receiving) ............................. 5-9

Feeling Mail (sending) ............................... 5-5

Focus (locking)......................................... 8-28

Focus Setting ........................................... 8-28

Font Size ..................................................... 3-2

Format Card.............................................. 14-6

Function Control ...................................... 13-4

17-

34

Function Lock........................................... 13-2

G

General Notes.............................................. xii

Graphic Mail................................................ 5-6

Group Calling .................................. 4-12, 4-19

Group Calling (opening another line)..... 4-19

Guide Usage Notes ....................................... ii

H

Handset Code ........................................... 2-21

Handset Keys ............................................. 1-3

Handset mail address ................................ 5-3

Handset Parts ............................................. 1-2

Handset Power On/Off ............................... 1-6

Handset responses .................................... 3-5

Headphones (answering calls) ............... 4-14

History Lock ............................................. 13-3

Hold ........................................................... 4-14

Hour Minder ............................................ 11-23

Assign Tone/Video................................ 11-47

For Manner Mode ................................. 11-47

Link to World Clk .................................. 11-47

Vibration ............................................... 11-47

I

IC Card Lock ........................................... 11-16

IC Card Settings ..................................... 11-16

IC Transmission ..................................... 15-10

Ichi Navi .................................................. 11-29

Illumination Light ....................................... 1-2

Indicators .................................................... 1-9

Camera (Viewfinder)........................ 8-6, 8-16

Display ...................................................... 1-9

External Display...................................... 1-11

Messaging (message list)....................... 5-10

Music Playback Window ........................... 9-5

S! Quick News ........................................ 12-2

Video Playback Window ........................... 9-6

Information window ................................... 1-7

Infrared ...................................................... 15-7

Receiving files ........................................ 15-8

Sending files ................................15-9, 15-23

Infrared Port................................................ 1-2

Internal Antenna ......................................... 1-2

International calls..............................4-3, 4-15

Internet ........................................................ 6-2

Accessing .......................................... 6-3, 6-5

Basic Operations ...................................... 6-6

Browser Settings .................................... 6-13

Enter URL.......................................... 6-4, 6-5

History ............................................... 6-4, 6-5

Saving Bookmarks/pages ......................... 6-9

Int'l Call ....................................................... 4-4

IP Service Setting ..................................... 16-7

IrSS Transfer ............................................. 15-7

K

Kanji Grabber ......................................... 11-38

Key Assignments ..................................... 17-8

Keypad Lock ............................................. 2-19

L

Language .................................................. 16-3

Large Font Menu ........................................ 3-2

Light Sensor ...................................... 1-2, 16-3

Link to Feeling .......................................... 5-31

Link to World Clk .........................11-44, 11-47

Locks ................................................2-21, 13-2

Loudspeaker .........................4-15, 4-20, 12-17

M

Machi-Uta .................................................... 3-5

Mail Groups............................................... 5-16

Changing members ................................ 5-28

Deleting .................................................. 5-28

Edit Name............................................... 5-28

Main Menu................................................... 2-6

Manner mode ............................................ 2-20

Mass Storage .......................................... 15-16

Master Reset .............................................16-8

Format Card............................................14-6

Reset All..................................................16-8

Reset Settings.........................................16-8

Media Player................................................9-3

Delete All WMA.......................................9-10

Playlists .................................... 9-7, 9-9, 9-10

Memory All Clear (S! Applications).........10-7

Memory Card.............................................14-5

Format Card............................................14-6

Opening files ...........................................14-6

Memory Card Structure & Contents......17-24

Menu List .................................................17-25

Camera .................................................17-28

Data Folder ...........................................17-30

Entertainment .......................................17-27

Messaging.............................................17-25

Phone....................................................17-30

S! Appli..................................................17-27

Settings .................................................17-31

Tools......................................................17-29

TV .........................................................17-30

Videos/Music.........................................17-28

Widget...................................................17-30

Yahoo! ...................................................17-26

Menu Operations ........................................2-6

Message List View ....................................5-30

Message Notice ........................................5-31

Messages (creating/sending) ... 5-4, 5-7, 5-19

Attachments ............................................5-22

Graphic Mail ............................................5-22

Inserting signature manually ...................5-20

Messaging Settings.................................5-21

Previewing Outgoing Message .................5-4

Recipient status ......................................5-20

Recipients (editing) .................................5-20

Save to Drafts .........................................5-21

Send Reservation ...................................5-21

Sending from Drafts ................................5-29

Set Auto Play File....................................5-22

Set Sent Cancel ......................................5-21

Signature.................................................5-20

Speed Dial/Mail .......................................5-20

Templates................................................5-22

Using sent messages..............................5-29

Messages (deleting) ....................... 5-19, 5-26

Auto Delete .............................................5-30

Messages (forwarding).............................5-29

Messages (protecting)..............................5-12

Messages (receiving/checking) .................5-9

Accessing new mail out of Standby ........5-23

DL Size Limit ...........................................5-32

Mail List ...................................................5-23

Message List ................................. 5-10, 5-26

Message Window.......................... 5-10, 5-24

Retrieving complete S! Mail messages manually..................................................5-11

Retrieving PC Mail ........................ 5-19, 5-33

Save to Data Folder ................................5-24

Messages (sorting) ...................................5-14

Anti Spam Measures..................... 5-14, 5-28

Messaging (

>

SMS, S! Mail, PC Mail).......5-2

General Settings .....................................5-30

PC Mail Settings......................................5-33

Receive (settings) ...................................5-31

S! Mail Settings .......................................5-32

Send/Compose (settings)........................5-30

SMS Settings ..........................................5-34

Microphone .................................................1-2

Minute Minder ...........................................4-17

Missed Call Notification ...........................4-13

Mobile Light.................................................1-2

Mobile Widget ...........................................10-3

Mode Settings ...........................................2-28

Motion Control ..........................................2-16

MTP Mode....................................................9-4

Multi Job ....................................................2-14

Music (deleting) ................................ 9-9, 9-10

Music (downloading) ..................................9-4

Music (playing).................................... 9-5, 9-8

Index

My Details ................................................. 2-22

Sending via Bluetooth

®

........................ 15-25

Sending via IC Transmission ................ 15-23

Sending via Infrared ............................. 15-23

N

Navi Appli ............................................... 11-27

Near Chat (Japanese) ............................ 12-11

Network Password ................................... 2-21

Notepad .................................................. 11-31

Edit Text................................................ 11-49

Change Category ................................. 11-49

O

Offline Mode ............................................. 2-20

Optional Services .................................... 4-12

Optional Services (checking status) ...... 4-19

Osaifu-Keitai ® (Japanese) ..................... 11-15

Balance Info ......................................... 11-45

IC Card Settings ................................... 11-16

Locking ................................................. 11-16

Set to Default........................................ 11-46

P

Pager Code List...................................... 17-10

PC (connecting handset) ...................... 15-16

PC Mail............................................... 5-2, 5-17

PC Mail (sending)..................................... 5-19

PC Site Browser ......................................... 6-5

Pedometer .............................................. 11-24

Pen Light................................................... 2-22

Personal Mode ........................................... 3-8

Phone Book (deleting)............................. 3-25

Phone Book (editing)............................... 3-24

Phone Book (saving) ............................... 3-18

Phone Book (using) ................................. 3-20

Phone Book search ................................. 3-20

Phone Help ............................................... 2-22

Picture Editor ........................................... 8-22

PIN ............................................................. 17-2

17

17-

35

17

Index

PIN Entry ................................................... 13-2

PIN Lock.................................................... 17-2

Playlists.......................................9-7, 9-9, 9-10

Printing ..................................................... 8-27

Printing (Bluetooth

®

)................................ 8-27

Public wireless LAN services ................. 15-6

Q

Quick Operations ....................................... 2-3

Quick Silent .............................................. 2-16

R

Received Msg. View ................................. 5-30

Record Caller Voice ................................. 4-16

Recorder Contents..................................... 9-6

Recorder Link ......................................... 15-16

Reference URLs ..................................... 17-23

Reject (calls) ............................................. 4-14

Relaxation Time ..................................... 11-12

Remote Lock (Osaifu-Keitai ® ) ............... 11-17

Call Remote Lock ................................. 11-18

Count for Lock ...................................... 11-46

Mail Remote Lock................................. 11-17

Notice Settings ..................................... 11-46

Remote Monitor........................................ 4-14

Reply .......................................5-10, 5-19, 5-25

Auto Reply .............................................. 5-25

Opening received message for reference

............................................................... 5-25

Set Quick Reply...................................... 5-25

Reply Assist Dictionary ........................... 3-12

Reset ( > Master Reset)........................... 16-8

Reset All.................................................... 16-8

Reset Settings .......................................... 16-8

Retrieve NW Info ...................................... 16-7

Retrieving Network Information................ 1-6

Review....................................................... 8-21

RSS Feeds ................................................ 6-10

S

S! Addressbook Back-up ...................... 15-19

Auto Sync Settings ............................... 15-25

Confirming password............................ 15-25

Sync Log............................................... 15-25

S! Applications ......................................... 10-2

S! Circle Talk.................................. 12-9, 12-17

Accepting requests ............................... 12-10

Initiating ................................................ 12-10

IP Service Setting ................................... 16-7

Registering Members ............................. 12-9

S! Contents Store..................................... 12-4

S! FeliCa ( > Osaifu-Keitai ® ).................. 11-15

S! Friend's Status.......................... 12-6, 12-16

IP Service Setting ................................... 16-7

Opening Member Status......................... 12-7

S! GPS Navi ............................................ 11-27

S! Information Channel (Japanese)

........................................................ 12-3, 12-14

Weather Indicator ................................... 12-3

S! Mail.......................................................... 5-2

Attaching Files .......................................... 5-5

Create Msg. Size ........................... 5-22, 5-32

Feeling Mail .............................................. 5-5

Graphic Mail ............................................. 5-6

S! Mail Settings....................................... 5-32

S! Mail (sending) ........................................ 5-4

S! Quick News (Japanese) ...................... 12-2

Automatic Update ................................. 12-14

Deleting items....................................... 12-14

Safety Precautions....................................... vi

SAR.............................................................. xix

Saved Pages ...................................... 6-9, 6-16

Scan Barcode ......................................... 11-34

Open Barcode ...................................... 11-50

Scanning during text entry.................... 11-50

Using scan results ................................ 11-50

Scan Card ............................................... 11-36


17-

36

Scan Text................................................. 11-37

Scanning and pasting during text entry... 11-52


Schedules ( > Calendar).......................... 11-2

Scratch Pad............................................... 3-17

SD Local Contents ................................... 14-9

Search ....................................................... 3-16

Security Codes ......................................... 2-21

Sent Msg. View ......................................... 5-30

Set as Wallpaper....................................... 14-8

Set Date/Time ........................................... 16-2

Set Illumination ...............................16-4, 16-5

Set Key Light ............................................ 16-4

Set Key Shortcut ...................................... 2-13

Set Quick Reply ........................................ 5-25

Set Sent Cancel ........................................ 5-21

Set Time Zone................................11-22, 16-2

Set to Default (S! Applications) .............. 10-7

Shortcuts .................................................. 2-13

Show My Number ..................................... 4-20

Show Secret Data ..................................... 13-3

Side Keys .................................................... 1-3

Signature................................................... 5-20

Simple Menu ............................................... 2-9

Simulated Call......................................... 11-19

Slide W paper ............................................. 3-3

SMS ............................................................. 5-2

SMS Settings .......................................... 5-34

SMS (sending) ............................................ 5-7

Snooze ............................................. 11-8, 11-9

Softkeys ...................................................... 1-8

Software Update ....................................... 17-5

Sounds & Alerts ................................3-5, 16-5

Speaker ....................................................... 1-2

Specifications ......................................... 17-18

Specifications (by function) .................. 17-19

Basic Operations .................................. 17-19

Calling................................................... 17-19

Camera & Imaging................................ 17-20

Connectivity & File Backup ................... 17-22

Data Folder ...........................................17-22

Digital TV ..............................................17-20

Entertainment .......................................17-21

Handy Extras ........................................17-21

Internet..................................................17-19

Memory Card ........................................17-22

Messaging.............................................17-19

Network.................................................17-22

S! Applications & Widgets.....................17-21

Universal Operations, Etc. ................... 17-19

Video & Music .......................................17-20

Speed Dial/Mail ................................. 4-7, 5-20

Spinguru Menu .........................................2-10

Standby........................................................1-6

Standby Shortcuts....................................2-15

Status Icon List ...........................................1-7

Status Templates ......................................14-2

Still images (capturing) ..............................8-5

Easy Auto Camera ....................................8-5

ISO Sensitivity.........................................8-29

Long Exposure........................................8-29

Picture Size .............................................8-28

Pro Auto Camera ......................................8-5

Quick Camera ...........................................8-6

Shake Reducing......................................8-29

Shutter Sound .........................................8-29

Using Various Cameras ............................8-8

White Balance.........................................8-29

Still images (capturing & sending) ...........8-9

Still images (editing) ................................8-22

Additional editing options ........................8-32

Changing sizes .......................................8-23

Face Arrange ..........................................8-25

Merge Panorama ....................................8-26

Stopwatch ...............................................11-20

Strap Eyelet .................................................1-2

Streaming ....................................................6-4

Swap Calls.................................................4-19

System Graphics ......................................16-3

System Sounds.........................................16-6

T

Table of Contents..........................................iii

Tasks..........................................................11-6

Deleting Tasks.........................................11-7

Editing tasks..........................................11-42

Opening Tasks ........................................11-7

Text (editing) .............................................3-11

Text Entry ....................................................3-6

Emoticons ...............................................3-10

Hiragana....................................................3-8

Hiragana to Katakana/Alphanumeric

Conversion ..............................................3-10

Input/Conversion .....................................3-21

Inserting line breaks................................3-21

Inserting Phone Book entry items ...........3-21

Inserting spaces......................................3-21

Katakana ...................................................3-9

Mail & Web Extensions ...........................3-10

One-Hiragana Conversion.........................3-9

Personal Mode ..........................................3-8

Pictograms & Symbols ..............................3-9

Quick Conversion ....................................3-10

Reset Log................................................3-21

Search Word .............................................3-9

Single Kanji Conversion ............................3-8

Switching Entry Modes .............................3-7

Undo conversion or recover deleted characters ...............................................3-21

Using Character Codes...........................3-21

Using Pager Code ...................................3-21

When Target Word is Not Listed ...............3-8

Time Correction ........................................16-2

Time Shift ..................................................7-11

Touch Panel (settings)...................... 2-8, 2-26

Troubleshooting........................................17-6

TV (watching) ..............................................7-4

AV Mode........................................ 7-12, 7-13

Channels (saving) ...................................7-12

Data Broadcast (Japanese) ......................7-6

Index

Help........................................................ 7-12

Program Info............................................. 7-7

TV Listing (Japanese) .............................. 7-7

Using wireless Headphones................... 7-13

TV Player..................................................... 7-9

TV programs (recording/playing) ...... 7-8, 7-9

Details .................................................... 7-16

Marker List ............................................. 7-16

Markers .................................................. 7-16

Memory Remaining ................................ 7-16

Playback Pattern .................................... 7-15

Playing split files..................................... 7-15

Recorded programs (deleting) ............... 7-16

Recorded programs (renaming) ............. 7-16

Split File ................................................. 7-15

TV Reserve Prior.................................... 7-17

TV Timers (watching/recording) ............. 7-10

Setting Timer via Program Info................. 7-7

Timer entries (editing/deleting)............... 7-17

Timer log records (opening/deleting) ..... 7-17

TV Alarm ................................................ 7-17

Wakeup TV........................................... 11-10

U

USB Charge....................................... 1-5, 1-12

User Dictionary ........................................ 3-12

Deleting entries ...................................... 3-22

USIM Card................................................. 17-2

USIM PIN (

>

PIN)..................................... 17-2

Utility Software....................................... 15-16

V

Vector Pad .................................................. 2-2

Vector Pad Settings ................................. 2-26

VeilView .................................................... 2-22

Vibration ..................................................... 3-5

Video (deleting) ............................... 9-10, 9-11

Video (downloading).................................. 9-4

Video (playing) .................................... 9-6, 9-8

Video (recording) ..................................... 8-16

17

17-

37

17

Index

Display Size............................................ 8-31

Microphone............................................. 8-31

Record Time/Size ................................... 8-31

Shake Reducing ..................................... 8-31

Video (recording & sending) ................... 8-17

Video Calling .............................................. 4-5

Remote Monitor ...................................... 4-14

Video Calls (answering)............................. 4-5

Video Calls (placing).................................. 4-5

Viewer Position .......................................... 1-2

Viewer Position (settings) ....................... 2-27

Voice Calling............................................... 4-3

Voice Calls (answering) ............................. 4-3

Voice Calls (placing) .................................. 4-3

Voice Calls (placing while abroad) ........... 4-4

Voice Recorder ....................................... 11-33

Record Time ......................................... 11-49

Save and Send ..................................... 11-49

Save Recording to ................................ 11-49

Voicemail.......................................... 4-12, 4-13

Volume (ringtones)................................... 16-5

W

Wakeup TV.............................................. 11-10

Wallpaper .................................................... 3-3

Slide W paper ........................................... 3-3

Warranty.................................................. 17-41

Weather Indicator ..................................... 12-3

Icon Update .......................................... 12-15

Manual Update ....................................... 12-3

Weather ................................................ 12-15

Weather Indicator List ........................... 17-17

Widgets ..................................................... 10-3

Wi-Fi .......................................................... 15-2

World Clock ............................................ 11-22

WPS ........................................................... 15-3

Y

Yahoo! Keitai .............................................. 6-3

17-

38

Objectives

Accessing Secret Files/Entries

Data Folder ............................................. 14-4

Messaging folders .................................. 5-13

Phone Book ............................................ 3-19

Schedules/tasks ..................................... 11-4

Accessing the Internet

Direct Browser .......................................... 6-5

From message text ................................. 5-24

From scan results ...................... 11-50, 11-53

Media Player............................................. 9-4

PC Site Browser ....................................... 6-5

RSS Feeds ............................................. 6-10

Yahoo! Keitai............................................. 6-3

Browsing/Viewing

Album ..................................................... 8-18

Digital Media Viewer ............................... 12-5

Direct Browser .......................................... 6-5

Document Viewer ................................. 11-30 e-Books .................................................. 12-5

PC Site Browser ....................................... 6-5

S! Information Channel........................... 12-3

S! Quick News ........................................ 12-2

Yahoo! Keitai............................................. 6-3

Calculating

Calculator ............................................. 11-13

Expenses Memo................................... 11-14

Canceling

Alarm ...................................................... 11-9

Answer Phone .......................................... 4-4

Call Forwarding....................................... 4-13

Customized Screen ................................ 3-21

Download Dictionary............................... 3-12

Function Lock ......................................... 13-2

Hour Minder.......................................... 11-23

IC Card Lock......................................... 11-16

Keypad Lock ........................................... 2-19

Large Font Menu ...................................... 3-2

Manner mode ......................................... 2-20

Offline Mode ........................................... 2-20

S! Information Channel ........................... 12-3

Secret folders.................................5-27, 14-4

Simple Menu............................................. 2-9

Speed Dial entries .................................... 4-7

Voicemail ................................................ 4-13

Changing

Administrator Code ................................. 2-21

Font Size................................................... 3-2

Font Weight .............................................. 3-2

Handset Code......................................... 2-21

Handset mail address ............................... 5-3

Network Password .................................. 4-19

PIN.......................................................... 13-5

Changing Ringtones

Phone Book ............................................ 3-19

Ringtone/videos ........................................ 3-5

Via Data Folder....................................... 14-8

Composing/Sending Messages

Feeling Mail .............................................. 5-5

From Call Log records ............................ 4-17

From Internet pages ............................... 6-12

From message text ................................. 5-24

From Phone Book................................... 3-24

From received messages........................ 5-10

From scan results ...................... 11-50, 11-53

From Scratch Pad ................................... 3-17

From sent messages .............................. 5-29

Graphic Mail ....................................5-6, 5-22

Inserting ASCII Art................................ 11-32

PC Mail ................................................... 5-19

S! Mail....................................................... 5-4

SMS.......................................................... 5-7

Copying

Calculation results ................................ 11-45

Data Folder files...................................... 14-4

From text entry window........................... 3-11

Scan results....................11-51, 11-52, 11-53

Text (e-Books)....................................... 12-15

Text (Internet pages)............................... 6-12

Text (Messaging).....................................5-25

Text (S! Information Channel pages).....12-15

Downloading

Content ...................................................12-4

Customized Screen...................................3-4 e-Books...................................................12-5

Free content ............................................12-4

Music.........................................................9-4

S! Applications ........................................10-6

Video.........................................................9-4

Widgets ...................................................10-3

Exchanging Files

Bluetooth

®

.............................................15-12

IC Transmission.....................................15-10

Infrared....................................................15-7

Mass Storage........................................15-16

MTP Mode ................................................9-4

Hiding Files/Entries

Data Folder .............................................14-4

Messaging folders ...................................5-13

Phone Book ............................................3-19

Schedules/tasks........................ 11-39, 11-42

Inserting/Removing

Battery.....................................................17-4

Memory Card ..........................................14-5

USIM Card ..............................................17-3

Locking/Restricting

Application Lock ......................................13-3

Call Log...................................................13-3

Direct Browser ........................................6-14

Function Control......................................13-4

Function Lock..........................................13-2

Incoming/outgoing calls ................ 4-19, 4-20

Keypad Lock............................................2-19

Mail records ............................................13-3

Osaifu-Keitai ® ........................................11-16

PIN Entry.................................................13-2

Secure Remote Lock...............................13-2

Managing Schedules

Calendar .................................................11-2

Tasks .......................................................11-6

Measuring Time

Countdown Timer..................................11-21

Stopwatch .............................................11-20

Notifying Phone Number

Opening My Details.................................2-22

Via IC Transmission ..............................15-23

Via Infrared............................................15-23

Placing Calls

By entering phone numbers ......................4-3

From Call Log records.............................4-17

From Internet pages................................6-12

From message text..................................5-24

From Phone Book ...................................3-20

From scan results...................... 11-50, 11-53

International calls ......................................4-3

Speed Dial.................................................4-7

Video Calls ................................................4-5

While abroad .............................................4-4

Playing

Answer Phone messages/Caller Voice .....4-4

Files (Scan Barcode).............................11-51

Music.........................................................9-5

Recorded TV programs.............................7-9

Recorded TV programs from Timer log...7-17

Split files (TV)..........................................7-15

Streams...................................................6-15

Video .........................................................9-6

Video (transferred from Blu-ray Disc recorders)..................................................9-6

Voice files ..............................................11-33

Voicemail messages ...............................4-13

Rejecting

Calls from public phones.........................4-11

Calls from specified numbers..................4-11

Calls from unsaved numbers...................4-11

Undisplayable Caller ID...........................4-11

Withheld Caller ID ...................................4-11

Resetting/Formatting

All settings...............................................16-8

Index

Handset .................................................. 16-8

Memory Card ......................................... 14-6

Saving

Backup ................................................. 15-18

Captured still images......... 8-5, 8-6, 8-8, 8-10

Draft messages ...................................... 5-21

Edited still images .................................. 8-22

Files (Internet) ........................................ 6-12

Files (S! Information Channel pages)... 12-15

Graphic Mail templates ............................ 5-6

Mail attachments .................................... 5-24

Notepad entries.................................... 11-31

Phone Book entries................................ 3-18

Recorded video ............................. 8-16, 8-17

Scan results ................... 11-36, 11-50, 11-52

TV channels ........................................... 7-12

Saving Phone Book Entries

Add New Entry ....................................... 3-18

Data Folder files ..................................... 14-8

During a call ........................................... 4-16

From Call Log records............................ 4-17

From message text................................. 5-24

From received messages ....................... 5-24

From scan results...................... 11-50, 11-52

Scanning

Business cards ..................................... 11-36

Kanji ..................................................... 11-38

QR Codes ............................................ 11-34

Text....................................................... 11-37

Searching

Access points ......................................... 15-4

Messages ...................................... 3-16, 5-13

Music to download ................................... 9-4

Music to play ............................................ 9-5

Notepad entries.................................... 11-49

Phone Book............................................ 3-20

Text (Internet pages) .............................. 6-12

TV program information.......................... 7-12

Video to play............................................. 9-6

Web Search............................................ 3-16

17

17-

39

17

Index

Sending via Mail

Data Folder files .............................. 5-5, 14-3

Notepad entries .................................... 11-49

QR Codes............................................. 11-35

Scan results.................... 11-51, 11-52, 11-53

Still images ............................................... 8-9

URLs ............................................. 6-12, 6-15

Video ...................................................... 8-17

Voice files ............................................. 11-49

Setting Wallpaper

From attached files ................................. 5-24

From scan results ................................. 11-51

From Sound/Display menu ....................... 3-3

Via Data Folder....................................... 14-8

Showing in Standby

Clock/Calendar ....................................... 16-4

S! Applications........................................ 10-6

Wallpaper ................................................. 3-3

World Clock .......................................... 11-22

Using as Alarm Clock

Alarm ...................................................... 11-8

Hour Minder.......................................... 11-23

Wakeup TV ........................................... 11-10

Using Away from Home

Alarm ...................................................... 11-8

Camera..................................................... 8-2

Compass .............................................. 11-26

Digital TV .................................................. 7-2

Hour Minder.......................................... 11-23

Osaifu-Keitai ® ....................................... 11-15

Pedometer ............................................ 11-24

Pen Light ................................................ 2-22

Public wireless LAN services ................. 15-6

Scratch Pad ............................................ 3-17

Search .................................................... 3-16

S! GPS Navi ......................................... 11-27

Voice Recorder ..................................... 11-33

17-

40

Warranty & Service

Warranty & Service

[ Warranty

Warranty is provided when you purchase handset.

.

Check the name of distributor and date of purchase.

.

Read contents and keep in a safe place.

.

The warranty term is described in the warranty.

[ After-Sales Services

See

P.17-6

"Troubleshooting" before contacting SoftBank Mobile for service or repairs.

If you cannot find solutions or solve problems, contact SoftBank

Mobile Customer Center, Customer Assistance ( P.17-42 ) in your

subscription area and provide a detailed description of the problem.

.

Repairs within warranty are performed under terms and conditions described.

.

Out of warranty, possible repairs are performed upon request at subscriber expense.

For other services, contact the distributor, the nearest SoftBank

Shop or SoftBank Mobile Customer Center, General Information

(

P.17-42 ).

Replacement parts are available for 6 years after termination of production.

.

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from use of this product.

.

SoftBank Mobile is not liable for any damages resulting from accidental loss/alteration of handset data. Keep a copy of Phone

Book entries, etc. in a separate place.

.

Disassembling or modifying handset may violate the Radio Law.

Modified handset will not be repaired.

17

17-

41

Customer Service

Customer Service

For SoftBank handset or service information, call General Information. For repairs, call Customer Assistance.

SoftBank Mobile Customer Center

From a SoftBank handset, dial toll free at

157

for General Information or

113

for C u stomer Assistance

SoftBank Mobile Global Call Center

From o u tside Japan, dial + 8

1

-

3

-

5351

-

3491

(International charges apply.)

17

Call these numbers toll free from landlines.

Subscription Area

Hokkaido, Aomori, Akita, I w ate, Yamagata, Miyagi, F u k u shima, N iigata, Tokyo,

Kanaga w a, Chi b a, Saitama, I b araki, Tochigi, G u nma, Yamanashi, N agano,

Toyama, Ishika w a, F u k u i

Service Center

General Information

C u stomer Assistance

Aichi, Gif u , Mie, Shiz u oka

Osaka, Hyogo, Kyoto, N ara, Shiga, W akayama

General Information


General Information


Hiroshima, Okayama, Yamag u chi, Tottori, Shimane, Tok u shima, Kaga w a, Ehime,

Kochi, F u k u oka, Saga, N agasaki, Oita, K u mamoto, Miyazaki, Kagoshima, Okina w a

General Information


Phone Number m

00 88 -240-157 m 00 88 -240-113 m 00 88 -241-157 m

00 88 -241-113 m

00 88 -242-157 m

00 88 -242-113 m 00 88 -250-157 m 00 88 -250-113

17-

42

SoftBank 940SH User Guide

December 2009, First Edition

SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.

For additional information, please visit a SoftBank Shop.

Model: SoftBank 940SH

Manufacturer: SHARP CORPORATION

Please help the mobile industry maintain high environmental standards. Recycle your old handsets, batteries and charger units (all manufacturers and brands). Before you recycle, please remember these important points:

.

Handsets, batteries and chargers submitted for recycling cannot be returned.

.

Always erase all data recorded on old handsets (Phone Book entries, call records, mail, etc.) before recycling.

Mind yo u r mo b ile manners w hen carrying a handset.